ML111010406: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) Created page by program invented by StriderTol |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) Created page by program invented by StriderTol |
||
| Line 19: | Line 19: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 239002 K1 .03 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES and the following: | {{#Wiki_filter:Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 239002 K1 .03 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES and the following: Nuclear boiler instrument system Proposed Question: RO Question # 1 When Reactor pressure instrumentation senses pressure has reached 1153 psig, which one of the following describes the expected response of both the Safety Relief Valves (SRVs) and the Safety Valves (SVs)? | ||
Nuclear boiler instrument system Proposed Question: | A. Only one SRV will open. | ||
RO Question # 1 When Reactor pressure instrumentation senses pressure has reached 1153 psig, which one of the following describes the expected response of both the Safety Relief Valves (SRVs) and the Safety Valves (SVs)? Only one SRV will open. NO SVs will open. More than one but less than four SRVs will open. NO SVs will open. Four SRVs will open. NO SVs will open. Four SRVs will open. Two SVs will open. Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | NO SVs will open. | ||
-With Reactor pressure at 1153 psig, this is above the set pressure of all four valves and all the valves will correspondingly open. | B. More than one but less than four SRVs will open. | ||
-With Reactor pressure at 1153 psig, this is above the set pressure of all four valves and all the valves will correspondingly open. | NO SVs will open. | ||
Correct -The safety/relief valves are self actuating Target Rock Relief Valves set between 1095 and 1115 +/- 11 psig per T.S. and have a capacity of 862,125 Ibm/hr each at a reference pressure of 1080 psig. Each SRV is sized to relieve 10% of the main steam system flow. With Reactor pressure at 1153 psig, this is above the set pressure of all four valves and all the valves will correspondingly open. The two self-actuating safety valves lift at 1240 +/- 13 psig. The valves open when sufficient reactor pressure forces the valve upward against spring pressure. | C. Four SRVs will open. | ||
Spring pressure (and thus the lift setpoint) can be adjusted by a compression screw at the safety valve top. Because Reactor pressure has not reached 1240 psig the SVs will remain closed. Incorrect | NO SVs will open. | ||
-The two self-actuating safety valves lift at '1240 +/- 13 psig. The valves open when sufficient reactor pressure forces the valve upward against spring pressure. | D. Four SRVs will open. | ||
Spring pressure (and thus the lift setpoint) can be adjusted by a compression screw at the safety valve top. Because Reactor pressure has not reached 1240 psig the SVs will remain closed. Technical Tech Specs, 3.6.0.1 and Main Steam System Description pgs 12 (Attach if not previously provided) and 13 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Two SVs will open. | ||
None Learning LP, O-OR-02-04-01, EO-5 (As available) | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
Question Source: Bank # WTS Bank (River Bend) Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 3 55.43 Comments: | A. Incorrect - With Reactor pressure at 1153 psig, this is above the set pressure of all four valves and all the valves will correspondingly open. | ||
B. Incorrect - With Reactor pressure at 1153 psig, this is above the set pressure of all four valves and all the valves will correspondingly open. | |||
APRM SCRAM signals: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: | |||
RO Question # 2 Given the following conditions: Control rod insertions are in progress for scheduled plant shutdown Reactor Mode Switch is in RUN Current reactor power is 9%. The "H" Intermediate Range Monitoring (IRM) ChannellRM function switch is OUT of OPERATE and has NOT been bypassed with the joystick All other I RMs indicate between 25 and 75 on the 0-125 scale Which one of the following will cause a half scram? A half scram will occur if ... APRM B fails downscale APRM D fails downscale IRM F fails upscale or inoperative IRM G fails upscale or inoperative Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | C. Correct - The safety/relief valves are self actuating Target Rock Relief Valves set between 1095 and 1115 +/- 11 psig per T.S. and have a capacity of 862,125 Ibm/hr each at a reference pressure of 1080 psig. Each SRV is sized to relieve 10% of the main steam system flow. With Reactor pressure at 1153 psig, this is above the set pressure of all four valves and all the valves will correspondingly open. | ||
However this scram is only BYPASSED with the Reactor Mode switch in "RUN" when the companion ARPM channel is not downscale. | The two self-actuating safety valves lift at 1240 +/- 13 psig. The valves open when sufficient reactor pressure forces the valve upward against spring pressure. Spring pressure (and thus the lift setpoint) can be adjusted by a compression screw at the safety valve top. Because Reactor pressure has not reached 1240 psig the SVs will remain closed. | ||
In this case with the H IRM inoperative because its function switch is not in Operate a half scram will occur when B APRM goes downscale. Incorrect | D. Incorrect - The two self-actuating safety valves lift at '1240 +/- 13 psig. The valves open when sufficient reactor pressure forces the valve upward against spring pressure. | ||
-IRMs are still in normal range on R 10 and no half scram occurs. The companion APRM to IRM H is B. APRM D is the companion to IRM D. Incorrect | Spring pressure (and thus the lift setpoint) can be adjusted by a compression screw at the safety valve top. Because Reactor pressure has not reached 1240 psig the SVs will remain closed. | ||
-With mode switch in Run IRM high! inop scrams are bypassed except as explained in justification for B. Incorrect | Technical Reference(s): Tech Specs, 3.6.0.1 and Main Steam System Description pgs 12 (Attach if not previously provided) and 13 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: LP, O-OR-02-04-01, EO-5 (As available) | ||
-With mode switch in Run IRM high! inop scrams are bypassed except as explained in justification for B. Technical Reference(s): | Question Source: Bank # WTS Bank (River Bend) | ||
Procedure 2.2.65, Sect. 4.4, pg 8 (Attach if not previously provided) | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 3 55.43 Comments: | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
LP O-RO-02-07-02, EO-10 (As available) | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 215003 K1.06 Importance Rating 3.9 | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | ---- | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 215005 K2.02 Importance Rating 2.6 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: | Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between INTERMEDIATE RANGE MONITOR (IRM) SYSTEM and the following: APRM SCRAM signals: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO Question # 2 Given the following conditions: | ||
APRM channels Proposed Question: | * Control rod insertions are in progress for scheduled plant shutdown | ||
RO Question # 3 Which one of the following describes the power supplies for the APRMs and LPRMs? Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply their respective APRM channels RPS Buses A and B supply their respective LPRM channels RPS Buses A and B supply their respective APRM channels Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply their respective LPRM channels Bus Y-31 supplies APRM Channels A, C, and E and their respective LPRMs Bus Y-41 supplies APRM Channels B, D, and F and their respective LPRMs RPS Bus A supplies APRM Channels A, C, and E and their respective LPRMs RPS Bus B supplies APRM Channels B, D, and F and their respective LPRMs Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | * Reactor Mode Switch is in RUN | ||
-Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply power to systems required for plant safety except for the APRMs and LPRMs which are both supplied by the RPS Buses. Incorrect | * Current reactor power is 9%. | ||
-Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply power to systems required for plant safety except for the APRMs and LPRMs which are both supplied by the RPS Buses. Incorrect | * The "H" Intermediate Range Monitoring (IRM) ChannellRM function switch is OUT of OPERATE and has NOT been bypassed with the joystick | ||
-Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply power to systems required for plant safety except for the APRMs and LPRMs which are both supplied by the RPS Buses. Correct -APRM Channels A, C, and E are powered from the same AC bus used for trip system A of the Reactor Protection System; APRM Channels B, D, and F are powered from the AC bus used for trip system B. The 120 volt AC bus used for a given APRM channel is the same as that used for the LPRMs providing inputs to that APRM. | * All other I RMs indicate between 25 and 75 on the 0-125 scale Which one of the following will cause a half scram? | ||
Technical Reference(s): | A half scram will occur if ... | ||
Procedure 2.2.67, Sect. 4.1.[2], pg (Attach if not previously provided) 6 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. APRM B fails downscale B. APRM D fails downscale C. IRM F fails upscale or inoperative D. IRM G fails upscale or inoperative Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
None Learning Objective: | A. Correct - A Scram signal is initiated on the associated RPS channel and rod block is inserted when any IRM module is unplugged, high voltage decreases below 95 percent or normal, or the IRM function switch is not in "OPERATE". However this scram is only BYPASSED with the Reactor Mode switch in "RUN" when the companion ARPM channel is not downscale. In this case with the H IRM inoperative because its function | ||
O*OR-02-07 | |||
-04, (As available) | switch is not in Operate a half scram will occur when B APRM goes downscale. | ||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | B. Incorrect - IRMs are still in normal range on R 10 and no half scram occurs. The companion APRM to IRM H is B. APRM D is the companion to IRM D. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 | C. Incorrect - With mode switch in Run IRM high! inop scrams are bypassed except as explained in justification for B. | ||
SRM channels/detectors Proposed Question: | D. Incorrect - With mode switch in Run IRM high! inop scrams are bypassed except as explained in justification for B. | ||
RO Question #4 Which one of the following would occur if 120 VAC panel Y -1 was lost during a reactor startup? ONLY SRMs Detectors | Technical Reference(s): Procedure 2.2.65, Sect. 4.4, pg 8 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
'A' and 'C' can be moved from the C90S Panel ONLY SRMs Detectors | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: LP O-RO-02-07-02, EO-10 (As available) | ||
'B' and '0' can be moved from the C90S Panel ALL of the SRMs Detectors can be selected from the C90S Panel but the detector drive motors CAN NOT be energized. NONE of the SRMs Detectors can be selected from the C90S Panel but the detector drive motors CAN be energized Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect. | Question Source: Bank # | ||
All SRM and IRM Detector drives cannot be selected Incorrect. | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
All SRM and IRM Detector drives cannot bEl selected Incorrect. | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | ||
-All SRM and IRM Detector drives cannot be selected. Correct. Y-1 supplies 120 VAC to SRM/IRM drive rela.y control Technical Reference(s): | |||
S.3.7, Page 6 and (Attach if not previously provided) | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 215005 K2.02 Importance Rating 2.6 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: APRM channels Proposed Question: RO Question # 3 Which one of the following describes the power supplies for the APRMs and LPRMs? | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply their respective APRM channels RPS Buses A and B supply their respective LPRM channels B. RPS Buses A and B supply their respective APRM channels Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply their respective LPRM channels C. Bus Y-31 supplies APRM Channels A, C, and E and their respective LPRMs Bus Y-41 supplies APRM Channels B, D, and F and their respective LPRMs D. RPS Bus A supplies APRM Channels A, C, and E and their respective LPRMs RPS Bus B supplies APRM Channels B, D, and F and their respective LPRMs Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | ||
A. Incorrect - Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply power to systems required for plant safety except for the APRMs and LPRMs which are both supplied by the RPS Buses. | |||
O-RO-02-07-01, EO# 8 (As available) | B. Incorrect - Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply power to systems required for plant safety except for the APRMs and LPRMs which are both supplied by the RPS Buses. | ||
Question Source: Bank # TADs ID 327 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | C. Incorrect - Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply power to systems required for plant safety except for the APRMs and LPRMs which are both supplied by the RPS Buses. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KJA# 206000 K3.02 Importance Rating 3.8 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the HIGH PRESSURE COOLANT INJECTION SYSTEM will have on following: | D. Correct - APRM Channels A, C, and E are powered from the same AC bus used for trip system A of the Reactor Protection System; APRM Channels B, D, and F are powered from the AC bus used for trip system B. The 120 volt AC bus used for a given APRM channel is the same as that used for the LPRMs providing inputs to that APRM. | ||
Reactor pressure control: BWR-2,3,4 Proposed Question: | |||
RO Question # 5 The High Pressure Coolant Injection (HPCI) System is operating in the pressure control mode with the following: | Technical Reference(s): Procedure 2.2.67, Sect. 4.1.[2], pg (Attach if not previously provided) 6 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O*OR-02-07 -04, EO-6 (As available) | ||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 ___M _ _ _ _ _M _ _ | |||
KIA # 21S004 K2.01 Importance Rating 2.6 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: SRM channels/detectors Proposed Question: RO Question # 4 Which one of the following would occur if 120 VAC panel Y-1 was lost during a reactor startup? | |||
A. ONLY SRMs Detectors 'A' and 'C' can be moved from the C90S Panel B. ONLY SRMs Detectors 'B' and '0' can be moved from the C90S Panel C. ALL of the SRMs Detectors can be selected from the C90S Panel but the detector drive motors CAN NOT be energized. | |||
D. NONE of the SRMs Detectors can be selected from the C90S Panel but the detector drive motors CAN be energized Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect. All SRM and IRM Detector drives cannot be selected B. Incorrect. All SRM and IRM Detector drives cannot bEl selected C. Incorrect. - All SRM and IRM Detector drives cannot be selected. | |||
D. Correct. Y-1 supplies 120 VAC to SRM/IRM drive rela.y control Technical Reference(s): S.3.7, Page 6 and 11 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None | |||
Learning Objective: O-RO-02-07-01, EO# 8 (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # TADs ID 327 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KJA# 206000 K3.02 Importance Rating 3.8 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the HIGH PRESSURE COOLANT INJECTION SYSTEM will have on following: Reactor pressure control: BWR-2,3,4 Proposed Question: RO Question # 5 The High Pressure Coolant Injection (HPCI) System is operating in the pressure control mode with the following: | |||
* Reactor pressure is steady at 880 psig | * Reactor pressure is steady at 880 psig | ||
* The HPCI Controller is in AUTO Then the flow signal to the HPCI controller fails to zero. Which one of the following describes how Reactor pressure and HPCI flow are affected by this failure? Reactor Pressure Actual | * The HPCI Controller is in AUTO Then the flow signal to the HPCI controller fails to zero. | ||
-Because reactor pressure would lower due to the increased steam demand. Incorrect | Which one of the following describes how Reactor pressure and HPCI flow are affected by this failure? | ||
-Because reactor pressure would lower due to the increased steam demand and HPCI flow would rise as the controller attempted to increase flow. Correct -In AUTO or BAL, flow demand signal, as determined by the FIC set point tape, controls turbine speed. The speed control circuit has a 0-4000 rpm range with the lowest flow corresponding to 2000 rpm. With the controller in AUTO (system operating to maintain the selected flowrate), a reduction in reactor pressure will result in HPCI's control valve closing down to maintain the flow rate A loss of HPCI flow signal will result in the speed controller raising the output This causes the HPCI turbine speed/flow to rise. HPCI will remain in operation at higher actual flow than before the failure. The effect of the increased HPCI load will be greater steam demand on the reactor lowering reactor | Reactor Pressure Actual HPCI Flow A. Rises Rises B. Rises Lowers C. Lowers Rises D. Lowers Lowers Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
-Because HPCI flow would rise due to the controller attempting to raise flow. Technical Procedure 2.2.21.5, Att 2 and (Attach if not previously provided) | A. Incorrect - Because reactor pressure would lower due to the increased steam demand. | ||
System Description Sect 7. Pg 24 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Incorrect - Because reactor pressure would lower due to the increased steam demand and HPCI flow would rise as the controller attempted to increase flow. | ||
None Learning O-RO-02-09-03, EO-17 (As available) | C. Correct - In AUTO or BAL, flow demand signal, as determined by the FIC set point tape, controls turbine speed. The speed control circuit has a 0-4000 rpm range with the lowest flow corresponding to 2000 rpm. With the controller in AUTO (system operating to maintain the selected flowrate), a reduction in reactor pressure will result in HPCI's | ||
Question Source: Bank # WTS (Cooper) Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 8 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: | control valve closing down to maintain the flow rate constant. | ||
Level Tier # Group # KIA # | A loss of HPCI flow signal will result in the speed controller raising the output signal. | ||
Reactor pressure Proposed Question: | This causes the HPCI turbine speed/flow to rise. HPCI will remain in operation at a higher actual flow than before the failure. The effect of the increased HPCI load will be a greater steam demand on the reactor lowering reactor pressure. | ||
RO Question # 6 Given the following: The plant is maneuvering to cold shutdown following an extended high power run Reactor pressure is 10 psig and steady The MSIVs are closed "A" RHR pump is in shutdown cooling in accordance with PNPS 2.2.19.1, RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM -SHUTDOWN COOLING MODE OF OPERATION Which of the following malfunctions will result in a rise in reactor pressure? | D. Incorrect - Because HPCI flow would rise due to the controller attempting to raise flow. | ||
Assume no operator action. Malfunction 1: MO-1001-16A, RHR HX A BYP VLV, fails full Malfunction 2: Loss of all 125 VDC electrical power to the Group 3 Isolation Malfunction 3: Loss of 120 VAC Safeguard bus Y Malfunction 1 only Malfunction 3 only Malfunctions 2 and 3 only Malfunctions 1 and 2 only Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | Technical Reference(s): Procedure 2.2.21.5, Att 2 and (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
PDC94-24, Shutdown Cooling Logic Improvements, changed the power supply to the PCIS logic for Group 3 SDC isolations from 120V AC (Y3/y4) to 125V DC (D4/D5). These relays were changed from "DE-ENERGIZE TO OPERATE" to "ENERGIZE TO OPERATE", which means on a loss of D4 and/or D5, the MO-1001-47 and MO-1001-50 SDC Isolation Valves will not close. Incorrect: | System Description Sect 7. Pg 24 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-03, EO-17 (As available) | ||
PDC94-24, Shutdown Cooling Logic Improvements, changed the power supply to the PCIS logic for Group 3 SDC isolations from 120V AC (Y31Y4) to 125V DC (D4/D5). These relays were changed from "DE-ENERGIZE TO OPERATE" to "ENERGIZE TO OPERATE", which means on a loss of D4 and/or D5, the MO-1001-47 and MO-1001-50 SDC Isolation Valves will not close. Additionally, a loss of Y-3 will not cause SDC to isolate. Plausible in that it will cause the inboard isolation valves to close for Group 2 and Group 6 isolations and RBIS. Incorrect: | Question Source: Bank # WTS (Cooper) | ||
A loss of Y-3 will not cause SDC to isolate. Plausible in that it will cause the inboard isolation valves to close for Group 2 and Group 6 isolations and RBIS. Technical Reference(s): | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
PNPS 2.4.25, Loss of SDC, page (Attach if not previously provided) | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 8 55.43 Comments: | ||
None Learning (As available) | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 205000 K3.01 Importance Rating 3.3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM (RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING MODE) will have on following: Reactor pressure Proposed Question: RO Question # 6 Given the following: | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | * The plant is maneuvering to cold shutdown following an extended high power run | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 217000 K4.06 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: | * Reactor pressure is 10 psig and steady | ||
Manual initiation Proposed Question: | * The MSIVs are closed | ||
RO Question # 7 The plant is operating at 100% power when the "RCIC System Injection Mode Push Button" is depressed. | * "A" RHR pump is in shutdown cooling in accordance with PNPS 2.2.19.1, RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM - SHUTDOWN COOLING MODE OF OPERATION Which of the following malfunctions will result in a rise in reactor pressure? Assume no operator action. | ||
Which one of the following correctly describes the Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) actions and the panel 904 indications? The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. | Malfunction 1: MO-1001-16A, RHR HX A BYP VLV, fails full open. | ||
The lamp will remain energized for 30 seconds and then extinguish. | Malfunction 2: Loss of all 125 VDC electrical power to the Group 3 Isolation Logic. | ||
Provided that a Reactor Vessel low-low water level signal is present or occurs within the next 30 seconds, RCIC will start and inject. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. | Malfunction 3: Loss of 120 VAC Safeguard bus Y-3. | ||
The lamp will remain energized until the RCIC initiation is reset. RCIC will not automatically start until receipt of a Reactor Vessel low-low water level signal. RCIC steam supply, injection, and other valves reposition, RCIC injection flow rises to 400 gpm. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. | A. Malfunction 1 only B. Malfunction 3 only C. Malfunctions 2 and 3 only D. Malfunctions 1 and 2 only Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
The lamp will remain energized until the RCIC initiation is reset pushbutton is depressed. RCIC steam supply, injection, and other valves reposition, RCIC injection flow rises to 400 gpm. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. | A. Correct: MO-1001-16A, is the heat exchanger bypass valve. This valve failing open will cause a portion of the RHR flow to bypass the heat exchanger reducing the heat removed from the vessel, causing reactor pressure to rise. | ||
The lamp will remain energized for 30 seconds and then extinguish. | B. Incorrect: PDC94-24, Shutdown Cooling Logic Improvements, changed the power supply to the PCIS logic for Group 3 SDC isolations from 120V AC (Y3/y4) to 125V DC | ||
Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | |||
The System will initiate as soon as the button is depressed. | (D4/D5). These relays were changed from "DE-ENERGIZE TO OPERATE" to "ENERGIZE TO OPERATE", which means on a loss of D4 and/or D5, the MO-1001-47 and MO-1001-50 SDC Isolation Valves will not close. | ||
Pushing the button simulates a low-low water level signal. Incorrect | C. Incorrect: PDC94-24, Shutdown Cooling Logic Improvements, changed the power supply to the PCIS logic for Group 3 SDC isolations from 120V AC (Y31Y4) to 125V DC (D4/D5). These relays were changed from "DE-ENERGIZE TO OPERATE" to "ENERGIZE TO OPERATE", which means on a loss of D4 and/or D5, the MO-1001-47 and MO-1001-50 SDC Isolation Valves will not close. | ||
-RCIC will start RCIC in the full flow injection mode when the switch is depressed. | Additionally, a loss of Y-3 will not cause SDC to isolate. Plausible in that it will cause the inboard isolation valves to close for Group 2 and Group 6 isolations and RBIS. | ||
Incorrect | D. Incorrect: A loss of Y-3 will not cause SDC to isolate. Plausible in that it will cause the inboard isolation valves to close for Group 2 and Group 6 isolations and RBIS. | ||
-Once the switch is depressed, the control logic will seal in for 30 seconds. An indicator lamp will illuminate when the control logic is actuated. | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.25, Loss of SDC, page (Attach if not previously provided) 10. | ||
The lamp will remain energized during this start period (30 seconds). | RHR Reference Text, pages 12 and 13 for a description of how the heat exchanger is operated to cooldown the reactor. | ||
At the end of this period, the control logic will automatically reset and the lamp will de-energize. Correct -lAW Procedure 2.2.25, The RCIC System control logic has been modified to add a single push button switch on Panel C904 which will start RCIC in the full flow injection mode when the switch is depressed. | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Once the switch is depressed, the control logic will seal in for 30 seconds. An indicator lamp will illuminate when the control logic is actuated. | Question Source: Bank # | ||
The lamp will remain energized during this start period (30 seconds). | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
At the end of this period, the control logic will automatically reset and the lamp will energize. | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | ||
The system will be running at this time and will continue running until it is shut down by an Operator. | |||
Technical Reference(s): | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 217000 K4.06 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Manual initiation Proposed Question: RO Question # 7 The plant is operating at 100% power when the "RCIC System Injection Mode Push Button" is depressed. | ||
Procedure 2.2.22.5, pages 13 and (Attach if not previously provided) | Which one of the following correctly describes the Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) actions and the panel 904 indications? | ||
A. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. The lamp will remain energized for 30 seconds and then extinguish. Provided that a Reactor Vessel low-low water level signal is present or occurs within the next 30 seconds, RCIC will start and inject. | |||
None Learning Objective: | B. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. The lamp will remain energized until the RCIC initiation is reset. RCIC will not automatically start until receipt of a Reactor Vessel low-low water level signal. | ||
O-RO-02-09-04, EOs-7 &9 (As available) | C. RCIC steam supply, injection, and other valves reposition, RCIC injection flow rises to 400 gpm. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. The lamp will remain energized until the RCIC initiation is reset pushbutton is depressed. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | D. RCIC steam supply, injection, and other valves reposition, RCIC injection flow rises to 400 gpm. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. The lamp will remain energized for 30 seconds and then extinguish. | ||
Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional): | |||
Securing of lAS upon loss of cooling water Proposed Question: | A. Incorrect: The System will initiate as soon as the button is depressed. Pushing the button simulates a low-low water level signal. | ||
RO Question # 8 The plant is at 100% power with the following: | B. Incorrect - RCIC will start RCIC in the full flow injection mode when the switch is depressed. | ||
C. Incorrect - Once the switch is depressed, the control logic will seal in for 30 seconds. An indicator lamp will illuminate when the control logic is actuated. The lamp will remain energized during this start period (30 seconds). At the end of this period, the control logic will automatically reset and the lamp will de-energize. | |||
D. Correct -lAW Procedure 2.2.25, The RCIC System control logic has been modified to add a single push button switch on Panel C904 which will start RCIC in the full flow injection mode when the switch is depressed. Once the switch is depressed, the control logic will seal in for 30 seconds. An indicator lamp will illuminate when the control logic is actuated. The lamp will remain energized during this start period (30 seconds). At the end of this period, the control logic will automatically reset and the lamp will de energize. The system will be running at this time and will continue running until it is shut down by an Operator. | |||
Technical Reference(s): Procedure 2.2.22.5, pages 13 and (Attach if not previously provided) 14. | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-04, EOs-7 & 9 (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 300000 K4.03 Importance Rating 2.8 | |||
----- | |||
Knowledge of (INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM) design feature(s) and or interlocks which provide for the following: Securing of lAS upon loss of cooling water Proposed Question: RO Question # 8 The plant is at 100% power with the following: | |||
* A loss of Turbine Building Closed Cooling Water (TBCCW) occurs | * A loss of Turbine Building Closed Cooling Water (TBCCW) occurs | ||
* The Instrument Air Compressors (lACs) are operating in parallel control mode Which of the following describes the lACs response with no operator action? The K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on high discharge temperature, the K117 lAC starts and restores Instrument Air pressure. The K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on low cooling water flow interlock, the K117 lAC starts and restores Instrument Air pressure. The K111 and K117 lACs trip on low cooling water flow interlock, the K11 0 lAC trips on high discharge temperature. The K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on high discharge temperature, the K117 lAC trips on high oil temperature, or high intercooler temperature. | * The Instrument Air Compressors (lACs) are operating in parallel control mode Which of the following describes the lACs response with no operator action? | ||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -With the lACs operating in parallel a trip of either lead compressor (110 or 111) will result in the other compressor (111 or 110) assuming the load. Both these compressors will trip on high discharge temperature with a loss of TBCCW. AS pressure lowers further lAC 117 the Diesel Air Compressor will start. lAC 117 does not use TSCCW for cooling water so it will auto start and restore IA pressure. Incorrect | A. The K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on high discharge temperature, the K117 lAC starts and restores Instrument Air pressure. | ||
-K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on high discharge temperature, these compressors do NOT have a trip on low TBCCW flow to the compressor. | B. The K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on low cooling water flow interlock, the K117 lAC starts and restores Instrument Air pressure. | ||
Incorrect | C. The K111 and K117 lACs trip on low cooling water flow interlock, the K11 0 lAC trips on high discharge temperature. | ||
-lAC 117 the Diesel Air Compressor will start. lAC 117 does not use TBCCW for cooling water so it will continue to operate and maintain IA pressure. | D. The K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on high discharge temperature, the K117 lAC trips on high oil temperature, or high intercooler temperature. | ||
K111 trips on high discharge temperature, this compressor does NOT have a trip on low TBCCW flow to the compressor. Incorrect | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
-lAC 117 the Diesel Air Compressor will start. lAC 117 does not use TBCCW for cooling water so it will continue to operate and maintain IA pressure. | A. Correct - With the lACs operating in parallel a trip of either lead compressor (110 or 111) will result in the other compressor (111 or 110) assuming the load. Both these compressors will trip on high discharge temperature with a loss of TBCCW. AS pressure lowers further lAC 117 the Diesel Air Compressor will start. lAC 117 does not use TSCCW for cooling water so it will auto start and restore IA pressure. | ||
Plausible in that the K-117 will trip on high oil temperature, or high intercooler temperature if either of these two conditions were to occur. Technical Procedures 2.2.36, Sect 4.5, pgs (Attach if not previously provided) 10-12. 2.4.41, Sect. 2, pg 2 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Incorrect - K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on high discharge temperature, these compressors do NOT have a trip on low TBCCW flow to the compressor. | ||
None Learning O-RO-02-02, EO-4 (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | C. Incorrect - lAC 117 the Diesel Air Compressor will start. lAC 117 does not use TBCCW for cooling water so it will continue to operate and maintain IA pressure. K111 trips on high discharge temperature, this compressor does NOT have a trip on low TBCCW flow to the compressor. | ||
D. Incorrect - lAC 117 the Diesel Air Compressor will start. lAC 117 does not use TBCCW for cooling water so it will continue to operate and maintain IA pressure. Plausible in that the K-117 will trip on high oil temperature, or high intercooler temperature if either of these two conditions were to occur. | |||
RO Question # 9 Which one of the following is the operational implication of a loss of instrument air to the Standby Liquid Control (SLC) system? SLC tank level indication will fail upscale. There will be no other impact on the system. SLC tank level indication will fail downscale. | Technical Reference(s): Procedures 2.2.36, Sect 4.5, pgs (Attach if not previously provided) 10-12. | ||
There will be no other impact on the system. SLC tank level indication will fail downscale. | 2.4.41, Sect. 2, pg 2 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-02, EO-4 (As available) | ||
The tank heater will de-energize if running. SLC tank level indication will fail upscale. The pump discharge accumulators will slowly discharge. | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
-Without the instrument air system the leve! indicator will fail downscale, no dip to measure. Incorrect | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
-The loss of instrument air fails the SLC tank level instrument downscale since this provides the indication for the low level trip of the SLC tank heater the heater also fails. Correct -Instrument air supplies the air for the bubbler dip tube, which is associated with the storage tank level transmitters. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | ||
Loss of instrument air will cause the local and control room level indicators to fail low. Also the level switch for the heaters will be actuated causing a loss of tank heaters in automatic or in manual control. Incorrect | |||
-Without the instrument air system the level indicator will fail downscale, no dip to measure. Additionally, the accumulators are charged with nitrogen, not air. | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 | ||
Technical PNPS 5.3.8, Att 1, pg 9 (Attach if not previously provided) | ---- | ||
System Description, pg 10, 16 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | KfA# 211000 KS.06 Importance Rating 3.0 | ||
None learning Objective: | ---- | ||
O-RO-02-06-06, EO-15.a & 19 (As available) | Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM: Tank level measurement Proposed Question: RO Question # 9 Which one of the following is the operational implication of a loss of instrument air to the Standby Liquid Control (SLC) system? | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | A. SLC tank level indication will fail upscale. There will be no other impact on the system. | ||
Examination Outline RO SRO Tier 2 --..Group 1 KIA 263000 K3.02 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the D.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION will have on following: | B. SLC tank level indication will fail downscale. There will be no other impact on the system. | ||
Components using D.C. control power (Le. breakers) | C. SLC tank level indication will fail downscale. The tank heater will de-energize if running. | ||
Proposed Question: | D. SLC tank level indication will fail upscale. The pump discharge accumulators will slowly discharge. | ||
RO Question # 10 Given the following: | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
A. Incorrect - Without the instrument air system the leve! indicator will fail downscale, no dip to measure. | |||
B. Incorrect - The loss of instrument air fails the SLC tank level instrument downscale since this provides the indication for the low level trip of the SLC tank heater the heater also fails. | |||
C. Correct - Instrument air supplies the air for the bubbler dip tube, which is associated with the storage tank level transmitters. Loss of instrument air will cause the local and control room level indicators to fail low. Also the level switch for the heaters will be actuated causing a loss of tank heaters in automatic or in manual control. | |||
D. Incorrect - Without the instrument air system the level indicator will fail downscale, no dip to measure. Additionally, the accumulators are charged with nitrogen, not air. | |||
Technical Reference{s): PNPS 5.3.8, Att 1, pg 9 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
System Description, pg 10, 16 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None learning Objective: O-RO-02-06-06, EO-15.a & 19 (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross~reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 | |||
- -..- | |||
Group # 1 KIA # 263000 K3.02 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the D.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION will have on following: Components using D.C. control power (Le. breakers) | |||
Proposed Question: RO Question # 10 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at rated conditions | * The plant is at rated conditions | ||
* 125 VDC bus is lost With these initial conditions: | * 125 VDC bus D~16 is lost With these initial conditions: | ||
* A manual scram is inserted | * A manual scram is inserted | ||
* The Main Turbine is tripped when generator load drops to less than 50 MWE | * The Main Turbine is tripped when generator load drops to less than 50 MWE | ||
* No other operator actions are taken Which one of the following lists all of the Feed and Condensate pumps that are still running ten seconds later? "An and "C" Reactor Feed pumps "B" Condensate pump "B" Reactor Feed pump "A" and "C" Condensate pumps No Reactor Feed Pumps "B" Condensate pump "A" and "C" Reactor Feed pumps "A" and "C" Condensate pumps Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | * No other operator actions are taken Which one of the following lists all of the Feed and Condensate pumps that are still running ten seconds later? | ||
These pumps will not be available because bus A1 will de-energize when the turbine trips due to the loss of associated breaker control power. Plausible in that this would be the response if D-17 were lost. | A. "An and "C" Reactor Feed pumps "B" Condensate pump B. "B" Reactor Feed pump "A" and "C" Condensate pumps C. No Reactor Feed Pumps "B" Condensate pump D. "A" and "C" Reactor Feed pumps "A" and "C" Condensate pumps Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Correct: Normally when the turbine trips, A 1, A3, and A5 transfer to the startup transformer. | A. Incorrect: These pumps will not be available because bus A1 will de-energize when the turbine trips due to the loss of associated breaker control power. Plausible in that this would be the response if D-17 were lost. | ||
However the breakers associated with the transfer will be without control power. Therefore when the turbine trips, A1, A3, and A5 will be de-energized and associated loads will be lost. Bus A 1 supplies "A" and "C" feed pumps and "B" condensate pump. The only remaining pumps will be "B" feed pump and "A" and "C" condensate pumps. The buses associated with these pumps are supplied with control power from the "B" battery (0-17). Incorrect: "B" feed pump and "A" and "C" condensate pumps would be running. Plausible if the candidate thinks that 0-16 supplies control power to bus A2. If so the candidate may also believe that when the other two condensate pumps are energized, that two reactor feed pumps will also trip on interlock. | |||
This is not true as the breakers associated with the condensate pumps do not trip as there is no control power. The bus supplying the pumps de-energize. Incorrect: "A" and "C" feed pumps will not be running as they are powered from bus A 1. Bus A 1 de-energized when the turbine tripped. Technical 5.3.11, LOSS OF ESSENTIAL OC (Attach if not previously provided) | B. Correct: Normally when the turbine trips, A 1, A3, and A5 transfer to the startup transformer. However the breakers associated with the transfer will be without control power. Therefore when the turbine trips, A1, A3, and A5 will be de-energized and associated loads will be lost. Bus A 1 supplies "A" and "C" feed pumps and "B" condensate pump. The only remaining pumps will be "B" feed pump and "A" and "C" condensate pumps. The buses associated with these pumps are supplied with control power from the "B" battery (0-17). | ||
BUS 016 OR 04 ANO 036, page 11 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: "B" feed pump and "A" and "C" condensate pumps would be running. | ||
None Learning (As available) | Plausible if the candidate thinks that 0-16 supplies control power to bus A2. If so the candidate may also believe that when the other two condensate pumps are de energized, that two reactor feed pumps will also trip on interlock. This is not true as the breakers associated with the condensate pumps do not trip as there is no control power. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | The bus supplying the pumps de-energize. | ||
Tier 2 Group # 1 KIA # 261000 K6.08 Importance Rating 3.1 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM: Reactor vessel level: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: | O. Incorrect: "A" and "C" feed pumps will not be running as they are powered from bus A 1. | ||
RO Question # 11 Given the following: | Bus A 1 de-energized when the turbine tripped. | ||
Technical Reference(s): 5.3.11, LOSS OF ESSENTIAL OC (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
BUS 016 OR 04 ANO 036, page 11 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 261000 K6.08 Importance Rating 3.1 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM: Reactor vessel level: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO Question # 11 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at rated conditions. | * The plant is at rated conditions. | ||
* SBGT Fan 'A' Control Switch is in AUTO | * SBGT Fan 'A' Control Switch is in AUTO | ||
* SBGT Fan 'B' Control Switch was inadvertently left in the MAINT position. | * SBGT Fan 'B' Control Switch was inadvertently left in the MAINT position. | ||
With these initial conditions, the reactor scrams and RPV level lowers to -10 inches before recovering. | With these initial conditions, the reactor scrams and RPV level lowers to -10 inches before recovering. RPV level is now stable at +25 inches. | ||
RPV level is now stable at +25 inches. Which one of the following is correct regarding the response of the Standby Gas Treatment trains? Train 'A' will start and remain running until manually shutdown. | Which one of the following is correct regarding the response of the Standby Gas Treatment trains? | ||
Train 'B' will not start. Train 'B' will start and remain running until manually shutdown. | A. Train 'A' will start and remain running until manually shutdown. Train 'B' will not start. | ||
Train 'A' will not start. BOTH Train 'A' and Train 'B' will start and remain running until manually shutdown. BOTH Train 'A' and Train 'B' will start. Train 'A' will automatically shutdown after 65 seconds. Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | B. Train 'B' will start and remain running until manually shutdown. Train 'A' will not start. | ||
Standby Gas Treatment will initiate when RPV level lowers to + 12 inches. Both Trains will start. The function of the "MAl NT" position of the 'B' Train Control switch is to prevent the 'B' Train from shutting down after 65 seconds as it normally does following a successful start of the 'A' Train. Incorrect: | C. BOTH Train 'A' and Train 'B' will start and remain running until manually shutdown. | ||
The MAINT position does not prevent the 'A' Train from starting. Correct: Standby Gas Treatment will initiate when RPV level lowers to +12 inches. 80th Trains will start. The function of the "MAINT" pOSition of the '8' Train Control switch is to prevent the 'B' Train from shutting down after 65 seconds. | D. BOTH Train 'A' and Train 'B' will start. Train 'A' will automatically shutdown after 65 seconds. | ||
D. Incorrect: | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
The 'A' Train will not automatically shutdown. | A. Incorrect: Standby Gas Treatment will initiate when RPV level lowers to + 12 inches. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | Both Trains will start. The function of the "MAl NT" position of the 'B' Train Control switch is to prevent the 'B' Train from shutting down after 65 seconds as it normally does following a successful start of the 'A' Train. | ||
PNPS 2.2.50, page 8 and page (Attach if not previously provided) | B. Incorrect: The MAINT position does not prevent the 'A' Train from starting. | ||
C. Correct: Standby Gas Treatment will initiate when RPV level lowers to +12 inches. 80th Trains will start. The function of the "MAINT" pOSition of the '8' Train Control switch is to prevent the 'B' Train from shutting down after 65 seconds. | |||
None Learning Objective: | |||
O-RO-02-08-03, EO-4 & 10 (As available) | D. Incorrect: The 'A' Train will not automatically shutdown. | ||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.50, page 8 and page (Attach if not previously provided) 10. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 223002 K6.08 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM/NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SHUT-OFF: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-03, EO-4 & 10 (As available) | ||
Reactor protection system Proposed Question: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
RO Question # 12 During a plant startup the following conditions exist: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 223002 K6.08 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM/NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SHUT-OFF: Reactor protection system Proposed Question: RO Question # 12 During a plant startup the following conditions exist: | |||
* The Reactor Mode Switch is in Startup | * The Reactor Mode Switch is in Startup | ||
* MSIVs are open | * MSIVs are open | ||
* MSIV Inboard Drain Isolation Valve MO-220-1 is open | * MSIV Inboard Drain Isolation Valve MO-220-1 is open | ||
* MSIV Outboard Drains Isolation Valve MO-220-2 is open Which one of the following identifies the Primary Containment Isolation System response to opening an EPA breaker on the output of the A RPS MG set? There is no effect on the Group 1 isolation logic; both MO-220-1 and MO-220-2 remain open. The AC solenoids on the Inboard MSIVs and the DC solenoids on the Outboard MSIVs de-energize. | * MSIV Outboard Drains Isolation Valve MO-220-2 is open Which one of the following identifies the Primary Containment Isolation System response to opening an EPA breaker on the output of the A RPS MG set? | ||
MO-220-1 closes. The DC solenoids on the Inboard MSIVs and the AC solenoids on the Outboard MSIVs de-energize. | A. There is no effect on the Group 1 isolation logic; both MO-220-1 and MO-220-2 remain open. | ||
MO-220-2 closes. One half the Group 1 isolation logic is de-energized, however no solenoids are energized and no isolations occur. Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | B. The AC solenoids on the Inboard MSIVs and the DC solenoids on the Outboard MSIVs de-energize. MO-220-1 closes. | ||
-One half the logic is de-energized Incorrect | C. The DC solenoids on the Inboard MSIVs and the AC solenoids on the Outboard MSIVs de-energize. MO-220-2 closes. | ||
-No solenoids de-energize and no valve motion occurs Incorrect | D. One half the Group 1 isolation logic is de-energized, however no solenoids are de energized and no isolations occur. | ||
-No solenoids de-energize and no valve motion occurs Correct -The loss of RPS A will de-energize the "A" and "C" logic inputs to the Group 1 isolation logic this will cause a loss of half the relays, however each solenoids logic (AC and DC) require one out of two taken twice to de-energize a solenoid, therefore although half the logic is de-energized no actions occur and no valve motion occur. Technical Reference(s): | Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional): | ||
PNP 2.2.79, Sect 7.1.4, pg 17 (Attach if not previously provided) | A. Incorrect - One half the logic is de-energized B. Incorrect - No solenoids de-energize and no valve motion occurs C. Incorrect - No solenoids de-energize and no valve motion occurs | ||
PCIS SO, pages 11 and 12 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | D. Correct - The loss of RPS A will de-energize the "A" and "C" logic inputs to the Group 1 isolation logic this will cause a loss of half the relays, however each solenoids logic (AC and DC) require one out of two taken twice to de-energize a solenoid, therefore although half the logic is de-energized no actions occur and no valve motion occur. | ||
O-RO-02-08-10, EO-11.a (As available) | Technical Reference(s): PNP 2.2.79, Sect 7.1.4, pg 17 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | PCIS SO, pages 11 and 12 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-10, EO-11.a (As available) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 203000 A 1.08 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RHRlLPCI: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
INJECTION MODE (PLANT SPECIFIC) controls including: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Emergency generator loading Proposed Question: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
RO Question # 13 Given the following conditions: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 203000 A 1.08 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RHRlLPCI: INJECTION MODE (PLANT SPECIFIC) controls including: Emergency generator loading Proposed Question: RO Question # 13 Given the following conditions: | |||
* A LOCA is in progress | * A LOCA is in progress | ||
* Drywell pressure is 18 pSig | * Drywell pressure is 18 pSig | ||
| Line 208: | Line 264: | ||
* RHR Loop Cross-Tie Valve, MO-1001-19, has been closed | * RHR Loop Cross-Tie Valve, MO-1001-19, has been closed | ||
* RHR Pump D has been manually shutdown and its white override light is illuminated. | * RHR Pump D has been manually shutdown and its white override light is illuminated. | ||
Two minutes later, a loss of offsite power occurs, de-energizing both the Startup and the Shutdown Transformers. | Two minutes later, a loss of offsite power occurs, de-energizing both the Startup and the Shutdown Transformers. | ||
* "An EDG output breaker fails to close * "8" EDG output breaker closes and the diesel loads as designed Which one of the following identifies the RHR pump status after power is restored from the EDG? RHR Pump 8 is running in the injection mode. RHR pump D is not running. RHR Pumps Band D are running in the containment spray mode only. RHR Pump B is running in both the injection and containment spray modes. RHR pump D is not running. RHR Pumps Band D are running in both the injection and containment spray modes Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | * "An EDG output breaker fails to close | ||
-The B EDG re-energizes A6 after a time delay. The "B" RHR pump will start 5 seconds after the bus is re-energized. | * "8" EDG output breaker closes and the diesel loads as designed Which one of the following identifies the RHR pump status after power is restored from the EDG? | ||
The "0" RHR pump will start 10 seconds after the bus is re-energized. | A. RHR Pump 8 is running in the injection mode. RHR pump D is not running. | ||
Although the pump was manually shutdown the bus power monitoring circuit will defeat the operator's manual over ride and the pump restarts. Correct -The white light will illuminate and remain lit if the operator manually shuts down an RHR pump with an auto start signal present (LPCI initiation signal). When offsite power is lost the operating RHR pumps will trip. The 8 EDG re-energizes A6 after a time delay. The "8" RHR pump will start 5 seconds after the bus is re-energized. | B. RHR Pumps Band D are running in the containment spray mode only. | ||
The "0" RHR pump will start 10 seconds after the bus is re-energized. | C. RHR Pump B is running in both the injection and containment spray modes. RHR pump D is not running. | ||
Although the pump was manually shutdown the bus power monitoring circuit will defeat the operator's manual over ride and the pump restarts. | D. RHR Pumps Band D are running in both the injection and containment spray modes Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Loop select initially selected loop A for injection and was sealed in. It will not re-initiate because the logic never lost power (DC power). 8ecause the containment spray valves remain open RHR Pumps 8 and o will operate in Containment Spray. There are no auto opening signals for the Tie valve. Incorrect | A. Incorrect - The B EDG re-energizes A6 after a time delay. The "B" RHR pump will start | ||
-The 8 EDG re-energizes A6 after a time delay. The "8" RHR pump will start 5 seconds after the bus is re-energized. | |||
The "0" RHR pump will start 10 seconds after the bus is re-energized. Incorrect | 5 seconds after the bus is re-energized. The "0" RHR pump will start 10 seconds after the bus is re-energized. Although the pump was manually shutdown the bus power monitoring circuit will defeat the operator's manual over ride and the pump restarts. | ||
-The LPClioop selection logic is DC powered and therefore it never lost power. Since it selected the "A" loop initially and seals in, loop "A" is still selected for injection and the "8" loop injection valves do not open. With the Cross-Tie closed and the containment spray valves open the 8 and 0 Pumps will operate in Containment Spray only (There are no auto opening signals for the Cross-Tie valve.) Technical RHR System Description, pg 26 (Attach if not previously provided) and 27 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | : 8. Correct - The white light will illuminate and remain lit if the operator manually shuts down an RHR pump with an auto start signal present (LPCI initiation signal). When offsite power is lost the operating RHR pumps will trip. The 8 EDG re-energizes A6 after a time delay. The "8" RHR pump will start 5 seconds after the bus is re-energized. | ||
None Learning O-RO-02-09-01, EO-9 (As available) | The "0" RHR pump will start 10 seconds after the bus is re-energized. Although the pump was manually shutdown the bus power monitoring circuit will defeat the operator's manual over ride and the pump restarts. Loop select initially selected loop A for injection and was sealed in. It will not re-initiate because the logic never lost power (DC power). 8ecause the containment spray valves remain open RHR Pumps 8 and o will operate in Containment Spray. There are no auto opening signals for the Cross Tie valve. | ||
Question Source: 8ank # Modified 8ank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | C. Incorrect - The 8 EDG re-energizes A6 after a time delay. The "8" RHR pump will start 5 seconds after the bus is re-energized. The "0" RHR pump will start 10 seconds after the bus is re-energized. | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 209001 A1.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM controls including: | D. Incorrect - The LPClioop selection logic is DC powered and therefore it never lost power. Since it selected the "A" loop initially and seals in, loop "A" is still selected for injection and the "8" loop injection valves do not open. With the Cross-Tie closed and the containment spray valves open the 8 and 0 Pumps will operate in Containment Spray only (There are no auto opening signals for the Cross-Tie valve.) | ||
Reactor pressure Proposed Question: | Technical Reference(s): RHR System Description, pg 26 (Attach if not previously provided) and 27 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-01, EO-9 (As available) | ||
RO Question # 14 A LOCA occurred resulting in the following: RPV pressure is 200 psig Drywell pressure is 3.5 psig RPV level is -40 inches and rising HPCI is injecting into the RPV The operator attempts to close Core Spray Injection Valves MO-1400-24A, 24B, 25A, and 25B How will the Core Spray I njection Valves respond? Injection Valves 24A & B will: Injection Valves 25A & B will: A. remain remain open B. remain close C. remain open D. close Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Question Source: 8ank # | ||
The answers are combinations of the open and closed positions that are incorrect. | Modified 8ank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Correct -LPCS will initiate and the pump will start when RPV level is <-46 inches in conjunction with RPV pressure being less than 400, or drywell pressure is > 2.2.psig. | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x | ||
The LPCs Injection Valve will open when reactor pressure drops below the 400 psig interlock provided an initiation signal is present. The Core Spray Loop A and B Injection Valves, MO-1400-25A and MO-1400-25B, can be manually closed due to Operator action with an initiation signal present. Both 24A &B valves receive an open signal regardless of position if a system initiation signal is received, and cannot be shut until the initiating signal is cleared. Incorrect: | |||
The answers are combinations of the open and closed positions that are incorrect. Incorrect: | 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
The answers are combinations of the open and closed positions that are incorrect. | |||
PNP 2.2.20, Sect 4.3, pg 9 and Sect 7.2, pg 15 | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 209001 A1.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM controls including: Reactor pressure Proposed Question: RO Question # 14 A LOCA occurred resulting in the following: | ||
Technical Reference(s): | * RPV pressure is 200 psig | ||
System Description pg 16 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | * Drywell pressure is 3.5 psig | ||
None Learning Objective: | * RPV level is -40 inches and rising | ||
O-RO-02-09-02, (As available) | * HPCI is injecting into the RPV | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | * The operator attempts to close Core Spray Injection Valves MO-1400-24A, 24B, 25A, and 25B How will the Core Spray I njection Valves respond? | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 218000 K6.01 Importance Rating 3.9 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following wil:-: | Injection Valves 24A & B will: Injection Valves 25A & B will: | ||
RO Question # 15 Given the following: | A. remain open remain open B. remain open close C. close remain open D. close close Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
A. Incorrect: The answers are combinations of the open and closed positions that are incorrect. | |||
B. Correct - LPCS will initiate and the pump will start when RPV level is <-46 inches in conjunction with RPV pressure being less than 400, or drywell pressure is > 2.2.psig. | |||
The LPCs Injection Valve will open when reactor pressure drops below the 400 psig interlock provided an initiation signal is present. The Core Spray Loop A and B Injection Valves, MO-1400-25A and MO-1400-25B, can be manually closed due to Operator action with an initiation signal present. Both 24A & B valves receive an open signal regardless of position if a system initiation signal is received, and cannot be shut until the initiating signal is cleared. | |||
C. Incorrect: The answers are combinations of the open and closed positions that are incorrect. | |||
D. Incorrect: The answers are combinations of the open and closed positions that are incorrect. | |||
PNP 2.2.20, Sect 4.3, pg 9 and Sect 7.2, pg 15 Technical Reference(s): System Description pg 16 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-02, EO-4 (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 218000 K6.01 Importance Rating 3.9 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following wil:-:Ih-a-v-e-o-n-:-the AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: RHR/LPCI system pressure Proposed Question: RO Question # 15 Given the following: | |||
* A LOCA has occurred | * A LOCA has occurred | ||
* ADS has automatically initiated and all SRVs are open | * ADS has automatically initiated and all SRVs are open | ||
| Line 244: | Line 313: | ||
* All 4160 VAC buses de-energize | * All 4160 VAC buses de-energize | ||
* Four seconds later, both EDG output breakers close and A-5 and A-6 re-energize. | * Four seconds later, both EDG output breakers close and A-5 and A-6 re-energize. | ||
Based on the sequence above, the four ADS valves | Based on the sequence above, the four ADS valves _ _ _ __ | ||
Valves remain open. Plausible in that "a pump running signal" based on ECCS pump discharge pressure is required to initiate the logic. The discharge pressure signal was lost once the buses de-energized following the loss of off-site power. Incorrect: | A. Closed and then reopened as soon as an ECCS pump re-started B. Closed and then reopened as soon as A-5 and A-6 re-energized C. Closed and remained closed D. Remained open Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | ||
valves remain open. Plausible in that there are bus monitoring circuits in the logic but these circuits are monitoring DC bus status. | A. Incorrect: Valves remain open. Plausible in that "a pump running signal" based on ECCS pump discharge pressure is required to initiate the logic. The discharge pressure signal was lost once the buses de-energized following the loss of off-site power. | ||
Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: valves remain open. Plausible in that there are bus monitoring circuits in the logic but these circuits are monitoring DC bus status. | ||
Valves remain open. Plausible if the candidate believes that ADS has already performed its function since the LP ECCS will inject and is no longer required. Correct: Per PNPS 2.2.23, once the ADS RVs are opened, depressurization will continue even if the RHRlCore Spray pump running signal is lost. Technical Reference(s): | |||
PNPS 2.2.23, ADS, page 10, item (Attach if not previously provided) 4.2 (1](d) Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: Valves remain open. Plausible if the candidate believes that ADS has already performed its function since the LP ECCS will inject and is no longer required. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | D. Correct: Per PNPS 2.2.23, once the ADS RVs are opened, depressurization will continue even if the RHRlCore Spray pump running signal is lost. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.23, ADS, page 10, item (Attach if not previously provided) 4.2 (1](d) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 ..---..KIA # 400000 A2.03 Importance Rating 2.9 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the CCWS and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal operation: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
High/low CCW temperature Proposed Question: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
RO Question # 16 Given the following: The plant is at rated conditions 'A' Fuel Pool Cooling Heat Exchanger was placed in service 5 minutes ago The BOP operator reports that RBCCW Loop 'A' temperature has risen from 70 degrees to 82 degrees. 'A' and "B' RBCCW pumps are in service. Indications on TIC -3836, RBCCW Loop 'A' Temperature Controller are as shown in the drawing below. Which one of the following is correct regarding the controller operation and what actions are required to restore RBCCW temperature to normal? TIC-3836 0.0 WP RL AM A. The controller has NOT responded correctly to the increase in heat load. Place the controller in manual and increase the controller output. | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
The controller has NOT responded correctly to the increase in heat load. Manually close MO-4084, Loop 'A' RBCCW Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve, to increase RBCCW flow through the heat exchanger. The controller IS responding correctly to the increase in heat load. Jog open MO-3800 'A' RBCCW Heat Exchanger SSW Outlet Valve to increase SSW flow. The controller IS responding correctly to the increase in heat load. Start the third RBCCW pump and increase RBCCW flow through the heat exchanger to 5000 gpm. Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | New x Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
The controller is responding as expected to temperature being higher than the setpoint (70 degrees). | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
The controller controls the position of a bypass valve. As temperature comes up the controller lowers the output which will close down on the bypass valve forcing more RBCCW flow thru the heat exchanger. | |||
Plausible in that the output of the controller is zero. Incorrect: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 | ||
The controller is responding as expected to temperature being higher than the setpoint (70 degrees). | -~ ..- - -..- | ||
The controller controls the position of a bypass valve. As temperature comes up the controller lowers the output which will close down on the bypass valve forcing more RBCCW flow thru the heat exchanger. | KIA # 400000 A2.03 Importance Rating 2.9 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the CCWS and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal operation: High/low CCW temperature Proposed Question: RO Question # 16 Given the following: | ||
Plausible in that the output of the controller is zero. | * The plant is at rated conditions | ||
Additional SSW flow is required to lower the RBCCW temperature. | * 'A' Fuel Pool Cooling Heat Exchanger was placed in service 5 minutes ago | ||
Per PNPS 2.2.32 SSW, MO-3800 'N RBCCW Heat Exchanger SSW Outlet Valve is adjusted as required based on plant conditions to control temperature. Incorrect: | * The BOP operator reports that RBCCW Loop 'A' temperature has risen from 70 degrees to 82 degrees. | ||
Per PNPS 2.2.32 SSW, MO-3800 'A' RBCCW Heat Exchanger SSW Outlet Valve is adjusted as required based on plant conditions to control temperature. | * 'A' and "B' RBCCW pumps are in service. | ||
Additionally, PNPS 2.2.30, page 14, limits flow through the heat exchanger to 4000 gpm. PNPS 2.2.32, SSW System, page Technical (Attach if not previously provided) RBCCW Reference Text, 10 and 32 for a description controller Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: Learning Objective: (As Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | * Indications on TIC - 3836, RBCCW Loop 'A' Temperature Controller are as shown in the drawing below. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 262001 A3.03 Importance Rating 3.4 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the A.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION including: | Which one of the following is correct regarding the controller operation and what actions are required to restore RBCCW temperature to normal? | ||
Load shedding Proposed Question: | TIC-3836 0.0 WP RL AM A. The controller has NOT responded correctly to the increase in heat load. Place the controller in manual and increase the controller output. | ||
RO Question # 17 The plant was operating at 100% power with the "B" CRD pump in service. Subsequently, a valid LOCA signal generated a scram. The plant responded as expected EXCEPT the startup transformer feeder breaker to bus A-5 failed to close. The A-5 bus has been automatically energized from the shutdown transformer as designed. | |||
Which ONE of the following describes the status/availability of the CRD pumps? The B CRD pump is ... running, the A CRD pump cannot be started due to load shed signal. running, the A CRD pump can be started since no load shed signal was generated. NOT running, the A and B CRD pumps CANNOT be started due to a load shed signal. NOT running, the A and B CRD pumps can be started since no load shed signal was generated. | B. The controller has NOT responded correctly to the increase in heat load. Manually close MO-4084, Loop 'A' RBCCW Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve, to increase RBCCW flow through the heat exchanger. | ||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -The A CRD pump is powered from A-5, when the startup transformer failed to pick up the bus and a LOCA signal was generated a load shed occurred on the bus. The A CRD pump cannot be restarted until the load shed signals are cleared. The B CRD pump is powered from bus A-6 and since this bus was powered 'from the startup transformer a load shed did not occur, consequently the B CRD pump is still running. Incorrect | C. The controller IS responding correctly to the increase in heat load. Jog open MO-3800 | ||
-The A CRD pump is powered from A-5, when the startup transformer failed to pick up the bus and a LOCA signal was generated a load shed occurred on the bus. The A CRD pump cannot be restarted until the load shed signals are cleared. | 'A' RBCCW Heat Exchanger SSW Outlet Valve to increase SSW flow. | ||
Incorrect | D. The controller IS responding correctly to the increase in heat load. Start the third RBCCW pump and increase RBCCW flow through the heat exchanger to 5000 gpm. | ||
-The B CRD pump is powered from bus A-6 and since this bus was powered from the startup transformer a load shed did not occur, consequently the B CRD pump is still running. Incorrect | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
-The B CRD pump is powered from bus A-6 and since this bus was powered from the startup transformer a load shed did not occur, consequently the B CRD pump is still running. The A CRD pump is powered from A-5, when the startup transformer failed to pick up the bus and a LOCA signal was generated a load shed occurred on the bus. The A CRD pump cannot be restarted until the load shed signals are cleared. Technical Reference(s): | A. Incorrect: The controller is responding as expected to temperature being higher than the setpoint (70 degrees). The controller controls the position of a bypass valve. As temperature comes up the controller lowers the output which will close down on the bypass valve forcing more RBCCW flow thru the heat exchanger. Plausible in that the output of the controller is zero. | ||
2.4.16, Att. 8, pgs 25 &26 (Attach if not previously provided) | B. Incorrect: The controller is responding as expected to temperature being higher than the setpoint (70 degrees). The controller controls the position of a bypass valve. As temperature comes up the controller lowers the output which will close down on the bypass valve forcing more RBCCW flow thru the heat exchanger. Plausible in that the output of the controller is zero. | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Correct: As discussed above the controller is responding normally. Additional SSW flow is required to lower the RBCCW temperature. Per PNPS 2.2.32 SSW, MO-3800 'N RBCCW Heat Exchanger SSW Outlet Valve is adjusted as required based on plant conditions to control temperature. | ||
None O-RO-02-06-11, EO-2c Learning (As available) | D. Incorrect: Per PNPS 2.2.32 SSW, MO-3800 'A' RBCCW Heat Exchanger SSW Outlet Valve is adjusted as required based on plant conditions to control temperature. | ||
O-RO-02-09-08, EO-6 Question Source: Bank # TADs ID: 3310 Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | Additionally, PNPS 2.2.30, page 14, limits flow through the heat exchanger to 4000 gpm. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO 2 ..--Group # 1 KIA # 264000 A3.03 Importance Rating 3.4 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEUJET) including: | PNPS 2.2.32, SSW System, page Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided) 23. | ||
Indicating lights, meters, and recorders Proposed Question: | RBCCW Reference Text, pages 10 and 32 for a description of controller operation. | ||
RO Question # 18 A diesel generator (DIG) is supplying an electrical bus in parallel with the grid. Assuming DIG terminal voltage does not change, how are the DIG KVAR and DIG Amps affected if the DIG governor is placed in the RAISE position for five (5) seconds? DIG DIG Amps No Rise A. No change No change 8. Rise C. Rise No change D. Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -The DIG is loaded using the Governor Speed Control, increasing the speed setpoint will have a directly impact real power (kW) raising the output amps of the DIG. Reactive loading (KVAR) is controlled using the Voltage Regulator Setpoint Adjuster which is not adjusted in this question. Incorrect | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
-The DIG is loaded using the Governor Speed Control, increasing the speed setpoint will have a directly impact real power (kW) raising the output amps of the DIG Incorrect | |||
-Reactive loading (KVAR) is controlled using the Voltage Regulator 8etpoint Adjuster which is not adjusted in this question. Incorrect | Question Source: Bank # | ||
-The DIG is loaded using the Governor Speed Control, increasing the speed setpoint will have a directly impact real power (kW) raising the output amps of the DIG. Reactive loading (KVAR) is controlled using the Voltage Regulator Setpoint Adjuster which is not adjusted in this question. | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Technical Reference(s): | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | ||
2.2.8, Sect 7.5.1, pg 40 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 262001 A3.03 Importance Rating 3.4 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the A.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION including: | ||
None Learning Objective: | Load shedding Proposed Question: RO Question # 17 The plant was operating at 100% power with the "B" CRD pump in service. Subsequently, a valid LOCA signal generated a scram. The plant responded as expected EXCEPT the startup transformer feeder breaker to bus A-5 failed to close. The A-5 bus has been automatically energized from the shutdown transformer as designed. | ||
O-RO-01-04-05, (As available) | Which ONE of the following describes the status/availability of the CRD pumps? | ||
Question Bank # TADs ID: 5126 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | The B CRD pump is ... | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 262002 A4.01 | A. running, the A CRD pump cannot be started due to load shed signal. | ||
.. Importance Rating 2.8 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Transfer from alternative source to preferred source. (UPS) Proposed Question: | B. running, the A CRD pump can be started since no load shed signal was generated. | ||
RO Question # 19 Given the following: The plant is at 30% power with a normal electrical distribution lineup; 480 VAC Load Center B-6 is lost when the supply breaker on B-1, B52-102, trips due to a breaker fault; Operators report the following indications regarding 120 VAC Vital Bus Y -2: Alarm Y-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER, C3RC-A2, has annunciated The Y -2 potential indicating light on C3 extinguished briefly but is now lit. Operators have stabilized the plant and are now making preparations to re-energize B6 from 480 VAC Load Center B-2. Based on the above information which one of the following is correct regarding The initial response of Y -2 to the (2) Any automatic response of Y -2 when B-6 is re-energized? | C. NOT running, the A and B CRD pumps CANNOT be started due to a load shed signal. | ||
A. (1) Y-2 responded as designed (2) Y-2 will remain on its alternate power supply, B-15 B. (1) Y-2 did NOT respond as designed (2) Y-2 will remain on its alternate power supply, B-15 C. (1) Y-2 responded as designed (2) Y-2 will automatically transfer back to its preferred power supply, the Y-2 MG Set D. (1) Y-2 did NOT respond as designed (2) Y-2 will automatically transfer back to its preferred power supply, the Y-2 MG Set Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | D. NOT running, the A and B CRD pumps can be started since no load shed signal was generated. | ||
Y -2 is normally powered from a MG set that has both a DC and AC driver. The AC driver, powered from B-6 is normally powering the MG set. If B-6 power is lost, the DC motor will then power the MG set. A large flywheel on the MG maintains Y-2 voltage and frequency as the drivers shift from AC to DC. If the MG set fails or DC power is not available and Y-2 de-energizes, Y-2 will transfer to its alternate source, 15. In this case, Y-2 should not have de-energized and auto transferred indicating a failure of the DC motor to maintain the MG set energized. Correct: Y-2 should not have transferred and should have remained energized during the transient via the DC supply to the MG set. Y-2 will not automatically transfer back to its preferred source when B-6 is re-energized. | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
Any Y-2 automatic transfer to B-15 must be manually reset. Incorrect: | A. Correct - The A CRD pump is powered from A-5, when the startup transformer failed to pick up the bus and a LOCA signal was generated a load shed occurred on the bus. | ||
Y-2 should not have transferred and must be manually re-aligned to its preferred source following the automatic transfer. Incorrect: | The A CRD pump cannot be restarted until the load shed signals are cleared. The B CRD pump is powered from bus A-6 and since this bus was powered 'from the startup transformer a load shed did not occur, consequently the B CRD pump is still running. | ||
Y-2 must be manually re-aligned to its preferred source following an automatic transfer. | B. Incorrect - The A CRD pump is powered from A-5, when the startup transformer failed to pick up the bus and a LOCA signal was generated a load shed occurred on the bus. | ||
Plausible in that if the MG set is being powering by the DC motor following a loss of B-6 power, and B-6 is subsequently restored, the MG set will automatically shift back to AC power. Additionally Y -1 will also auto transfer back to its preferred source if an automatic transfer to the alternate has occurred. | The A CRD pump cannot be restarted until the load shed signals are cleared. | ||
Technical PNPS 2.2.16, 120/240V AC VITAL (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
SERVICES INSTRUMENT POWER SUPPLY (Y2), page 8 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect - The B CRD pump is powered from bus A-6 and since this bus was powered from the startup transformer a load shed did not occur, consequently the B CRD pump is still running. | ||
None Learning RO-02-01-07, EO-5 (As available) | D. Incorrect - The B CRD pump is powered from bus A-6 and since this bus was powered from the startup transformer a load shed did not occur, consequently the B CRD pump is still running. The A CRD pump is powered from A-5, when the startup transformer failed to pick up the bus and a LOCA signal was generated a load shed occurred on the bus. The A CRD pump cannot be restarted until the load shed signals are cleared. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | Technical Reference(s): 2.4.16, Att. 8, pgs 25 & 26 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None O-RO-02-06-11, EO-2c Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 259002 A4.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: FWRV lockup reset controls Proposed Question: | O-RO-02-09-08, EO-6 Question Source: Bank # TADs ID: 3310 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
RO Question # 20 The plant is at rated conditions. | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Feedwater Level Control is in Master Auto and set to control at +30 inches. Then, operators note the following: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | ||
* "An Feed Line Flow (FI-640-24A) is 6 Mlbm/hr and slowly rising * "8" Feed Line Flow (FI-640-248) is 3 Mlbm/hr and slowly towering | |||
* Reactor water level remains at +30 inches. Other feed water level control indications are as shown in the picture. Which one of the following is consistent with these indications? | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 | ||
ON | ~.-- ..-- .--~.-- | ||
-The MIA stations are operating however the "A" Feed Regulating Valve has locked up and slowly drifting open Incorrect | Group # 1 KIA # 264000 A3.03 Importance Rating 3.4 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEUJET) including: Indicating lights, meters, and recorders Proposed Question: RO Question # 18 A diesel generator (DIG) is supplying an electrical bus in parallel with the grid. | ||
-The MIA stations are operating however the "A "Feed Regulating Valve has locked up and slowly drifting open Correct -On a loss of air to the Feedwater Regulating Valve(s), the red FEED REG VLV LOCK-UP RESET light(s) will illuminate and the white FEED REG VLV A (B) CONTROL CIRCUIT NORMAL light(s) will extinguish. | Assuming DIG terminal voltage does not change, how are the DIG KVAR and DIG Amps affected if the DIG governor is placed in the RAISE position for five (5) seconds? | ||
The A Feed Regulating Valve has failed and lock up and is drifting open causing A feed line flow to rise, level will temporarily remain under control as the B feedwater How is lowered. Incorrect | DIG KVAR DIG Amps No change Rise A. | ||
-The A Feed Regulating Valve has failed and lock up and is drifting open causing A feed line flow to rise, level will temporarily remain under control as the B feedwater flow is lowered. Technical Reference(s): | No change No change 8. | ||
PNPS 2.4.49, pg 20, sect. 5.0, [6] (Attach if not previously provided) | Rise Rise C. | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Rise No change D. | ||
None Learning Objective: | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
O-RO-02-04-10, (As available) | A. Correct - The DIG is loaded using the Governor Speed Control, increasing the speed setpoint will have a directly impact real power (kW) raising the output amps of the DIG. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: No Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | Reactive loading (KVAR) is controlled using the Voltage Regulator Setpoint Adjuster which is not adjusted in this question. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group # 1 KIA # 212000 2.4.31 | : 8. Incorrect - The DIG is loaded using the Governor Speed Control, increasing the speed setpoint will have a directly impact real power (kW) raising the output amps of the DIG C. Incorrect - Reactive loading (KVAR) is controlled using the Voltage Regulator 8etpoint Adjuster which is not adjusted in this question. | ||
RO Question # 21 Given the following: PNPS is at rated conditions when an inadvertent MSIV isolation results in RPV pressure rising rapidly. All control rods automatically insert. While stabilizing the plant following the trip, the 905 panel operator observes the following: | D. Incorrect - The DIG is loaded using the Governor Speed Control, increasing the speed setpoint will have a directly impact real power (kW) raising the output amps of the DIG. | ||
Reactive loading (KVAR) is controlled using the Voltage Regulator Setpoint Adjuster | |||
which is not adjusted in this question. | |||
Technical Reference(s): 2.2.8, Sect 7.5.1, pg 40 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-01-04-05, EO-19 (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # TADs ID: 5126 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 262002 A4.01 | |||
-~---- .. | |||
Importance Rating 2.8 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Transfer from alternative source to preferred source. (UPS) | |||
Proposed Question: RO Question # 19 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at 30% power with a normal electrical distribution lineup; | |||
* 480 VAC Load Center B-6 is lost when the supply breaker on B-1, B52-102, trips due to a breaker fault; | |||
* Operators report the following indications regarding 120 VAC Vital Bus Y-2: | |||
o Alarm Y-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER, C3RC-A2, has annunciated o The Y-2 potential indicating light on C3 extinguished briefly but is now lit. | |||
Operators have stabilized the plant and are now making preparations to re-energize B6 from 480 VAC Load Center B-2. | |||
Based on the above information which one of the following is correct regarding (1) The initial response of Y-2 to the transient AND (2) Any automatic response of Y-2 when B-6 is re-energized? | |||
A. (1) Y-2 responded as designed (2) Y-2 will remain on its alternate power supply, B-15 B. (1) Y-2 did NOT respond as designed (2) Y-2 will remain on its alternate power supply, B-15 C. (1) Y-2 responded as designed (2) Y-2 will automatically transfer back to its preferred power supply, the Y-2 MG Set D. (1) Y-2 did NOT respond as designed (2) Y-2 will automatically transfer back to its preferred power supply, the Y-2 MG Set | |||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: Y-2 is normally powered from a MG set that has both a DC and AC driver. | |||
The AC driver, powered from B-6 is normally powering the MG set. If B-6 power is lost, the DC motor will then power the MG set. A large flywheel on the MG maintains Y-2 voltage and frequency as the drivers shift from AC to DC. If the MG set fails or DC power is not available and Y-2 de-energizes, Y-2 will transfer to its alternate source, B | |||
: 15. In this case, Y-2 should not have de-energized and auto transferred indicating a failure of the DC motor to maintain the MG set energized. | |||
B. Correct: Y-2 should not have transferred and should have remained energized during the transient via the DC supply to the MG set. Y-2 will not automatically transfer back to its preferred source when B-6 is re-energized. Any Y-2 automatic transfer to B-15 must be manually reset. | |||
C. Incorrect: Y-2 should not have transferred and must be manually re-aligned to its preferred source following the automatic transfer. | |||
D. Incorrect: Y-2 must be manually re-aligned to its preferred source following an automatic transfer. Plausible in that if the MG set is being powering by the DC motor following a loss of B-6 power, and B-6 is subsequently restored, the MG set will automatically shift back to AC power. Additionally Y-1 will also auto transfer back to its preferred source if an automatic transfer to the alternate has occurred. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.16, 120/240V AC VITAL (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
SERVICES INSTRUMENT POWER SUPPLY (Y2), page 8 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RO-02-01-07, EO-5 (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge | |||
Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 259002 A4.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: FWRV lockup reset controls Proposed Question: RO Question # 20 The plant is at rated conditions. Feedwater Level Control is in Master Auto and set to control at | |||
+30 inches. Then, operators note the following: | |||
* "An Feed Line Flow (FI-640-24A) is 6 Mlbm/hr and slowly rising | |||
* "8" Feed Line Flow (FI-640-248) is 3 Mlbm/hr and slowly towering | |||
* Reactor water level remains at +30 inches. | |||
Other feed water level control indications are as shown in the picture. Which one of the following is consistent with these indications? | |||
OFF ON OFF ON | |||
A. The "A" MIA Station has failed B. The "B" MIA Station has failed C. The "A" feed reg valve is locked up and is drifting open D. The "B" feed reg valve is locked up and is drifting closed Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect - The MIA stations are operating however the "A" Feed Regulating Valve has locked up and slowly drifting open B. Incorrect - The MIA stations are operating however the "A "Feed Regulating Valve has locked up and slowly drifting open C. Correct - On a loss of air to the Feedwater Regulating Valve(s), the red FEED REG VLV LOCK-UP RESET light(s) will illuminate and the white FEED REG VLV A (B) | |||
CONTROL CIRCUIT NORMAL light(s) will extinguish. The A Feed Regulating Valve has failed and lock up and is drifting open causing A feed line flow to rise, level will temporarily remain under control as the B feedwater How is lowered. | |||
D. Incorrect - The A Feed Regulating Valve has failed and lock up and is drifting open causing A feed line flow to rise, level will temporarily remain under control as the B feedwater flow is lowered. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.49, pg 20, sect. 5.0, [6] (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-04-10, EO-18 (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: No | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 212000 2.4.31 Importance Rating 4.2 Emergency Procedures I Plan: Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures (RPS) | |||
Proposed Question: RO Question # 21 Given the following: | |||
* PNPS is at rated conditions when an inadvertent MSIV isolation results in RPV pressure rising rapidly. | |||
* All control rods automatically insert. | |||
* While stabilizing the plant following the trip, the 905 panel operator observes the following: | |||
* All "AI> RPS Group solenoid lights: ON | * All "AI> RPS Group solenoid lights: ON | ||
* All "8" RPS Group solenoid lights: OFF | * All "8" RPS Group solenoid lights: OFF | ||
* Alarm ATWS DIVISION ONE TRIPPED (C905L-A5): | * Alarm ATWS DIVISION ONE TRIPPED (C905L-A5): IN ALARM | ||
IN ALARM | * Alarm ATWS DIVISION TWO TRI PPED (C90SL-ES) CLEAR | ||
* Alarm | * "AI> Recirc MG set: TRIPPED | ||
* "8" Recirc MG set: 26% SPEED 8ased on the above (1) How many ARI valves actuated to cause control rod insertion AND (2) Did the ATWS DIVISION ONE circuitry respond as designed and If not, why not? | |||
: 8. (1 ) Two | A. (1 ) Two (2) ATWS Division One circuitry responded as designed. | ||
D. (1 ) One | : 8. (1 ) Two (2) ATWS Division One circuitry failed to trip the "8" recirc MG set C. (1 ) One (2) ATWS Division One circuitry responded as designed. | ||
One ARI valve is associated with each division. | D. (1 ) One (2) ATWS Division One circuitry failed to trip the "8" recirc MG set | ||
Only one ARI valve is required to depressurize the scram air header. Since only Division One tripped, only one ARI valve repositioned. | |||
Additionally, either division will trip both recirc pumps. The "B" MG set should have been tripped by the Division one logic. Incorrect: | Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | ||
Only one ARI valve repositioned. Incorrect: | A. Incorrect: One ARI valve is associated with each division. Only one ARI valve is required to depressurize the scram air header. Since only Division One tripped, only one ARI valve repositioned. Additionally, either division will trip both recirc pumps. The "B" MG set should have been tripped by the Division one logic. | ||
The "B" MG set should have been tripped by the Division one logic. Correct: Each division will energize its respective ARI valve which is sufficient to energize the header. Each division will also trip BOTH recirc pumps. The "B" Recirc pump should have tripped. Technical ATWS System Reference Text, (Attach if not previously provided) page 14 ARP C905L-A5 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Incorrect: Only one ARI valve repositioned. | ||
None Learning (As available) | C. Incorrect: The "B" MG set should have been tripped by the Division one logic. | ||
Question Source: Bank # LOR Bank #359 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | D. Correct: Each division will energize its respective ARI valve which is sufficient to de energize the header. Each division will also trip BOTH recirc pumps. The "B" Recirc pump should have tripped. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KJA# 206000 2.2.40 Importance Rating 3.4 Equipment Control: Ability to apply technical specifications for a system (HPCI). Proposed Question: | Technical Reference(s): ATWS System Reference Text, (Attach if not previously provided) page 14 ARP C905L-A5 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
RO Question # 22 Given the following: The plant is operating at full power. The Condensate Storage Tank (CST) low level switches have just been declared inoperable. | Question Source: Bank # LOR Bank #359 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Which one of the following is correct regarding the impact on HPCI and RCIC? HPCI and RCIC remain operable, due to a redundant suction source. | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | |||
-Both HPCI and RCIC have a redundant suction source using the Torus; however HPCI has an automatic suction transfer when water in the CST falls below a predetermined level. This suction interlock requires these CST low level switches be operable. | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KJA# 206000 2.2.40 Importance Rating 3.4 Equipment Control: Ability to apply technical specifications for a system (HPCI). | ||
RCIC does not have this automatic suction swap and therefore is unaffected by these switches becoming inoperable. Correct -Both HPCI and RCIC have a redundant suction source using the Torus, however HPCI has an automatic suction transfer whein water in the CST falls below a predetermined level. This suction interlock requires these CST low level switches be operable. Incorrect | Proposed Question: RO Question # 22 Given the following: | ||
-RCIC does not have this automatic suction swap and therefore is unaffected by these switches becoming inoperable. | * The plant is operating at full power. | ||
Incorrect | * The Condensate Storage Tank (CST) low level switches have just been declared inoperable. | ||
-RCIC does not have this automatic suction swap and therefore is unaffected by these switches becoming inoperable. | Which one of the following is correct regarding the impact on HPCI and RCIC? | ||
Technical T.S. 3.2.B, Table 3.2.B, pg 16 (Attach if not previously provided) | A. HPCI and RCIC remain operable, due to a redundant suction source. | ||
PNPS 2.2.21, Sect 4.3, pg 8 and Sect. 5.2.[4], pg 16 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Only HPCI is inoperable, due to HPCI suction valve interlock being inoperable. | ||
None Learning Objective: | C. Only RCIC is inoperable, due to RCIC suction valve interlock being inoperable. | ||
O-RO-02-09-03, EO-26 (As available) | D. HPCI and RCIC are inoperable, due to HPCI and RCIC suction valve interlocks being inoperable. | ||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Examination Outline Cross*reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group # 1 KIA # 212000 A1.08 Importance Rating 3.4 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM controls including: | A. Incorrect - Both HPCI and RCIC have a redundant suction source using the Torus; however HPCI has an automatic suction transfer when water in the CST falls below a predetermined level. This suction interlock requires these CST low level switches be operable. RCIC does not have this automatic suction swap and therefore is unaffected by these switches becoming inoperable. | ||
Valve position Proposed Question: | B. Correct - Both HPCI and RCIC have a redundant suction source using the Torus, however HPCI has an automatic suction transfer whein water in the CST falls below a predetermined level. This suction interlock requires these CST low level switches be operable. | ||
RO Question # 23 A turbine trip from full power has caused a reactor scram. RPV level lowered to *20 inches during the initial transient but has been restored to the normal operating band. The scram has NOT BEEN RESET. Which one of the following correctly describes the status of the RPS Backup Scram valves in this plant condition? | C. Incorrect - RCIC does not have this automatic suction swap and therefore is unaffected by these switches becoming inoperable. | ||
Both Backup Scram valves should be ... energized and aligned to vent the air header de*energized and aligned to vent the air header energized and NOT aligned to vent the air header de*energized and NOT aligned to vent the air header Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct* Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de*energized) are energized and instrument air is blocked and vented at this pOint. Incorrect | |||
-Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de-energized) are energized. Incorrect | D. Incorrect - RCIC does not have this automatic suction swap and therefore is unaffected by these switches becoming inoperable. | ||
-Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de-energized) are energized and instrument air is blocked and vented at this point. Incorrect | Technical Reference(s): T.S. 3.2.B, Table 3.2.B, pg 3/4.2 16 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
-Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de-energized) are energized and instrument air is blocked and vented at this point. | PNPS 2.2.21, Sect 4.3, pg 8 and Sect. 5.2.[4], pg 16 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-03, EO-26 (As available) | ||
Technical Reference(s): | Question Source: Bank # | ||
PNPS 2.2.79, Sect. 4.2 [2], pg 9 (Attach if not previously provided) | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | New x Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
O-RO-02-07-07, EO-3.f (As available) | Examination Outline Cross*reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 212000 A1.08 Importance Rating 3.4 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM controls including: Valve position Proposed Question: RO Question # 23 A turbine trip from full power has caused a reactor scram. RPV level lowered to *20 inches during the initial transient but has been restored to the normal operating band. The scram has NOT BEEN RESET. | ||
Question Bank # TAOs 10: 12604 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | Which one of the following correctly describes the status of the RPS Backup Scram valves in this plant condition? | ||
Both Backup Scram valves should be ... | |||
Pump start Proposed Question: | A. energized and aligned to vent the air header B. de*energized and aligned to vent the air header C. energized and NOT aligned to vent the air header D. de*energized and NOT aligned to vent the air header Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
RO Question # 24 A feedwater line break outside containment results in a lowering RPV level. Reactor Pressure is currently 800 psig and stable. Which one of the following correctly describes the automatic response of the Core Spray System? The Core Spray pumps will start ... immediately after RPV level lowers to -46 inches. if RPV level lowers and remains less than -46 inches for a minimum of 11 minutes. if RPV level lowers and remains less than -46 inches for a minimum of 13 minutes. | A. Correct* Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de*energized) are energized and instrument air is blocked and vented at this pOint. | ||
-Given the current reactor pressure the Core Spray pumps will not start without a high drywell pressure signal or until the high Drywell pressure bypass timer times out. Correct -The Core Spray System will start automatically in response to any of three signals: (1) +2.22 psig Drywell pressure (valves will not open until Reactor pressure is less than 395 to 405 psig). (2) -46.3 inches RPV water level and with RPV pressure below 395 to 405 psig. (3) -46.3 inches RPV water level and expiration of the high Drywell pressure bypass timer (+9 to +15.4 minutes) (nominal setting is considered 11 minutes). Incorrect: | B. Incorrect - Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de-energized) are energized. | ||
The pumps will start at the 11 minute point. Plausible in that this is the time delay associated with an ADS blowdown when utilizing the drywell high pressure bypass feature. O. Incorrect | C. Incorrect - Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de-energized) are energized and instrument air is blocked and vented at this point. | ||
-The 11 minute timer is not required with the other conditions present. Technical Reference(s): | D. Incorrect - Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de-energized) are energized and instrument air is blocked and vented at this point. | ||
PNPS 2.2.20, Sect. 4.2 [1], pg 8 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.79, Sect. 4.2 [2], pg 9 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
None Learning Objective: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-07-07, EO-3.f (As available) | ||
O-RO-02-09-02, EO-4 (As available) | Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 12604 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 720 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 218000 K3.01 ---. Importance Rating 4.4 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM will have on following: | |||
Restoration of reactor water level after a break that does not depressurize the reactor when required Proposed Question: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 209001 A3.02 Importance Rating 3.8 | ||
RO Question # 25 PNPS is at rated power when a loss of 125 VDC panel 0-4 occurs. One of the many alarms that annunciate is the following ADS alarm: ADS POWER FAILURE (C903L-A1) | ----- | ||
While in this condition a small break LOCA inside the drywell results in drywell pressure rising to 3.4 psig and lowering RPV water level. Given that the MSIVs have just closed on low vessel level and that no high pressure injection sources are available, which one of the following correctly states when RPV level will be recovered? | Ability to monitor automatic operations of the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM including: Pump start Proposed Question: RO Question # 24 A feedwater line break outside containment results in a lowering RPV level. Reactor Pressure is currently 800 psig and stable. | ||
Low pressure ECCS will recover level when ADS ... Initiates two minutes later. All four SRVs will open. Initiates two minutes later. ONLY the "A" and "C" SRVs will open. Initiates eleven minutes later. All four SRVs will open. Initiates eleven minutes later. ONLY the "A" and "C" SRVs will open. Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -A 105 second ADS timer is actuated by either a simultaneous occurrence of high drywell pressure (2.2 psig) and low-low RPV water level (-46 in.). Since the MSIVs also close at -46 inches, conditions have been met to start the timer. C903L-A 1 alarms when a loss of 125 VDC panel 0-4 occurs. This power loss disables ADS Logic Train "A"; however ADS Logic Train "B" is operable. | Which one of the following correctly describes the automatic response of the Core Spray System? | ||
The loss of any battery affects only one two minute timing circuit. Each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches. | The Core Spray pumps will start ... | ||
Therefore the ADS valves will open when the two minute timer times out. Incorrect | A. immediately after RPV level lowers to -46 inches. | ||
-All four valves will open because each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches. Incorrect | B. if RPV level lowers and remains less than -46 inches for a minimum of 11 minutes. | ||
-The loss of any battery affects only one two minute timing circuit. Each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches. | C. if RPV level lowers and remains less than -46 inches for a minimum of 13 minutes. | ||
Therefore the ADS valves will open when the two minute timer times out. Incorrect | D. once RPV level lowers to -46 inches AND RPV pressure is less than 400 psig AND 11 minutes have elapsed. | ||
-The loss of any battery affects only one two minute timing circuit. Each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches. | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Therefore the ADS valves will open when the two minute timer times out. Technical Reference(s): | A. Incorrect - Given the current reactor pressure the Core Spray pumps will not start without a high drywell pressure signal or until the high Drywell pressure bypass timer times out. | ||
ARP-903L-A-1 5.3.11 , Sect. 2.0, [5](i) pg 3 (Attach if not previously provided) | B. Correct - The Core Spray System will start automatically in response to any of three signals: | ||
ADS System Description Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | (1) +2.22 psig Drywell pressure (valves will not open until Reactor pressure is less than 395 to 405 psig). | ||
None Learning Objective: | (2) -46.3 inches RPV water level and with RPV pressure below 395 to 405 psig. | ||
O-RE-02-09-05, EO-26 (As available) | (3) -46.3 inches RPV water level and expiration of the high Drywell pressure bypass timer (+9 to +15.4 minutes) (nominal setting is considered 11 minutes). | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | C. Incorrect: The pumps will start at the 11 minute point. Plausible in that this is the time delay associated with an ADS blowdown when utilizing the drywell high pressure | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 217000 K6.01 Importance Rating 3.4 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC): Electrical power Proposed Question: | |||
RO Question # 26 Given the following: Following a total loss of all off-site power RCIC is being used to control RPV water level. RCIC is operating in Automatic at rated flow Then, an over-voltage transient on "A" 125 VDC results in alarm INVERTER FAILURE, C904L Three (3) seconds later, voltage on the "An 125 VDC system returns to normal. (1) How does the INVERTER FAILURE impact the operation of the RCIC Flow Controller AND (2) How will the inverter respond when the voltage on the "An 125 VDC system returns to normal? (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MAXIMUM demand resulting in an increase in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will auto reset and the controller output will return to normal. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MINIMUM demand resulting in a decrease in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will auto reset and the controller output will return to normal. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MAXIMUM demand resulting in an increase in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will remain tripped until manually reset at the C904 panel. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MINIMUM demand resulting in a decrease in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will remain tripped until manually reset at the C904 panel. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | bypass feature. | ||
The controller loses power and the output will fail to minimum, resulting in a reduction in turbine speed and flow. Correct: The control circuitry for the RCIC System is 115V AC supplied by an inverter from the 125V DC Bus "A", A high voltage input condition (approximately 160V DC) will trip the inverter. | O. Incorrect - The 11 minute timer is not required with the other conditions present. | ||
The unit will automatically reset after the input voltage conditions return to normal with an approximately 3-second time delay, The loss of the 115V AC to the control circuitry will cause a reduction in the flow demand signal to the turbine. Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.20, Sect. 4.2 [1], pg 8 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
The Inverter will auto reset. Plausible in that an earlier version of the inverter required a manual rest. Incorrect: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-02, EO-4 (As available) | ||
The Inverter will auto reset. Plausible in that an earlier version of the inverter required a manual rest. Technical REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) System Reference Text, page 11. (Attach if not previously provided) | Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 720 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
ARP for C904L-A4 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
None Learning (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KJA# 218000 K3.01 | ||
Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ---. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO 2 ..Group # 2 KIA # 215002 K1.03 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between ROD BLOCK MONITOR SYSTEM and the following: | Importance Rating 4.4 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM will have on following: Restoration of reactor water level after a break that does not depressurize the reactor when required Proposed Question: RO Question # 25 PNPS is at rated power when a loss of 125 VDC panel 0-4 occurs. One of the many alarms that annunciate is the following ADS alarm: | ||
Reactor manual control: BWR-3,4,5 Proposed Question: | ADS POWER FAILURE (C903L-A1) | ||
RO Question # 27 Given the following: | While in this condition a small break LOCA inside the drywell results in drywell pressure rising to 3.4 psig and lowering RPV water level. | ||
Given that the MSIVs have just closed on low vessel level and that no high pressure injection sources are available, which one of the following correctly states when RPV level will be recovered? | |||
Low pressure ECCS will recover level when ADS ... | |||
A. Initiates two minutes later. All four SRVs will open. | |||
B. Initiates two minutes later. ONLY the "A" and "C" SRVs will open. | |||
C. Initiates eleven minutes later. All four SRVs will open. | |||
D. Initiates eleven minutes later. ONLY the "A" and "C" SRVs will open. | |||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Correct - A 105 second ADS timer is actuated by either a simultaneous occurrence of high drywell pressure (2.2 psig) and low-low RPV water level (-46 in.). Since the MSIVs also close at -46 inches, conditions have been met to start the timer. C903L-A 1 alarms when a loss of 125 VDC panel 0-4 occurs. This power loss disables ADS Logic Train "A"; however ADS Logic Train "B" is operable. The loss of any battery affects only one two minute timing circuit. Each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches. Therefore the ADS valves will open when the two | |||
minute timer times out. | |||
B. Incorrect - All four valves will open because each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches. | |||
C. Incorrect - The loss of any battery affects only one two minute timing circuit. Each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches. | |||
Therefore the ADS valves will open when the two minute timer times out. | |||
D. Incorrect - The loss of any battery affects only one two minute timing circuit. Each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches. | |||
Therefore the ADS valves will open when the two minute timer times out. | |||
Technical Reference(s): ARP-903L-A-1 5.3.11 , Sect. 2.0, [5](i) pg 3 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
ADS System Description Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RE-02-09-05, EO-26 (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New x Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 217000 K6.01 Importance Rating 3.4 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC): Electrical power Proposed Question: RO Question # 26 Given the following: | |||
* Following a total loss of all off-site power RCIC is being used to control RPV water level. | |||
* RCIC is operating in Automatic at rated flow | |||
* Then, an over-voltage transient on "A" 125 VDC syst'~m results in alarm RCIC INVERTER FAILURE, C904L A4. | |||
* Three (3) seconds later, voltage on the "An 125 VDC system returns to normal. | |||
(1) How does the INVERTER FAILURE impact the operation of the RCIC Flow Controller AND (2) How will the inverter respond when the voltage on the "An 125 VDC system returns to normal? | |||
A. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MAXIMUM demand resulting in an increase in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will auto reset and the controller output will return to normal. | |||
B. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MINIMUM demand resulting in a decrease in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will auto reset and the controller output will return to normal. | |||
C. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MAXIMUM demand resulting in an increase in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will remain tripped until manually reset at the C904 panel. | |||
D. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MINIMUM demand resulting in a decrease in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will remain tripped until manually reset at the C904 panel. | |||
Proposed Answer: B | |||
Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: The controller loses power and the output will fail to minimum, resulting in a reduction in turbine speed and flow. | |||
B. Correct: The control circuitry for the RCIC System is 115V AC supplied by an inverter from the 125V DC Bus "A", A high voltage input condition (approximately 160V DC) will trip the inverter. The unit will automatically reset after the input voltage conditions return to normal with an approximately 3-second time delay, The loss of the 115V AC to the control circuitry will cause a reduction in the flow demand signal to the turbine. | |||
C. Incorrect: The Inverter will auto reset. Plausible in that an earlier version of the inverter required a manual rest. | |||
D. Incorrect: The Inverter will auto reset. Plausible in that an earlier version of the inverter required a manual rest. | |||
Technical Reference(s): REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) | |||
System Reference Text, page 11. (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
ARP for C904L-A4 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 | |||
Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 | |||
.. _ | |||
Group # 2 KIA # 215002 K1.03 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between ROD BLOCK MONITOR SYSTEM and the following: Reactor manual control: BWR-3,4,5 Proposed Question: RO Question # 27 Given the following: | |||
* Reactor power is 40% | * Reactor power is 40% | ||
* A central control rod is selected for withdraw Which one of the following will result in the Reactor Manual Control System imposing a rod withdraw block? RBM A is indicating a value of 112%. Five LPRMs currently feeding RBM B are bypassed. RBM B switch S-2 is placed in the "COUNT" position. Reference APRM to RBM A has drifted downward to 20%. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | * A central control rod is selected for withdraw Which one of the following will result in the Reactor Manual Control System imposing a rod withdraw block? | ||
At 40% power the RBM High trip setpoint is 120%. Plausible in that at a higher power, a value of 112% would cause a block (different setpoints based on reactor power). Correct: A RBM INOP trip is generated when 50% of the LPRMs feeding the RBM are bypassed. | A. RBM A is indicating a value of 112%. | ||
Since this is a central control rod, there are 4 LPRM strings available and therefore 8 LPRMs are assigned. Incorrect: | B. Five LPRMs currently feeding RBM B are bypassed. | ||
The switch S-2 can be positioned without causing a rod block. Plausible in that switch S-1 cannot Incorrect: | C. RBM B switch S-2 is placed in the "COUNT" position. | ||
The APRM drifting downward will result in an automatic bypass of the RBM, not an INOP trip Technical RBM Reference Text, Figure 2 (Attach if not previously provided) and pages 7 and 8 for LPRM assignments. | D. Reference APRM to RBM A has drifted downward to 20%. | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | A. Incorrect: At 40% power the RBM High trip setpoint is 120%. Plausible in that at a higher power, a value of 112% would cause a block (different setpoints based on reactor power). | ||
Question Source: Bank # TAOS # 229 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 2 55.43 Comments: | B. Correct: A RBM INOP trip is generated when 50% of the LPRMs feeding the RBM are bypassed. Since this is a central control rod, there are 4 LPRM strings available and therefore 8 LPRMs are assigned. | ||
C. Incorrect: The switch S-2 can be positioned without causing a rod block. Plausible in that switch S-1 cannot D. Incorrect: The APRM drifting downward will result in an automatic bypass of the RBM, not an INOP trip | |||
Scoop tube operation: | |||
BWR-2,3,4 KIA JustHication: | Technical Reference(s): RBM Reference Text, Figure 2 (Attach if not previously provided) and pages 7 and 8 for LPRM assignments. | ||
The recirc flow controller controls the position of the scoop tube which in turn controls MG set speed. The #2 speed limiter initiates a runback by immediately changing the controller's output (demand signal to the scoop tube) to 44%. The operator monitors and verifies the response of the scoop tube via the Middle Bar Chart by observing changes in MG set speed. Proposed Question: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
RO Question # 28 The "B" recirc MG set speed controller on the 904 panel is in MANUAL mode with the following initial indications on the controller: | Question Source: Bank # TAOS # 229 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
* Left Bar Chart (Operator Setpoint): | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
70% | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 2 55.43 Comments: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 202002 A3.03 Importance Rating 3.1 | |||
----- | |||
Ability to monitor automatic operations of the RECIRCULATION FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM including: Scoop tube operation: BWR-2,3,4 KIA JustHication: The recirc flow controller controls the position of the scoop tube which in turn controls MG set speed. The #2 speed limiter initiates a runback by immediately changing the controller's output (demand signal to the scoop tube) to 44%. The operator monitors and verifies the response of the scoop tube via the Middle Bar Chart by observing changes in MG set speed. | |||
Proposed Question: RO Question # 28 The "B" recirc MG set speed controller on the 904 panel is in MANUAL mode with the following initial indications on the controller: | |||
* Left Bar Chart (Operator Setpoint): 70% | |||
* Middle Bar Chart (MG Set Speed): 70% | * Middle Bar Chart (MG Set Speed): 70% | ||
* Right Bar Chart (Output): | * Right Bar Chart (Output): 70% | ||
70% Given these initial conditions, which one of the following correctly describes the indications on the controller following a runback to the #2 speed limiter? Left Bar Chart: 44% Middle Bar Chart: 44% Right Bar Chart: 44% Left Bar Chart: 44% Middle Bar Chart: 44% Right Bar Chart: 70% Left Bar Chart: 70% Middle Bar Chart: 44% Right Bar Chart: 44% Left Bar Chart: 70% Middle Bar Chart: 44% Right Bar Chart: 70Q/o Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Given these initial conditions, which one of the following correctly describes the indications on the controller following a runback to the #2 speed limiter? | ||
-The Left Bar is the Operator Set point and with the controller in Manual, will not automatically respond. | A. Left Bar Chart: 44% | ||
-The Left Bar is the Operator Setpoint and with the controller in Manual, will not automatically respond. Additionally, the right bar chart is the output of the controller. | Middle Bar Chart: 44% | ||
When the limiter is activated, the output of the controller will immediately drop to 44%. This will in-turn reduce the MG set speed. Correct -No.2 function will override controller output and will limit the speed demand signal to 44%, not subject to rate limiting. | Right Bar Chart: 44% | ||
The left bar, the operator setpoint will not be changed by the runback to 44#. The center bar graph for controller indicates actual speed indication which would indicate 44% based on the #2 Speed Limiter. The right bar, indicating the controller output will indicate the new controller demand to the scoop tube, which would be 44% for the #2 Speed Limiter. Incorrect | B. Left Bar Chart: 44% | ||
-The right bar chart is the output of the controller. | Middle Bar Chart: 44% | ||
When the limiter is activated, the output of the controller will immediately drop to 44%. This will in-turn reduce the MG set speed. Technical PNPS 2.2.84, Sect. 4.2.4, pgs 16 (Attach if not previously provided) | Right Bar Chart: 70% | ||
&17, Att. 7, pg 107 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Left Bar Chart: 70% | ||
None Learning O-RO-02-06-02, EO-16b (As available) | Middle Bar Chart: 44% | ||
Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 3236 Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis | Right Bar Chart: 44% | ||
D. Left Bar Chart: 70% | |||
Examination Outline | Middle Bar Chart: 44% | ||
Core inlet subcooling Proposed Question: | Right Bar Chart: 70Q/o | ||
RO Question # 29 The plant is operating at 100% power when a partial loss of feedwater heating occurs. Feedwater temperature lowers by 15 degrees and stabilizes. | |||
Which one of the following is the effect on core inlet subcooling and what Immediate Action is required by PNPS 2.4.150, Loss of Feedwater Heating? Core inlet subcooling Lower Reactor power to: A. | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
<25% B. | A. Incorrect - The Left Bar is the Operator Set point and with the controller in Manual, will not automatically respond. | ||
<25% C. | B. Incorrect - The Left Bar is the Operator Setpoint and with the controller in Manual, will not automatically respond. Additionally, the right bar chart is the output of the controller. | ||
<75% D. | When the limiter is activated, the output of the controller will immediately drop to 44%. | ||
<75% Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect -It is not required to lower power to less than 25%. Incorrect | This will in-turn reduce the MG set speed. | ||
-Loss of feedwater heating reduces core inlet enthalpy which is an increase in inlet subcooling and it is not required to lower power to less than 25%. | C. Correct - No.2 function will override controller output and will limit the speed demand signal to 44%, not subject to rate limiting. The left bar, the operator setpoint will not be changed by the runback to 44#. The center bar graph for controller indicates actual speed indication which would indicate 44% based on the #2 Speed Limiter. The right bar, indicating the controller output will indicate the new controller demand to the scoop tube, which would be 44% for the #2 Speed Limiter. | ||
Correct -Loss of feedwater heating reduces core inlet enthalpy, resulting in an increase in thermal power and a shift in thermal flux shape. By reducing Reactor thermal power by 25% of rated thermal power (Le., approximately 500MWth) below the pre-transient value, the margin to thermal limits will improve Incorrect | O. Incorrect - The right bar chart is the output of the controller. When the limiter is activated, the output of the controller will immediately drop to 44%. This will in-turn reduce the MG set speed. | ||
-Loss of feedwater heating reduces core inlet enthalpy which is an increase in inlet subcooling. | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.84, Sect. 4.2.4, pgs 16 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Technical PNPS 2.4.150, pgs 2,4 & 5. O-RO-01-03-09, pages 33-37 of (Attach if not previously provided) 64 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | & 17, Att. 7, pg 107 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-06-02, EO-16b (As available) | ||
None Learning Objective: | Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 3236 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
O-RO-02-04-09 EO 3 (As available) | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis | ||
Question Bank # TAOs 10: 5296 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: | 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 259001 K3.06 Importance Rating 3.1 | ||
Protection against filling the main steam lines from the feed system Proposed Question: | ----- | ||
RO Question #30 With the REACTOR FEED PUMP HI WATER LEVEL TRIP CUTOUT SWITCH on the C905 panel in the "ON" position, which one of the following will prevent the feedwater pumps from filling the main steam lines following a Reactor scram? The reactor feed water pumps will trip when: Either Narrow Range U-263-1 OOA OR B indicates | Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the REACTOR FEEDWATER SYSTEM will have on following: Core inlet subcooling Proposed Question: RO Question # 29 The plant is operating at 100% power when a partial loss of feedwater heating occurs. | ||
+60 inches or greater. When both Narrow Range Instruments U-263-100A AND B indicate +60 inches or greater. Either Feedwater Level Control Instrument U-640-29A OR B indicates | Feedwater temperature lowers by 15 degrees and stabilizes. | ||
+60 inches or greater. Both Feedwater Level Control Instruments U-640-29A AND B indicate +60 inches or greater. Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Which one of the following is the effect on core inlet subcooling and what Immediate Action is required by PNPS 2.4.150, Loss of Feedwater Heating? | ||
-Level indicators (U-640-29A1B) on panel 905 provide the feedwater pump trip level indication. | Core inlet subcooling Lower Reactor power to: | ||
Both level circuits must sense high level to trip the feedwater pumps. Incorrect | A. increases <25% | ||
-Level indicators (U-640-29A1B) on panel 905 provide the feedwater pump trip level indication. Incorrect | B. decreases <25% | ||
-Both level circuits must sense high level to trip the feedwater pumps. | C. increases <75% | ||
Correct -Reactor vessel water level is measured by two identical, independent sensing systems. Level transmitters (LT-646A1B). | D. decreases <75% | ||
The level signals are fed to two level indicators (U-640-29A1B) on panel 905. Each level sensing analog instrument in the level sensing circuit system is equipped with a bistable device (640-44A1B) that provides a signal to trip the feedwater pumps and alarm at the main control room when extreme high water level is detected (+60"). Both level circuits must sense high level to trip the feedwater pumps. Technical PNPS 2.2.96, Sect. 4.3[5] pg 14 (Attach if not previously provided) | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
Feedwater Control SD pgs 8 & 9. Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. Incorrect -It is not required to lower power to less than 25%. | ||
None Learning Objective: | B. Incorrect - Loss of feedwater heating reduces core inlet enthalpy which is an increase in inlet subcooling and it is not required to lower power to less than 25%. | ||
RO-02-06-01, EO-3e (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | C. Correct - Loss of feedwater heating reduces core inlet enthalpy, resulting in an increase in thermal power and a shift in thermal flux shape. By reducing Reactor thermal power by 25% of rated thermal power (Le., approximately 500MWth) below the pre-transient value, the margin to thermal limits will improve O. Incorrect - Loss of feedwater heating reduces core inlet enthalpy which is an increase in inlet subcooling. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 201006 K5.10 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of ROD WORTH MINIMIZER SYSTEM (RWM) (PLANT SPECIFIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.150, pgs 2,4 & 5. | ||
Withdraw error: | O-RO-01-03-09, pages 33-37 of (Attach if not previously provided) 64 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-04-09 EO 3 (As available) | ||
BWR6) Proposed Question: | Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 5296 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
RO Question # 31 Given the following: A Reactor Startup is in progress with reactor power in the source range; The current and following steps of the Rod Withdrawal Sequence and associated rod positions are as shown below: Group Rod Move FromlTo Current Position 8 14 -39 08 to 12 12 38 -15 08 to 12 12 38 -39 08 to 12 10 14 -15 08 to 12 08 ! 9 30 -31 08 to 12 22 -31 08 to 12 30 -23 08 to 12 22 -23 08 to 12 There are NO Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM) errors currently existing; Control Rod 38-39 is selected for withdraw and being notch withdrawn from position 10 to position 12. When the rod is withdrawn, the rod "double-notches" and settles at position 14. Which one of the following is correct regarding further control rod movement? | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | ||
The RWM will automatically block ..... . ANY control rods from being inserted or withdrawn. | |||
Rod 38-39 can ONLY be repositioned after bypassing the RWM. Control Rod 38-39 from further withdraw but it can be inserted back to position 12. NO other rod movement is possible unless the RWM is bypassed. Control Rod 38-39 from further withdraw but can be inserted back to position 12. The remaining rods in step 27 can ALSO be inserted or withdrawn provided movement is within the limits of the step. | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 216000 K4.09 | ||
ANY control rods 'from being withdrawn. | ~ ..- | ||
ALL control rods can be inserted until three insert errors are created. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Importance Rating 3.3 Knowledge of NUCLEAR BOILER INSTRUMENTATION design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Protection against filling the main steam lines from the feed system Proposed Question: RO Question # 30 With the REACTOR FEED PUMP HI WATER LEVEL TRIP CUTOUT SWITCH on the C905 panel in the "ON" position, which one of the following will prevent the feedwater pumps from filling the main steam lines following a Reactor scram? | ||
The error rod can be inserted to correct the withdrawal error. Correct: A withdrawal error was generated when rod 38-39 was withdrawn past it's withdraw limit. Until the error is corrected, all other rod motion is inhibited. Incorrect: | The reactor feed water pumps will trip when: | ||
A withdrawal error was generated when rod 38-39 was withdrawn past it's withdraw limit. Until the error is corrected, all other rod motion is inhibited. | A. Either Narrow Range U-263-1 OOA OR B indicates +60 inches or greater. | ||
Plausible in that the RWM does not enforce how the rods are withdrawn or inserted within the step provided the insert and withdrawal limits are not violated. Incorrect: | B. When both Narrow Range Instruments U-263-100A AND B indicate +60 inches or greater. | ||
All rod movement is inhibited unless the withdraw error is corrected. | C. Either Feedwater Level Control Instrument U-640-29A OR B indicates +60 inches or greater. | ||
Plausible in that normally, operation can continue if an insert error is made provided that there are no more than three insert errors. Technical PNPS 2.2.90, Sect. 4, pgs 9-11 (Attach if not previously provided) and page 25 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. Both Feedwater Level Control Instruments U-640-29A AND B indicate +60 inches or greater. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | ||
Question Source: Bank # x Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | A. Incorrect - Level indicators (U-640-29A1B) on panel 905 provide the feedwater pump trip level indication. Both level circuits must sense high level to trip the feedwater pumps. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 204000 K6.08 Importance Rating 3.S Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM: PCIS/NSSSS Proposed Question: | B. Incorrect - Level indicators (U-640-29A1B) on panel 905 provide the feedwater pump trip level indication. | ||
RO Question # 32 Given the following: | C. Incorrect - Both level circuits must sense high level to trip the feedwater pumps. | ||
D. Correct - Reactor vessel water level is measured by two identical, independent sensing systems. Level transmitters (LT-646A1B). The level signals are fed to two level indicators (U-640-29A1B) on panel 905. Each level sensing analog instrument in the level sensing circuit system is equipped with a bistable device (640-44A1B) that provides a signal to trip the feedwater pumps and alarm at the main control room when extreme high water level is detected (+60"). Both level circuits must sense high level to trip the feedwater pumps. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.96, Sect. 4.3[5] pg 14 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Feedwater Control SD pgs 8 & 9. | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RO-02-06-01, EO-3e (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 201006 K5.10 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of ROD WORTH MINIMIZER SYSTEM (RWM) (PLANT SPECIFIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Withdraw error: P-Spec(Not BWR6) | |||
Proposed Question: RO Question # 31 Given the following: | |||
* A Reactor Startup is in progress with reactor power in the source range; | |||
* The current and following steps of the Rod Withdrawal Sequence and associated rod positions are as shown below: | |||
Group Step Rod Move FromlTo Current Position 8 27 14 - 39 08 to 12 12 38 -15 08 to 12 12 38 - 39 08 to 12 10 14 - 15 08 to 12 08 ! | |||
9 28 30 - 31 08 to 12 08 22 - 31 08 to 12 08 30 - 23 08 to 12 08 22 -23 08 to 12 08 | |||
* There are NO Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM) errors currently existing; | |||
* Control Rod 38-39 is selected for withdraw and being notch withdrawn from position 10 to position 12. | |||
When the rod is withdrawn, the rod "double-notches" and settles at position 14. | |||
Which one of the following is correct regarding further control rod movement? | |||
The RWM will automatically block ..... . | |||
A. ANY control rods from being inserted or withdrawn. Rod 38-39 can ONLY be repositioned after bypassing the RWM. | |||
B. Control Rod 38-39 from further withdraw but it can be inserted back to position 12. NO other rod movement is possible unless the RWM is bypassed. | |||
C. Control Rod 38-39 from further withdraw but can be inserted back to position 12. The remaining rods in step 27 can ALSO be inserted or withdrawn provided movement is within the limits of the step. | |||
D. ANY control rods 'from being withdrawn. ALL control rods can be inserted until three insert errors are created. | |||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: The error rod can be inserted to correct the withdrawal error. | |||
B. Correct: A withdrawal error was generated when rod 38-39 was withdrawn past it's withdraw limit. Until the error is corrected, all other rod motion is inhibited. | |||
C. Incorrect: A withdrawal error was generated when rod 38-39 was withdrawn past it's withdraw limit. Until the error is corrected, all other rod motion is inhibited. Plausible in that the RWM does not enforce how the rods are withdrawn or inserted within the step provided the insert and withdrawal limits are not violated. | |||
D. Incorrect: All rod movement is inhibited unless the withdraw error is corrected. | |||
Plausible in that normally, operation can continue if an insert error is made provided that there are no more than three insert errors. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.90, Sect. 4, pgs 9-11 (Attach if not previously provided) and page 25 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # x Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 | |||
55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 204000 K6.08 Importance Rating 3.S Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM: PCIS/NSSSS Proposed Question: RO Question # 32 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at rated conditions; | * The plant is at rated conditions; | ||
* Reactor Water Cleanup is in Then, a loss of 120VAC Safeguard Bus Y-3 Which of the following RWCU valves will automatically 1. RWCU Inboard Isolation Valve MO-1201-2 | * Reactor Water Cleanup is in service; Then, a loss of 120VAC Safeguard Bus Y-3 occurs. | ||
Which of the following RWCU valves will automatically close? | |||
: 1. RWCU Inboard Isolation Valve MO-1201-2 | |||
: 2. RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve MO-1201-S | : 2. RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve MO-1201-S | ||
: 3. RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve MO-1201-80 1 only 2 only 2 and 3 only 1 and 3 only Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -The Group VI isolation (RWCU) utilizes a two channel, normally energized, energized to trip logic powered by 120 V essential service panels Y -3 and Y -4. Channel A, powered from Y -3, trips de-energize relay 16A-K26 which shuts the inboard supply valve to the RWCU system, MO-2. Channel B, powered from Y-4, trips de-energize relay 16A-K27 which shuts the outboard supply valve to the RWCU system, MO-S, and also shuts the RWCU system return valve to feedwater line "A" MO-80. Incorrect | : 3. RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve MO-1201-80 A 1 only B. 2 only C. 2 and 3 only D. 1 and 3 only Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
-The S valve would close if Y-4 were lost. | A. Correct - The Group VI isolation (RWCU) utilizes a two channel, normally energized, de energized to trip logic powered by 120 V essential service panels Y -3 and Y -4. Channel A, powered from Y -3, trips de-energize relay 16A-K26 which shuts the inboard supply valve to the RWCU system, MO-2. Channel B, powered from Y-4, trips de-energize relay 16A-K27 which shuts the outboard supply valve to the RWCU system, MO-S, and also shuts the RWCU system return valve to feedwater line "A" MO-80. | ||
C. Incorrect | B. Incorrect - The S valve would close if Y-4 were lost. | ||
-This would be the response if Y-4 were lost. D. Incorrect | |||
-Only the 2 valve will close. Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided) | C. Incorrect - This would be the response if Y-4 were lost. | ||
PNPS 5.3.18, LOSS OF 120V AC SAFEGUARD BUSES Y3 AND Y31, page 3 PCIS Reference Text, page 26 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. Incorrect - Only the 2 valve will close. | ||
None Learning Objective: | Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
O-RO-02-08-10, (As available) | PNPS 5.3.18, LOSS OF 120V AC SAFEGUARD BUSES Y3 AND Y31, page 3 PCIS Reference Text, page 26 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-10, EO-12p (As available) | ||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowl,edge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
Lig11tS, alarms, and indications associated with normal operations Proposed Question: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowl,edge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
RO Question # 33 With the plant operating at full power the following occur: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 | |||
---- | |||
Group # 2 KIA # 272000 A 1.01 | |||
- - - - _.. __ _.. | |||
Importance Rating 3.2 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM controls including: Lig11tS, alarms, and indications associated with normal operations Proposed Question: RO Question # 33 With the plant operating at full power the following occur: | |||
* Steam Jet Air Ejector Offgas monitor 1705-3A is inoperable | * Steam Jet Air Ejector Offgas monitor 1705-3A is inoperable | ||
* The selector switch for 1705-3A has been placed in the INOP position | * The selector switch for 1705-3A has been placed in the INOP position | ||
* The OFF GAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch has been moved from position 2 to position 1. Based on these switch re-alignments which one of the following will cause Annunciator, 13 MIN TIMER INITIATED, CP600R-B3 and the subsequent Offgas isolation? Steam Jet Air Ejector Offgas monitor 1705-3B exceeds its Hi -Hi setpoint only. Post Treatment 011gas Rad Monitor 1705-5A OR 1705-5B exceed their Hi -Hi setpoints only. Steam Jet Air Ejector 01fgas monitor 1705-3B exceeds its Hi -Hi setpoint or indicates downscale. BOTH Post Treatment Offgas Rad Monitor 1705-5A AND 1705-5B exceed their Hi -Hi setpoints or indicate downscale. | * The OFF GAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch has been moved from position 2 to position 1. | ||
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Based on these switch re-alignments which one of the following will cause Annunciator, 13 MIN TIMER INITIATED, CP600R-B3 and the subsequent Offgas isolation? | ||
If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MON-1, then the post treat PRM (1705-5A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. The post treat PRM is measuring activity at the outlet 01 the charcoal vault. If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in 2, then the pre treat PRM (1705-3A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. The pre treat PRM is measuring the activity at the air ejectors Incorrect: | A. Steam Jet Air Ejector Offgas monitor 1705-3B exceeds its Hi - Hi setpoint only. | ||
Both channels must exceed their Hi-Hi trip settings. | B. Post Treatment 011gas Rad Monitor 1705-5A OR 1705-5B exceed their Hi - Hi setpoints only. | ||
Incorrect: | C. Steam Jet Air Ejector 01fgas monitor 1705-3B exceeds its Hi - Hi setpoint or indicates downscale. | ||
With the selector switch in the MON 1 position, the SJAE monitor does not input into the trip circuit. Correct -If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MOI\l-1, then the post treat PRM (1705-5A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MON-2, then the pre treat PRM (1705-3A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. To cause the alarm and isolation both channels of selected Rad Monitor must be upscale or both channels of selected Rad Monitor must be downscale Technical Reference(s): | D. BOTH Post Treatment Offgas Rad Monitor 1705-5A AND 1705-5B exceed their Hi - Hi setpoints or indicate downscale. | ||
ARP-CP600R, (Attach if not previously provided) | Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. Incorrect: If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MON-1, then the post treat PRM (1705-5A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. The post treat PRM is measuring activity at the outlet 01 the charcoal vault. If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MON 2, then the pre treat PRM (1705-3A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. The pre treat PRM is measuring the activity at the air ejectors B. Incorrect: Both channels must exceed their Hi-Hi trip settings. | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
O-RO-02-03-02, EO-6c (As available) | C. Incorrect: With the selector switch in the MON 1 position, the SJAE monitor does not input into the trip circuit. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | D. Correct - If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MOI\l-1, then the post treat PRM (1705-5A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MON-2, then the pre treat PRM (1705-3A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. To cause the alarm and isolation both channels of selected Rad Monitor must be upscale or both channels of selected Rad Monitor must be downscale Technical Reference(s): ARP-CP600R, B-3 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 288000 A2.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the PLANT VENTILATION SYSTEMS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-03-02, EO-6c (As available) | ||
High radiation: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Plant-Specific Proposed Question: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
RO Question # 34 The plant is operating normally at 100% power when the following occur: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 288000 A2.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the PLANT VENTILATION SYSTEMS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High radiation: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO Question # 34 The plant is operating normally at 100% power when the following occur: | |||
* Annunciator 904CL-B-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarms | * Annunciator 904CL-B-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarms | ||
* Annunciator 904LC-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI -HI alarms Based on only these annunciators which one of the following is the status of Secondary Containment Ventilation and whether entry into EOP-4, Secondary Containment Control is required? | * Annunciator 904LC-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI - HI alarms Based on only these annunciators which one of the following is the status of Secondary Containment Ventilation and whether entry into EOP-4, Secondary Containment Control is required? | ||
Secondary Containment has: EOP-4 entry is: A. automatically required B. automatically NOT required C. NOT automatically isolated required D. NOT automatically isolated NOT required Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Secondary Containment has: EOP-4 entry is: | ||
-Neither annunciator 904CL-B-5 or 904CL-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI and HI HI are not tied to an automatic isolation of the Secondary Containment or SBGT start. Incorrect | A. automatically isolated required B. automatically isolated NOT required C. NOT automatically isolated required D. NOT automatically isolated NOT required Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
-Neither annunciator 904CL-B-5 or 904CL-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI and HI HI are not tied to an automatic isolation of the Secondary Containment or SBGT start. REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarm (panel C904LC, B5) is an entry condition for EOP-4. | A. Incorrect - Neither annunciator 904CL-B-5 or 904CL-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI and HI HI are not tied to an automatic isolation of the Secondary Containment or SBGT start. | ||
Correct -Neither annunciator 904CL-B-5 or 904CL-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI and HI HI are not tied to an automatic isolation of the Secondary Containment or SBGT start. REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarm (panel C904LC, B5) is an entry condition for EOP-4. Incorrect | B. Incorrect - Neither annunciator 904CL-B-5 or 904CL-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI and HI HI are not tied to an automatic isolation of the Secondary Containment or SBGT start. REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarm (panel C904LC, B5) is an entry condition for EOP-4. | ||
-REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarm (panel C904LC, B5) is an entry condition for EOP-4. Technical EOP-04 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
ARP-904CL, A-5 and B-5 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Correct - Neither annunciator 904CL-B-5 or 904CL-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI and HI HI are not tied to an automatic isolation of the Secondary Containment or SBGT start. REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarm (panel C904LC, B5) is an entry condition for EOP-4. | ||
None Learning Objective: | D. Incorrect - REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarm (panel C904LC, B5) is an entry condition for EOP-4. | ||
O-RO-02-08-05 EO 14c (As available) | Technical Reference(s): EOP-04 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowl | ARP-904CL, A-5 and B-5 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-05 EO 14c (As available) | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 239001 K2.01 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Main steam isolation valve Proposed Question: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
RO Question # The plant is operating at 100% power when power is lost to 120V AC SAFEGUARD Which one of the following is the effect on the Main Steam Isolation Valves The AC solenoids for the inboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves close outboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves close inboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves remain open outboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves remain open Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowl 19dge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | ||
-Both pilots must be de-energized to allow air to the piston top to close the valve. This prevents inadvertent closing of MSIV if one solenoid power supply is lost. Incorrect | |||
-Y3 powers the inboard solenoids. | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 239001 K2.01 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Main steam isolation valve solenoids Proposed Question: RO Question # 35 The plant is operating at 100% power when power is lost to 120V AC SAFEGUARD BUSES Y3. | ||
Both pilots must be de-energized to allow air to the piston top to close the valve. This prevents inadvertent closing of MSIV if one solenoid power supply is lost. Correct -Inboard MSIV solenoids are powered from panel 0-6 for the 125 VDC solenoids, and from panel Y -3 for the 120 V solenoids. | Which one of the following is the effect on the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs)? | ||
Outboard MSIV solenoids are powered from panel 0-5 for the 125 VOC solenoids and from panel Y -4 for the 120 V solenoids. | The AC solenoids for the ... | ||
Loss of anyone of these 4 power supplies will cause the amber logic lights on C-905 to extinguish. | A. inboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves close B. outboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves close C. inboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves remain open D. outboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves remain open Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
Loss of one power supply will not cause any MSIV to close. Loss of panels 0-6 and Y -3 will cause the inboard MSIVs to close. Loss of panels 0-5 and Y -4 will cause the outboard MSIVs to close. D. Incorrect | A. Incorrect - Both pilots must be de-energized to allow air to the piston top to close the valve. This prevents inadvertent closing of MSIV if one solenoid power supply is lost. | ||
-Y3 powers the inboard solenoids. | B. Incorrect - Y3 powers the inboard solenoids. Both pilots must be de-energized to allow air to the piston top to close the valve. This prevents inadvertent closing of MSIV if one solenoid power supply is lost. | ||
Technical PNPS 2.2.92, Att. 3 (Attach if not previously provided) | C. Correct - Inboard MSIV solenoids are powered from panel 0-6 for the 125 VDC solenoids, and from panel Y -3 for the 120 V solenoids. Outboard MSIV solenoids are powered from panel 0-5 for the 125 VOC solenoids and from panel Y -4 for the 120 V solenoids. Loss of anyone of these 4 power supplies will cause the amber logic lights on C-905 to extinguish. Loss of one power supply will not cause any MSIV to close. Loss of panels 0-6 and Y -3 will cause the inboard MSIVs to close. Loss of panels 0-5 and Y -4 will cause the outboard | ||
Main Steam System Description, pg 31, Sect 14.a Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: | MSIVs to close. | ||
O-RO-02-08-10, EO-12j, k (As available) | D. Incorrect - Y3 powers the inboard solenoids. | ||
Question Source: Bank # | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.92, Att. 3 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 245000 A4.02 Importance Rating 3.1 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Generator controls Proposed Question: | Main Steam System Description, pg 31, Sect 14.a Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-10, EO-12j, k (As available) | ||
RO Question # 36 The plant is operating at 20% power with Main Generator voltage control in AUTO when a faulty generator output voltage signal causes the Generator output voltage to rise to the Maximum excitation limit. Which one of the following describes the plant response? The main generator will trip initiating a turbine trip and reactor scram The main generator will trip initiating a turbine trip, the reactor will NOT scram. The voltage regulator will transfer automatically back to the MANUAL mode at the last operator set manual setting The voltage regulator will transfer automatically back to the MANUAL mode at the last automatic setting prior to the failure. Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Question Source: Bank # TADs ID: 3981 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
-The voltage regulator shifts to manual no generator/turbine trips or scrams occur Incorrect | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
-The voltage regulator shifts to manual no generatorlturbine trips or scrams occur Correct -the voltage regulator will transfer automatically back to the MANUAL mode should anyone of these conditions occur: (a) Exciter field breaker trip (b) Main Generator field breaker trip (c) Generator voltage unbalanced (d) Maximum excitation limit (e) Rectifiers overcurrent (f) Excessive volts per cycle Incorrect | |||
-The manual voltage regulator does not follow the auto regulator and will remain at its last setting Technical Reference(s): | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 | ||
PNPS 2.2.2, Sect. 4.2 [6], pg 10 (Attach if not previously provided) | ~-.-- | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Group # 2 KIA # 245000 A4.02 | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | ._ | ||
Question Source: Bank # 2009 Audit #30 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | Importance Rating 3.1 | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 201001 2.2.25 Importance Rating 3.2 Equipment Control: Knowledge of bases in technical specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. (CRD Hydraulic) | ---~-~ | ||
Proposed Question: | Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Generator controls Proposed Question: RO Question # 36 The plant is operating at 20% power with Main Generator voltage control in AUTO when a faulty generator output voltage signal causes the Generator output voltage to rise to the Maximum excitation limit. | ||
RO Question # 37 Given the following: | Which one of the following describes the plant response? | ||
A. The main generator will trip initiating a turbine trip and reactor scram B. The main generator will trip initiating a turbine trip, the reactor will NOT scram. | |||
C. The voltage regulator will transfer automatically back to the MANUAL mode at the last operator set manual setting D. The voltage regulator will transfer automatically back to the MANUAL mode at the last automatic setting prior to the failure. | |||
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect - The voltage regulator shifts to manual no generator/turbine trips or scrams occur B. Incorrect - The voltage regulator shifts to manual no generatorlturbine trips or scrams occur C. Correct - the voltage regulator will transfer automatically back to the MANUAL mode should anyone of these conditions occur: | |||
(a) Exciter field breaker trip (b) Main Generator field breaker trip (c) Generator voltage unbalanced (d) Maximum excitation limit (e) Rectifiers overcurrent (f) Excessive volts per cycle | |||
D. Incorrect - The manual voltage regulator does not follow the auto regulator and will remain at its last setting Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.2, Sect. 4.2 [6], pg 10 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # 2009 Audit #30 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 201001 2.2.25 Importance Rating 3.2 Equipment Control: Knowledge of bases in technical specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. (CRD Hydraulic) | |||
Proposed Question: RO Question # 37 Given the following: | |||
* A reactor plant startup is in progress | * A reactor plant startup is in progress | ||
* Reactor pressure is 750 psig | * Reactor pressure is 750 psig | ||
| Line 557: | Line 801: | ||
* Two minutes later, annunciator ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE C905R-F6 also alarms | * Two minutes later, annunciator ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE C905R-F6 also alarms | ||
* The ACCUM Trouble light on the full core display for rod 18-41 is ON | * The ACCUM Trouble light on the full core display for rod 18-41 is ON | ||
* Rod 18-41 is at position 24 Tech Specs require that | * Rod 18-41 is at position 24 Tech Specs require that _ _ (1) _ _ _. The bases for this action is because | ||
(2) there is insufficient reactor pressure to fully insert the control rod should a reactor scram occur. B. (1) an immediate reactor scram be inserted. | _ _ (2) _ _. | ||
(2) although the rod will insert should a scram occur, normal scram times may be exceeded. (1) if a charging water flow is not restored within 20 minutes an immediate manual scram shall be inserted. | A. (1) an immediate reactor scram be inserted. | ||
(3) there is insufficient reactor pressure to fully insert the control rod should a reactor scram occur. (2) if a charging water flow is not restored within 20 minutes an immediate manual scram shall be inserted. | (2) there is insufficient reactor pressure to fully insert the control rod should a reactor scram occur. | ||
B. (1) an immediate reactor scram be inserted. | |||
(2) although the rod will insert should a scram occur, normal scram times may be exceeded. | |||
C. (1) if a charging water flow is not restored within 20 minutes an immediate manual scram shall be inserted. | |||
(3) there is insufficient reactor pressure to fully insert the control rod should a reactor scram occur. | |||
D. (2) if a charging water flow is not restored within 20 minutes an immediate manual scram shall be inserted. | |||
(3) although the rod will insert should a scram occur, normal scram times may be exceeded. | (3) although the rod will insert should a scram occur, normal scram times may be exceeded. | ||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Proposed Answer: B | ||
AT 750 psig there is still sufficient reactor pressure to insert the control rod. Correct: Per Tech Spec 3.3. C.D, with reactor pressure less than 950, an accumulator trouble alarm on a non fully inserted control rod, an immediate manual scram is required. | |||
The bases for this action is that normal scram times may be exceeded. | Explanation (Optional): | ||
Per the bases of section 3.3.D, "Below 800 psig reactor pressure, the scram accumulators are necessary to scram the control rods within the required insertion times of LCO 3.3.C, "Scram Insertion Times." Incorrect: | A. Incorrect: AT 750 psig there is still sufficient reactor pressure to insert the control rod. | ||
Per Tech Spec 3.3. C.D, with reactor pressure less than 950, an accumulator trouble alarm on a non fully inserted control rod, an immediate manual scram is required. | B. Correct: Per Tech Spec 3.3. C.D, with reactor pressure less than 950, an accumulator trouble alarm on a non fully inserted control rod, an immediate manual scram is required. The bases for this action is that normal scram times may be exceeded. Per the bases of section 3.3.D, "Below 800 psig reactor pressure, the scram accumulators are necessary to scram the control rods within the required insertion times of LCO 3.3.C, "Scram Insertion Times." | ||
Plausible in that this is the required action at pressures> | C. Incorrect: Per Tech Spec 3.3. C.D, with reactor pressure less than 950, an accumulator trouble alarm on a non fully inserted control rod, an immediate manual scram is required. Plausible in that this is the required action at pressures> 950 psi in conjunction with two inop accumulators. | ||
950 psi in conjunction with two inop accumulators. Incorrect: | D. Incorrect: Per Tech Spec 3.3. C.D, with reactor pressure less than 950, an accumulator trouble alarm on a non fully inserted control rod, an immediate manual scram is required. | ||
Per Tech Spec 3.3. C.D, with reactor pressure less than 950, an accumulator trouble alarm on a non fully inserted control rod, an immediate manual scram is required. | Technical Reference(s): T.S 3.3. C and 0 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Technical Reference(s): | Tech Spec bases page 3 / 4.3-22 CRDM Reference Text, figure 25 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
T.S 3.3. C and (Attach if not previously provided) | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Tech Spec bases page 3 / 4.3-22 CRDM Reference Text, figure 25 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
None Learning (As available) | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO 2 Group # 2 KIA # 290003 K4.01 Importance Rating 3.1 Knowledge of CONTROL ROOM HVAC design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 2 KIA # 290003 K4.01 Importance Rating 3.1 Knowledge of CONTROL ROOM HVAC design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: System initiations/reconfiguration: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO Question # 38 The Control Room Ventilation System is operating in the "normal" configuration. The alignment of the CRHEAF system is as follows: | ||
System initiations/reconfiguration: | |||
Plant-Specific Proposed Question: | |||
RO Question # 38 The Control Room Ventilation System is operating in the "normal" configuration. | |||
The alignment of the CRHEAF system is as follows: | |||
* CRHEAF SUPPLY FAN A is in AUTO | * CRHEAF SUPPLY FAN A is in AUTO | ||
* CRHEAF SUPPLY FAN B is in AUTO While operating in this configuration, what will be the effect of a Halon discharge in the Cable Spreading Room? Normal supply and recirculation fans trip, only one CFlHEAF supply fan starts. Normal supply and recirculation fans trip, both CRHEAF supply fans start. Normal supply fans continue to run, recirculation fan trips, only one CRHEAF supply fan starts. Normal supply fans trip, recirculation fan remains running, both CRHEAF supply fans start. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | * CRHEAF SUPPLY FAN B is in AUTO While operating in this configuration, what will be the effect of a Halon discharge in the Cable Spreading Room? | ||
-Both fans start Correct -During discharge of the Halon into the Cable Spreading Room, the supply fans (VAC-104A and VAC-104B) and recirculation fans (VRF-1 01 A and VRF-1 01 B) are shut down and the Control Room environmental air system fans (VSF-1 03A and VSF-103B, CRHEAF SUPPLY FANS A and B) are started. This provides fresh filtered air to Control Room personnel while the normal HVAC is shut down. It also pressurizes the Control Room pursuant to FSAR Section 10.17. | A. Normal supply and recirculation fans trip, only one CFlHEAF supply fan starts. | ||
C. Incorrect | B. Normal supply and recirculation fans trip, both CRHEAF supply fans start. | ||
-Normal supply fans and recirculation fans stop O. Incorrect | C. Normal supply fans continue to run, recirculation fan trips, only one CRHEAF supply fan starts. | ||
-Normal supply fans and recirculation fans stop Technical Reference(s): | D. Normal supply fans trip, recirculation fan remains running, both CRHEAF supply fans start. | ||
2.2.46, Sect. 4.2 [6], pgs 9 & 10 (Attach if not previously provided) | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. Incorrect - Both fans start B. Correct - During discharge of the Halon into the Cable Spreading Room, the supply fans (VAC-104A and VAC-104B) and recirculation fans (VRF-1 01 A and VRF-1 01 B) are shut down and the Control Room environmental air system fans (VSF-1 03A and VSF-103B, CRHEAF SUPPLY FANS A and B) are started. This provides fresh filtered air to Control Room personnel while the normal HVAC is shut down. It also pressurizes the Control Room pursuant to FSAR Section 10.17. | ||
None Learning Objective: | |||
O-RO-03-08-03 (As available) | C. Incorrect - Normal supply fans and recirculation fans stop O. Incorrect - Normal supply fans and recirculation fans stop Technical Reference(s): 2.2.46, Sect. 4.2 [6], pgs 9 & 10 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Question Bank # TAOs 10: 3166 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 8 55.43 Comments: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-03-08-03 EO-5 (As available) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO 1 Group 1 | Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 3166 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
RO#39 Given the following conditions: The plant was at rated conditions when a complete loss of normal feed resulted in a reactor scram. Control rods failed to insert and EOP-02, Failure to Scram, is being executed. RPV Pressure is being maintained between 900 and 1050 psig via SRVs RPV level has been intentionally lowered and is now being controlled between -150" and -125 inches (Actual) Standby liquid is being injected When will EOP-02 direct that RPV Level be restored to normal? NOT UNTIL. .... Reactor Power is below the APRM downscales. The Hot Shutdown Boron Weight has been injected The Cold Shutdown Boron Weight has been injected Reactor Power is on IRM range 7 or lower, and continuing to lower. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 8 55.43 Comments: | ||
Reactor level cannot be restored until the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight has been injected. | |||
Plausible in that this is one of the criteria for stopping the intentional lowering of level. Correct: EOP-02, Step L-7 specifies that when the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight (HSBW) has been injected than the "R" leg of EOP-02 is to be executed. | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295037 EK1 | ||
This leg directs that RPV level be restored to normal via step L-23. Incorrect: | ~ .. -~ ........ ------ | ||
Level can be restored when the HSBW has been injected. | Importance Rating 4.2 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: Boron effects on reactor power (SBLC) | ||
Delaying the level restoration may delay the reactor shutdown due to the imperfect boron mixing that may have occurred when level was lowered and core flow dropped. Incorrect: | Proposed Question: RO#39 Given the following conditions: | ||
Level can be restored when the HSBW has been injected. | * The plant was at rated conditions when a complete loss of normal feed resulted in a reactor scram. | ||
Plausible in that this is the EOP-02 definition of reactor shutdown. | * Control rods failed to insert and EOP-02, Failure to Scram, is being executed. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | * RPV Pressure is being maintained between 900 and 1050 psig via SRVs | ||
EOP-02, Failure to Scram. (Attach if not previously provided) | * RPV level has been intentionally lowered and is now being controlled between -150" and -125 inches (Actual) | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | * Standby liquid is being injected When will EOP-02 direct that RPV Level be restored to normal? | ||
None Learning (As available) | NOT UNTIL. .... | ||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | A. Reactor Power is below the APRM downscales. | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295005 .03 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP: Pressure effects on reactor level Proposed Question: | B. The Hot Shutdown Boron Weight has been injected C. The Cold Shutdown Boron Weight has been injected D. Reactor Power is on IRM range 7 or lower, and continuing to lower. | ||
RO#40 The reactor is at steady-state, rated power conditions at the beginning of the fuel cycle All systems are Then, a spurious Main Turbine trip occurs. Reactor water level will (Assume NO operator initially shrink until HPCI/RCIC automatically initiates to restore reactor level. initially swell until feedwater control automatically stabilizes level at the original level. shrink and swell continuously due to SRV cycling until feedwater control automatically stabilizes level at the original level. shrink and then swell following momentary SRV cycling and then continue to rise until the feedwater pumps trip on high RPV level due to the feed reg valve leakage. Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect -A main turbine trip would not result in a level decrease to the extent of initiation of HPCI or RCIC systems. This is characteristic for Loss of Vacuum or MSIV Closure events. Incorrect | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
-Level will shrink due to the reactor pressure rise resulting from the turbine trip. The level will not stabilize at the original level without operators taking manual control of the feedwater Incorrect | A. Incorrect: Reactor level cannot be restored until the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight has been injected. Plausible in that this is one of the criteria for stopping the intentional lowering of level. | ||
-SRV cycling is indicative of a main turbine trip without bypass capability. Correct -level will shrink due to the reactor pressure rise from the turbine trip, as well as due to the loss of void production and core sweeping out the pre-scram voids. Feedwater restores level until the feedwater pumps trip on High RPV level unless the operators take manual control of the system. PNPS 2.1.6 step [5] requires the operators to take manual control of the Feed Reg Valves and Trip the feedwater pumps as required to maintain level. Technical Reference(s): | B. Correct: EOP-02, Step L-7 specifies that when the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight (HSBW) has been injected than the "R" leg of EOP-02 is to be executed. This leg directs that RPV level be restored to normal via step L-23. | ||
PNPS 2.1.6 step [5]b. (Attach if not previously provided) | C. Incorrect: Level can be restored when the HSBW has been injected. Delaying the level | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | restoration may delay the reactor shutdown due to the imperfect boron mixing that may have occurred when level was lowered and core flow dropped. | ||
Question Source: Bank # WTS4623 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | D. Incorrect: Level can be restored when the HSBW has been injected. Plausible in that this is the EOP-02 definition of reactor shutdown. | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295018 AK1.01 Importance Rating Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING WATER: Effects on component/system operations Proposed Question: | Technical Reference(s): EOP-02, Failure to Scram. (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
RO#41 Given the following: The plant is at rated conditions RCIC is in service for Quarterly Operability Testing "A" CRD Pump is in service R8CCW valve MO-4085A, R8CCW Loop "A" Non-Essential Loop Inlet Valve fails full CLOSED Assuming no operator action is taken, which one of the following will occur? RCIC will isolate on high area temperature. "AI! CRD pump will seize due to loss of cooling to its bearings. 80TH "A" AND "8" Recirc MG sets will trip on high oii temperature. RWCU will isolate on high Non Regenerative Heat Exchanger outlet temperature. | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
RCIC will not isolate. Plausible in that RCIC area coolers are cooled by "A" R8CCW. However these coolers are essential loads that were not isolated by the valve closure. Incorrect: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
80th CRD pumps are cooled by the "B" RBCCW loop. Correct: The MG set oil coolers for BOTH Recirc MG sets are non-essential loads off the "A" loop. The MG Sets will trip when lube oil temperatures reach 210 degrees. | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
D. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | ||
RWCU is cooled by the "B" RBCCW loop. Technical Reference(s): | |||
PNPS 2.2.30, RBCCW page 9 (Attach if not previously provided) | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295005 .03 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP: Pressure effects on reactor level Proposed Question: RO#40 The reactor is at steady-state, rated power conditions at the beginning of the fuel cycle (BOC). | ||
PNPS 2.2.84, REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM, page 19 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | All systems are operable. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Then, a spurious Main Turbine trip occurs. Reactor water level will _ _ | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | (Assume NO operator action) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295006 AK2.06 Importance Rating 4.2 -_....Knowledge of the interrelations between SCRAM and the following: | A. initially shrink until HPCI/RCIC automatically initiates to restore reactor level. | ||
Reactor Power Proposed Question: | B. initially swell until feedwater control automatically stabilizes level at the original level. | ||
RO#42 Given the following: | C. shrink and swell continuously due to SRV cycling until feedwater control automatically stabilizes level at the original level. | ||
D. shrink and then swell following momentary SRV cycling and then continue to rise until the feedwater pumps trip on high RPV level due to the feed reg valve leakage. | |||
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect - A main turbine trip would not result in a level decrease to the extent of initiation of HPCI or RCIC systems. This is characteristic for Loss of Vacuum or MSIV Closure events. | |||
B. Incorrect - Level will shrink due to the reactor pressure rise resulting from the turbine trip. The level will not stabilize at the original level without operators taking manual control of the feedwater C. Incorrect - SRV cycling is indicative of a main turbine trip without bypass capability. | |||
D. Correct - level will shrink due to the reactor pressure rise resulting from the turbine trip, as well as due to the loss of void production and core flow | |||
sweeping out the pre-scram voids. Feedwater restores level until the feedwater pumps trip on High RPV level unless the operators take manual control of the system. PNPS 2.1.6 step [5] requires the operators to take manual control of the Feed Reg Valves and Trip the feedwater pumps as required to maintain level. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.1.6 step [5]b. (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # WTS4623 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295018 AK1.01 Importance Rating Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING WATER: Effects on component/system operations Proposed Question: RO#41 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at rated conditions | |||
* RCIC is in service for Quarterly Operability Testing | |||
* "A" CRD Pump is in service | |||
* R8CCW valve MO-4085A, R8CCW Loop "A" Non-Essential Loop Inlet Valve fails full CLOSED Assuming no operator action is taken, which one of the following will occur? | |||
A. RCIC will isolate on high area temperature. | |||
B. "AI! CRD pump will seize due to loss of cooling to its bearings. | |||
C. 80TH "A" AND "8" Recirc MG sets will trip on high oii temperature. | |||
D. RWCU will isolate on high Non Regenerative Heat Exchanger outlet temperature. | |||
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: RCIC will not isolate. Plausible in that RCIC area coolers are cooled by "A" R8CCW. However these coolers are essential loads that were not isolated by the valve closure. | |||
: 8. Incorrect: 80th CRD pumps are cooled by the "B" RBCCW loop. | |||
C. Correct: The MG set oil coolers for BOTH Recirc MG sets are non-essential loads off the "A" loop. The MG Sets will trip when lube oil temperatures reach 210 degrees. | |||
D. Incorrect: RWCU is cooled by the "B" RBCCW loop. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.30, RBCCW page 9 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
PNPS 2.2.84, REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM, page 19 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295006 AK2.06 Importance Rating 4.2 | |||
- _...._ | |||
Knowledge of the interrelations between SCRAM and the following: Reactor Power Proposed Question: RO#42 Given the following: | |||
* A Reactor Startup is in progress | * A Reactor Startup is in progress | ||
* The reactor mode switch is in the STARTUP position, about to be transferred to RUN | * The reactor mode switch is in the STARTUP position, about to be transferred to RUN | ||
* The Main Turbine is on the turning gear with all stop valves open | * The Main Turbine is on the turning gear with all stop valves open | ||
* Reactor pressure is 940 psig | * Reactor pressure is 940 psig | ||
* Reactor power is 25 on Range 10 of the | * Reactor power is 25 on Range 10 of the IRMs Then ...... . | ||
* An inadvertent HPCI injection occurs | * An inadvertent HPCI injection occurs | ||
* The reactor automatically scrams in response to the transient What caused the reactor to scram? Reactor power exceeded the IRM Hi-Hi setpoint Reactor power exceeded the APRM Hi-Hi setpoint Water level exceeded the high Main Turbine trip setpoint Water level exceeded the high MSIV Closure I isolation setpoint Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | * The reactor automatically scrams in response to the transient What caused the reactor to scram? | ||
The IRMs will generate a scram when they exceed 120/125ths of scale. A reading of 100 on range 10 equates to -32% power. Therefore the IRMs will not reach their high-high setpoint until power is somewhat greater than 32%. The APRM Hi-Hi will occur at 15% before power can reach that level. Correct: With the mode switch in Startup, the APRM set down setpoints are in effect. This will cause a scram when power exceeds 15%. Therefore the reactor will scram on APRM Hi-Hi. Incorrect: | A. Reactor power exceeded the IRM Hi-Hi setpoint B. Reactor power exceeded the APRM Hi-Hi setpoint C. Water level exceeded the high Main Turbine trip setpoint D. Water level exceeded the high MSIV Closure I isolation setpoint Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Although the turbine may trip when level reaches +45 inches, the main turbine trips are bypassed due to the low | A. Incorrect: The IRMs will generate a scram when they exceed 120/125ths of scale. A reading of 100 on range 10 equates to - 32% power. Therefore the IRMs will not reach their high-high setpoint until power is somewhat greater than 32%. The APRM Hi-Hi will occur at 15% before power can reach that level. | ||
HPCI will trip at +45 inches. The Group I high level setpoint is + 55 inches. Additionally, reactor pressure is too high to cause an isolation even if level reached + 55. Technical TS Table 3.1.1 and associated (Attach if not previously provided) notes. IRM Reference Text, page 10 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Correct: With the mode switch in Startup, the APRM set down setpoints are in effect. | ||
None Learning (As available) | This will cause a scram when power exceeds 15%. Therefore the reactor will scram on | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295016 AK2.02 Importance Rating 4.0 Knowledge of the interrelations between CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT and the following: | APRM Hi-Hi. | ||
Local control stations: | C. Incorrect: Although the turbine may trip when level reaches +45 inches, the main turbine trips are bypassed due to the low 1s1 stage pressure in this condition (on the turning gear) | ||
Plant-Specific Proposed Question: | D. Incorrect: HPCI will trip at +45 inches. The Group I high level setpoint is + 55 inches. | ||
RO#43 The plant was operating at rated power. Following a loss of feedwater and a subsequent control room evacuation, HPCI automatically initiated at -46 inches. System control is now taken at the alternate shutdown panel (ASP) by aligning all HPCI LOCAUREMOTE control switches for local operation. | Additionally, reactor pressure is too high to cause an isolation even if level reached | ||
How will HPCI respond if RPV level continues to rise above +45"? HPCI will trip HPCI will continue to inject. HPCI will isolate. HPCI will be operating on minimum flow. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | + 55. | ||
-HPCI will continue to inject because trips are bypassed with control at the ASP Correct -lAW PNPS 2.4.143, APP.A, Transfer of HPCI control to the ASP along with breaker manipulations performed in Appendix F bypasses all HPCI initiation, trip, and interlock functions except the Turbine overspeed trip Incorrect | Technical Reference(s): TS Table 3.1.1 and associated (Attach if not previously provided) notes. | ||
-HPCI will continue to inject Incorrect | IRM Reference Text, page 10 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
-HPCI will continue to inject Technical Reference(s): | Question Source: Bank # | ||
PNPS 2.4.143 App. A Step 2.0[2] (Attach if not previously provided) | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
None Learning (As available) | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments: | ||
Question Bank # TAD 10 -2369 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO 1 Group 1 KIA 295028 EK2.02 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE and the following: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295016 AK2.02 Importance Rating 4.0 Knowledge of the interrelations between CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT and the following: Local control stations: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO#43 The plant was operating at rated power. | ||
Components internal to the drywell Proposed Question: | Following a loss of feedwater and a subsequent control room evacuation, HPCI automatically initiated at -46 inches. System control is now taken at the alternate shutdown panel (ASP) by aligning all HPCI LOCAUREMOTE control switches for local operation. | ||
RO#44 The drywell has a maximum internal design temperature of __ (1) _ and the ADS SRV solenoids are designed to operate up to an ambient drywell temperature of _ (2) _. (1) Maximum (2) Maximum SRV Internal Temperature Solenoid Temperature A. 281°F B. 330°F C. 281°F D. 330°F Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | How will HPCI respond if RPV level continues to rise above +45"? | ||
-215°F is the limiting drywell temperature to guarantee that ECCS trips occur on/or before present T.S. values and requires a shutdown be initiated if drywell temperature cannot be restored to less than 215°F within 30 minutes. 281°F is the maximum internal design temperature of the drywell. Incorrect | A. HPCI will trip B. HPCI will continue to inject. | ||
-215°F is the limiting drywell temperature to guarantee that ECCS trips occur on/or before present T.S. values and requires a shutdown be initiated if drywell temperature is restored less than 215°F within 30 minutes. Incorrect | C. HPCI will isolate. | ||
-The ADS SRV solenoids are designed to operate up to an ambient drywell temperature of 330°F. Correct-lAW Primary Containment reference text Section C.1. , the maximum internal design temperature of the drywell is 281 degrees F. The ADS SRV solenoids are designed to operate up to an ambient drywell temperature of 330°F. Main Steam System reference text page 16 -Engineering determined that the ambient temperature inside the drywell during a main steam line break may rise to 330°F The design basis MSLB is the most limiting break. This would cause the nitrogen inside the accumulator to increase in pressure due to the lack of area for expansion. | D. HPCI will be operating on minimum flow. | ||
The pressure would continue to rise to 160 psi. The 160 psi pressure exceeds the design rating of the previous accumulator (135 psi) solenoid valves. For this reason, new solenoid valves and relief valves designed to operate with a maximum Nitrogen pressure of 160 psid were installed on the accumulators. | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
The maximum internal design temperature of the drywell is 281°F. Technical Main Steam System reference text (Attach if not previously provided) page 14 Primary Containment Structure reference text page 8 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. Incorrect - HPCI will continue to inject because trips are bypassed with control at the ASP B. Correct -lAW PNPS 2.4.143, APP.A, Transfer of HPCI control to the ASP along with breaker manipulations performed in Appendix F bypasses all HPCI initiation, trip, and interlock functions except the Turbine overspeed trip C. Incorrect - HPCI will continue to inject D. Incorrect - HPCI will continue to inject Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.143 App. A Step 2.0[2] (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
None Learning (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 9 55.43 Comments: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 700000 AK3.02 Importance Rating 3.6 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to GENERATOR VOLTAGE AND ELECTRIC GRID DISTURBANCES: | Question Source: Bank # TAD 10 - 2369 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Actions contained in abnormal operating procedure for voltage and grid disturbances. | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Proposed Question: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowh~dge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
RO#45 Given the following: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295028 EK2.02 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE and the following: | |||
Components internal to the drywell Proposed Question: RO#44 The drywell has a maximum internal design temperature of __ (1) _ and the ADS SRV solenoids are designed to operate up to an ambient drywell temperature of _ (2) _. | |||
(1) Maximum Drvwell (2) Maximum SRV Internal Temperature Solenoid Temperature A. 215°F 281°F B. 215°F 330°F C. 281°F 281°F D. 281°F 330°F Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect -215°F is the limiting drywell temperature to guarantee that ECCS trips occur on/or before present T.S. values and requires a shutdown be initiated if drywell temperature cannot be restored to less than 215°F within 30 minutes. 281°F is the maximum internal design temperature of the drywell. | |||
B. Incorrect -215°F is the limiting drywell temperature to guarantee that ECCS trips occur on/or before present T.S. values and requires a shutdown be initiated if drywell temperature is restored less than 215°F within 30 minutes. | |||
C. Incorrect - The ADS SRV solenoids are designed to operate up to an ambient drywell temperature of 330°F. | |||
D. Correct- lAW Primary Containment reference text Section C.1. , the maximum internal design temperature of the drywell is 281 degrees F. The ADS SRV solenoids are designed to operate up to an ambient drywell temperature of 330°F. Main Steam System reference text page 16 - Engineering determined that the ambient temperature | |||
inside the drywell during a main steam line break may rise to 330°F The design basis MSLB is the most limiting break. This would cause the nitrogen inside the accumulator to increase in pressure due to the lack of area for expansion. The pressure would continue to rise to 160 psi. The 160 psi pressure exceeds the design rating of the previous accumulator (135 psi) solenoid valves. For this reason, new solenoid valves and relief valves designed to operate with a maximum Nitrogen pressure of 160 psid were installed on the accumulators. The maximum internal design temperature of the drywell is 281°F. | |||
Technical Reference(s): Main Steam System reference text (Attach if not previously provided) page 14 Primary Containment Structure reference text page 8 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 9 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 700000 AK3.02 Importance Rating 3.6 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to GENERATOR VOLTAGE AND ELECTRIC GRID DISTURBANCES: Actions contained in abnormal operating procedure for voltage and grid disturbances. | |||
Proposed Question: RO#45 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at rated conditions; | * The plant is at rated conditions; | ||
* A degraded voltage condition exists | * A degraded voltage condition exists | ||
* PNPS, 2.4.144, DEGRADED VOLTAGE has been entered PNPS 2.4.144 states, DO NOT operate Core Spray or RHR Pump(s) with the EDG in with the Startup or Unit Aux The reason for this is to | * PNPS, 2.4.144, DEGRADED VOLTAGE has been entered PNPS 2.4.144 states, DO NOT operate Core Spray or RHR Pump(s) with the EDG in parallel with the Startup or Unit Aux Transformers. | ||
-total EDG loading is the concern Incorrect | The reason for this is to _ __ | ||
-voltage will be approximately at rated however, current will be lower than normal Incorrect-total EDG loading is the concern Technical Reference(s): | A. ensure EDG loading is consistent with the engineering analysis. | ||
PNPS 2.1.144, Step 4.0[6] (Attach if not previously provided) | B. prevent a reverse power trip of the EDG. | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. prevent an overvoltage condition from occurring on the EDG. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | D. ensure that the EDG will trip with an overcurrent condition while in the Isochronous mode. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 295026 EK3.05 Importance Rating 3.9 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SUPPRESSION POOL HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE: | A. Correct - lAW PNPS 2.4.144, Step 4.0[6] | ||
Reactor SCRAM Proposed Question: | B. Incorrect - total EDG loading is the concern C. Incorrect - voltage will be approximately at rated however, current will be lower than normal D. Incorrect- total EDG loading is the concern | ||
RO#46 Given the following: The reactor is at 10% power EOP-03, Primary Containment Control has just been entered due to rising torus water temperature. | |||
Based on the above EOP-03 requires that EOP-01, RPV Control, be entered before torus water temperature exceeds the | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.1.144, Step 4.0[6] (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
C. (1) Boron Injection Initiation Temperature Limit ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before the requirement for boron injection is reached. If rods fail to insert, sufficient boron can be injected before torus water temperature exceeds the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit. D. (1) Boron Injection Initiation Temperature Limit ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before the requirement for boron injection is reached. If rods fail to insert, sufficient boron can be injected before torus water temperature exceeds low pressure ECCS NPSH requirements. | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Incorrect: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Per EOP-03, step TT-9, EOP-01 is entered before the torus water temperature exceeds the Boron Injection Initiation Temperature limit. Emergency Depressurization is required when the HCTL is exceeded which is much higher than the BIIT limit. Incorrect: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Per EOP-03, step TT-9, EOP-01 is entered before the torus water temperature exceeds the Boron Injection Initiation Temperature limit. Correct: Per EOP-03, step TT-9, EOP-01 is entered before the torus water temperature exceeds the Boron Injection Initiation Temperature limit. Per the EOP-03 LP, Entering 01 at Step R-1 assures that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before the requirement for boron injection is reached. Conditions requiring entry into EOP-03 do not necessarily require entry into the RPV Control guideline. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
Therefore, a scram may not have yet been initiated. | |||
Also at 10% power the BIIT is 121 degrees. This is, the temperature at which initiation of boron injection will permit injection of the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight (HSBW) before torus water temperature exceeds the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL). Incorrect: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295026 EK3.05 Importance Rating 3.9 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SUPPRESSION POOL HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE: Reactor SCRAM Proposed Question: RO#46 Given the following: | ||
The BIIT curve It is the greater of either the highest torus water temperature at which initiation of boron injection will permit injection of the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight (HSBW) before torus water temperature exceeds the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL) or the torus water temperature at which a reactor scram is required by Technical Specifications (11 OQF). At 10% power the temperature the HCTL is limiting. | * The reactor is at 10% power | ||
Technical Reference(s): | * EOP-03, Primary Containment Control has just been entered due to rising torus water temperature. | ||
EOP-03, step (Attach if not previously provided) | Based on the above EOP-03 requires that EOP-01, RPV Control, be entered before torus water temperature exceeds the _ _ (1) . The basis for this action is to __ (2) ? | ||
EOP-03 LP Section VIIII.B.10 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. (1) Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (2) ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and RPV pressure and level control are established prior to commencing an Emergency Depressurization B. (1) Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (2) ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed in order to limit additional heat input to the torus to prevent incomplete steam condensation following a blowdown. | ||
None Learning (As available) | C. (1) Boron Injection Initiation Temperature Limit (2) ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before the requirement for boron injection is reached. If rods fail to insert, sufficient boron can be injected before torus water temperature exceeds the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | D. (1) Boron Injection Initiation Temperature Limit (2) ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before the requirement for boron injection is reached. If rods fail to insert, sufficient boron can be injected before torus water temperature exceeds low pressure ECCS NPSH requirements. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295024 EK3.07 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH PRESSURE: | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
Drywell Proposed Question: The plant was operating at rated power when a LOCA occurred. | |||
Conditions have to the point where the primary containment pressure limit has been Torus Water Level is pegged high at greater than 300 The EOPs require emergency venting through torus vents to ensure that some scrubbing action of the discharge stream will occur. torus vents because the drywell vents provide an unfiltered release path drywell vents to ensure an elevated release point. drywell vents because the torus vents are covered. Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | A. Incorrect: Per EOP-03, step TT-9, EOP-01 is entered before the torus water temperature exceeds the Boron Injection Initiation Temperature limit. Emergency Depressurization is required when the HCTL is exceeded which is much higher than the BIIT limit. | ||
-with torus level above 300 inches, the torus vents are covered Incorrect | B. Incorrect: Per EOP-03, step TT-9, EOP-01 is entered before the torus water temperature exceeds the Boron Injection Initiation Temperature limit. | ||
-with torus level above 300 inches, the torus vents are covered Incorrect | C. Correct: Per EOP-03, step TT-9, EOP-01 is entered before the torus water temperature exceeds the Boron Injection Initiation Temperature limit. Per the EOP-03 LP, Entering EOP 01 at Step R-1 assures that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before the requirement for boron injection is reached. Conditions requiring entry into EOP-03 do not necessarily require entry into the RPV Control guideline. | ||
-although this an elevated release point, the reason drywell vents are used is because the torus vents are covered Correct -EOP-03 LP Section X.B.7.d., discussion of EOP step P-7. If the torus water level is above 300", And below 77', the operator is directed to vent through the drywell vents because the torus vents are submerged. | Therefore, a scram may not have yet been initiated. Also at 10% power the BIIT is 121 degrees. This is, the temperature at which initiation of boron injection will permit injection of the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight (HSBW) before torus water temperature exceeds the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL). | ||
Technical Reference(s}: | D. Incorrect: The BIIT curve It is the greater of either the highest torus water temperature at which initiation of boron injection will permit injection of the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight (HSBW) before torus water temperature exceeds the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL) or the torus water temperature at which a reactor scram is required by Technical Specifications (11 OQF). At 10% power the temperature the HCTL is limiting. | ||
EOP-03 LP Section X.B.7.d., (Attach if not previously provided) discussion of EOP step P-7 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): EOP-03, step TT-9 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | EOP-03 LP Section VIIII.B.10 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295023 AA 1.04 Importance Rating 3.4 ..Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 | |||
55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295024 EK3.07 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Drywell venting Proposed Question: RO#47 The plant was operating at rated power when a LOCA occurred. Conditions have deteriorated to the point where the primary containment pressure limit has been reached. | |||
Torus Water Level is pegged high at greater than 300 inches. | |||
The EOPs require emergency venting through the A. torus vents to ensure that some scrubbing action of the discharge stream will occur. | |||
B. torus vents because the drywell vents provide an unfiltered release path C. drywell vents to ensure an elevated release point. | |||
D. drywell vents because the torus vents are covered. | |||
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect - with torus level above 300 inches, the torus vents are covered B. Incorrect - with torus level above 300 inches, the torus vents are covered C. Incorrect - although this an elevated release point, the reason drywell vents are used is because the torus vents are covered D. Correct - EOP-03 LP Section X.B.7.d., discussion of EOP step P-7. If the torus water level is above 300", And below 77', the operator is directed to vent through the drywell vents because the torus vents are submerged. | |||
Technical Reference(s}: EOP-03 LP Section X.B.7.d., (Attach if not previously provided) discussion of EOP step P-7 | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295023 AA 1.04 Importance Rating 3.4 | |||
--~ .. | |||
Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS: | |||
Radiation monitoring equipment. | Radiation monitoring equipment. | ||
Proposed Question: | Proposed Question: RO#48 The plant is shutting down for refueling. The Refuel Floor Ventilation Exhaust monitors have not yet been setup to their refueling values. | ||
RO#48 The plant is shutting down for refueling. | The "A" Channel Refuel Floor Ventilation Exhaust (RFVE) Radiation Monitor is failed downscale. The other channels are operable. | ||
The Refuel Floor Ventilation Exhaust monitors have not yet been setup to their refueling values. The "A" Channel Refuel Floor Ventilation Exhaust (RFVE) Radiation Monitor is failed downscale. | |||
The other channels are operable. | |||
A new fuel movement accident on the refuel floor results in the following | A new fuel movement accident on the refuel floor results in the following | ||
* At T =0 minutes: o "B" Channel RFVE reading 13 mR/hr o "C" Channel RFVE reading 14 mR/hr o "0" Channel RFVE reading 17 mR/hr | * At T =0 minutes: | ||
o "B" Channel RFVE reading 13 mR/hr o "C" Channel RFVE reading 14 mR/hr o "0" Channel RFVE reading 17 mR/hr | |||
* At T =1 minute: "C" Channel RFVE fails downscale | * At T =1 minute: "C" Channel RFVE fails downscale | ||
* At T=2 minutes: "B" Channel RFVE reading increased to 16 mR/hr Which one of the following describes if/when a Reactor Building (RB) Isolation occurred? | * At T=2 minutes: "B" Channel RFVE reading increased to 16 mR/hr Which one of the following describes if/when a Reactor Building (RB) Isolation occurred? | ||
An RB Isolation | An RB Isolation _ __ | ||
A. has not occurred. | |||
B. occurred BEFORE the "C" RFVE channel failed downscale. | B. occurred BEFORE the "C" RFVE channel failed downscale. | ||
C. occurred WHEN the "C" RFVE channel failed downscale. | C. occurred WHEN the "C" RFVE channel failed downscale. | ||
D. occurred WHEN the "B" RFVE increased to 16 mR/hr. Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | D. occurred WHEN the "B" RFVE increased to 16 mR/hr. | ||
-an isolation occurred when the "C" channel failed downscale Incorrect | Proposed Answer: C | ||
-the 1 out of 2 twice logic has not been met Correct lAW PRM Reference text -page 19 -component descriptions | |||
-To eliminate the possibility of a faulty detector unnecessarily isolating the Reactor building and primary containment atmosphere control systems but still provide protection should all four detectors fail, the protection logic will initiate the isolations under any of the following conditions: | Explanation (Optional): | ||
One rad monitor in each channel senses a high radiation condition, OR; All four rad monitors are downscale, OR; Both rad monitors in one channel are downscale, while one of the rad monitors in the other channel senses a refuel floor high radiation condition. | A. Incorrect - an isolation occurred when the "C" channel failed downscale B. Incorrect - the 1 out of 2 twice logic has not been met C. Correct lAW PRM Reference text - page 19 - component descriptions - To eliminate the possibility of a faulty detector unnecessarily isolating the Reactor building and primary containment atmosphere control systems but still provide protection should all four detectors fail, the protection logic will initiate the isolations under any of the following conditions: One rad monitor in each channel senses a high radiation condition, OR; All four rad monitors are downscale, OR; Both rad monitors in one channel are downscale, while one of the rad monitors in the other channel senses a refuel floor high radiation condition. (16 mR/hr) | ||
(16 mR/hr) Incorrect | D. Incorrect - the isolation occurred prior to that time Technical Reference(s): PRM Reference text - page 19 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
-the isolation occurred prior to that time Technical Reference(s): | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
PRM Reference text -page 19 (Attach if not previously provided) | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
None Learning (As available) | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or AnalYSis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or AnalYSis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 600000 AA 1.06 Importance Rating 3.0 -.. | |||
..Ability to operate and lor monitor the following as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: Fire alarm Proposed Question: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 600000 AA 1.06 Importance Rating 3.0 | ||
RO#49 Given the following: The plant is at rated conditions with a normal configuration on electrical distribution system A fire alarm on Panel C-7, TRANSFORMER HEADER TROUBLE, C7R-B1, occurs. The alarm is determined to be due to a trip of a Heat Actuated Device associated with the Startup Transformer. | - .. ~"""----- .. | ||
* No other alarm signals are present for the Startup Transformer lAW PNPS 5.5.2, Special Fire Procedure, verify that ... deluge has automatically initiated. deluge automatically initiates if there is a concurrent Startup Transformer lockout condition present. deluge automatically initiates if there is a concurrent Startup Transformer Sudden Pressure condition present. the Startup Transformer has automatically locked out and manually initiate deluge. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Ability to operate and lor monitor the following as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: Fire alarm Proposed Question: RO#49 Given the following: | ||
-Deluge will not initiate unless there is a concurrent Startup Transformer Lockout signal. Plausible in that deluge will initiate for the Shutdown or the Unit Aux transformers if only the HAD actuates. Correct: Automatic Deluge initiation requires concurrent signals of Startup transformer lockout and HAD actuation. Correct -Incorrect. | * The plant is at rated conditions with a normal configuration on electrical distribution system | ||
The sudden pressure condition lalarm will not result in deludge actuation. | * A fire alarm on Panel C-7, TRANSFORMER HEADER TROUBLE, C7R-B1, occurs. | ||
D. Incorrect | * The alarm is determined to be due to a trip of a Heat Actuated Device associated with the Startup Transformer. | ||
-HAD actuation will not cause a startup transformer lockout. Technical PNPS 2.2.26, DELUGE, (Attach if not previously provided) | * No other alarm signals are present for the Startup Transformer lAW PNPS 5.5.2, Special Fire Procedure, verify that ... | ||
SPRINKLER, AND SPRAY SYSTEMS Page ARP Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. deluge has automatically initiated. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | B. deluge automatically initiates if there is a concurrent Startup Transformer lockout condition present. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | C. deluge automatically initiates if there is a concurrent Startup Transformer Sudden Pressure condition present. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295003 AA 1.03 Importance Rating 4.4 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Systems necessary to assure safe plant shutdown Proposed Question: | D. the Startup Transformer has automatically locked out and manually initiate deluge. | ||
RO#50 The plant was operating at rated power. Given the following conditions: | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
A. Incorrect - Deluge will not initiate unless there is a concurrent Startup Transformer Lockout signal. Plausible in that deluge will initiate for the Shutdown or the Unit Aux transformers if only the HAD actuates. | |||
B. Correct: Automatic Deluge initiation requires concurrent signals of Startup transformer lockout and HAD actuation. | |||
C. Correct - Incorrect. The sudden pressure condition lalarm will not result in deludge actuation. | |||
D. Incorrect - HAD actuation will not cause a startup transformer lockout. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.26, DELUGE, (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
SPRINKLER, AND SPRAY SYSTEMS Page 13 ARP C7R-B1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295003 AA 1.03 Importance Rating 4.4 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Systems necessary to assure safe plant shutdown Proposed Question: RO#50 The plant was operating at rated power. Given the following conditions: | |||
* A Loss of Off-Site Power has occurred. | * A Loss of Off-Site Power has occurred. | ||
* An electrical fault on bus A5 results in a bus A5 lockout. | * An electrical fault on bus A5 results in a bus A5 lockout. | ||
* Drywell pressure rises to 25 psig. | * Drywell pressure rises to 25 psig. | ||
* Reactor pressure has lowered to 45 psig. Which of the following describes pumps that will be injecting into the RPV? HPCI, 2 RHR Pumps and 1 Core Spray Pump 1 RHR Pump and 1 Core Spray Pump RCIC, 1 RHR Pump and 1 Core Spray Pump 2 RHR Pumps and 1 Core Spray Pump Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | * Reactor pressure has lowered to 45 psig. | ||
-HPCI isolates at RPV pressure of 80 psig -HPCI reference text page 44 Incorrect -2 RHR pumps would be running -A &C are powered from A5 and would not be running -RHR reference text page 23 Incorrect | Which of the following describes pumps that will be injecting into the RPV? | ||
-RCIC isolates at RPV pressure of 50 psig -RCIC reference text page 8. 2 RHR pumps would be running -A & C are powered from A5 and would not be running -RHR reference text page 23 Correct -The loss of A5 results in only 2 RHR pumps in service from A6 and one core spray pump running powered from A6 -4160 V reference text, att.1 table Technical Reference(s): | A. HPCI, 2 RHR Pumps and 1 Core Spray Pump B. 1 RHR Pump and 1 Core Spray Pump C. RCIC, 1 RHR Pump and 1 Core Spray Pump D. 2 RHR Pumps and 1 Core Spray Pump Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | ||
HPCI, RCIC, RHR, CS, 4160V (Attach if not previously provided) | A. Incorrect - HPCI isolates at RPV pressure of 80 psig - HPCI reference text page 44 B. Incorrect - 2 RHR pumps would be running - A & C are powered from A5 and would not be running - RHR reference text page 23 C. Incorrect - RCIC isolates at RPV pressure of 50 psig - RCIC reference text page 8. | ||
Reference Texts Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | 2 RHR pumps would be running - A & C are powered from A5 and would not be running - RHR reference text page 23 D. Correct - The loss of A5 results in only 2 RHR pumps in service from A6 and one core spray pump running powered from A6 - 4160 V reference text, att.1 table | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # Pilgrim NRC 2003 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments: | Technical Reference(s): HPCI, RCIC, RHR, CS, 4160V (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295038 EA2.04 Importance Rating 4.1 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE: Source of off-site release Proposed Question: | Reference Texts Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
RO#51 The plant is operating at rated power when Annunciator CP600R, MAIN STACK RAD HI-HI alarms. Which one of the following describes a source that would cause the above condition? A Recirc Pump seal failure. Main Condenser Offgas high radiation levels. HPCI steam leak in the HPCI Turbine Area A Radwaste effluent leak into the equipment drain system. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Question Source: Bank # Pilgrim NRC 2003 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
-this would result in rising DW pressure and temperature. | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments: | ||
Containment rad levels would rise Correct -lAW PRM reference text, page 20, Main stack effluent is the combined effluent from: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295038 EA2.04 Importance Rating 4.1 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE: Source of off-site release Proposed Question: RO#51 The plant is operating at rated power when Annunciator CP600R, MAIN STACK RAD HI-HI alarms. | |||
Which one of the following describes a source that would cause the above condition? | |||
A. A Recirc Pump seal failure. | |||
B. Main Condenser Offgas high radiation levels. | |||
C. HPCI steam leak in the HPCI Turbine Area D. A Radwaste effluent leak into the equipment drain system. | |||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect - this would result in rising DW pressure and temperature. Containment rad levels would rise B. Correct - lAW PRM reference text, page 20, Main stack effluent is the combined effluent from: | |||
* Main condenser off-gas system | * Main condenser off-gas system | ||
* Primary containment atmosphere control (in purge or inerting mode) | * Primary containment atmosphere control (in purge or inerting mode) | ||
* Control room HVAC | * Control room HVAC | ||
* Standby Gas Treatment discharge Incorrect | * Standby Gas Treatment discharge C. Incorrect - HPCI steam leak would be monitored by the Reactor Building Ventilation Exhaust PRMs D. Incorrect - this system is not tied to the Main Stack PRM system | ||
-HPCI steam leak would be monitored by the Reactor Building Ventilation Exhaust PRMs Incorrect | |||
-this system is not tied to the Main Stack PRM system Technical Reference(s): | Technical Reference(s): PRM Reference Text page 20 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
PRM Reference Text page 20 (Attach if not previously provided) | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 11 55.43 Comments: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # Group # KIA 295019 AA2.02 Importance Rating 3.6 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR: Status of safety-related instrument air system loads (see AK2.1 -AK2.19) Proposed Question: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 11 55.43 Comments: | ||
RO#52 Instrument Air Pressure is slowly being lost. The K-117 air compressor fails to start and header pressure continues to lower. RBCCW system temperature (1) _ and RBCCW surge tank level_ (2)_. (1) Increases (2) Increases (1) Increases (2) Decreases (1) Decreases (2) Decreases (1) Decreases (2) Increases Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | |||
-Temperature decreases Incorrect | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # | ||
-Temperature decreases and level increases Incorrect -level increases Correct -lAW PNPS 5.3.8 Att.1 , RBCCW TCV (bypasses heat exchanger) fails closed giving maximum cooling to RBCCW, RBCCW surge tank LCV fails open, raising level Technical Reference(s): | Group # | ||
PNPS 5.3.8 (Attach if not previously provided) | KIA # 295019 AA2.02 Importance Rating 3.6 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR: Status of safety-related instrument air system loads (see AK2.1 | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: Learning Objective: (As Question Source: Bank # NRC Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach Question History: Last NRC Exam: | - AK2.19) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: | Proposed Question: RO#52 Instrument Air Pressure is slowly being lost. The K-117 air compressor fails to start and header pressure continues to lower. | ||
Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295031 EA2.04 Importance Rating 4.6 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Adequate Core Cooling Proposed Question: | RBCCW system temperature (1) _ and RBCCW surge tank level_ (2)_. | ||
RO#53 Given the following: | A. (1) Increases (2) Increases B. (1) Increases (2) Decreases C. (1) Decreases (2) Decreases D. (1) Decreases (2) Increases Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | ||
A. Incorrect - Temperature decreases B. Incorrect - Temperature decreases and level increases C. Incorrect -level increases D. Correct -lAW PNPS 5.3.8 Att.1 , RBCCW TCV (bypasses heat exchanger) fails closed giving maximum cooling to RBCCW, RBCCW surge tank LCV fails open, raising level Technical Reference(s): PNPS 5.3.8 Att.1 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # NRC 2002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295031 EA2.04 Importance Rating 4.6 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Adequate Core Cooling Proposed Question: RO#53 Given the following: | |||
* A LOCA has occurred. | * A LOCA has occurred. | ||
* Actual RPV Water level is -170 inches and steady Sased on the above which one of the following will satisfy adequate core cooling requirements lAW EOP-01? Assume there are no other injection sources available. Core Spray "A" injecting at 4000 gpm RHR Pump "C" injecting at 3000 gpm Core Spray "N' injecting at 2000 gpm Core Spray "S" injecting at 3000 gpm RHR Pump "CH injecting at 4000 gpm Core Spray "S" injecting at 3000 gpm Core Spray "8" injecting at 3000 gpm All four LPCI pump injecting with a total flow of 16,000 gpm Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct: Spray cooling is satisfied when RPV level is ;;:: -175 inches and at least one core spray pump is injectil1g at ;;:: 3600 gpm. Incorrect: | * Actual RPV Water level is -170 inches and steady Sased on the above which one of the following will satisfy adequate core cooling requirements lAW EOP-01? Assume there are no other injection sources available. | ||
Neither core spray subsystem is ;;:: 3600 gpm. Plausible in that when combined, total flow is;;:: 3600 gpm. Incorrect: | A. Core Spray "A" injecting at 4000 gpm RHR Pump "C" injecting at 3000 gpm S. Core Spray "N' injecting at 2000 gpm Core Spray "S" injecting at 3000 gpm C. RHR Pump "CH injecting at 4000 gpm Core Spray "S" injecting at 3000 gpm D. Core Spray "8" injecting at 3000 gpm All four LPCI pump injecting with a total flow of 16,000 gpm Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
With level less than -150 inches, core cooling is satisfied by spray cooling with a spray flow rate from one system at ;;:: 3600 gpm. Plausible in that the RHR pump is greater than the required spray flow rate. | A. Correct: Spray cooling is satisfied when RPV level is ;;:: -175 inches and at least one core spray pump is injectil1g at ;;:: 3600 gpm. | ||
Incorrect: | S. Incorrect: Neither core spray subsystem is ;;:: 3600 gpm. Plausible in that when combined, total flow is;;:: 3600 gpm. | ||
With level less than -150 inches, core cooling is satisfied by spray cooling with a spray flow rate from one system at ;:: 3600 gpm. Plausible in that LPCI is injecting at maximum flow rate. Technical EOP-01 Reference (Attach if not previously provided) descriptions of EOP steps L-15 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: With level less than -150 inches, core cooling is satisfied by spray cooling with a spray flow rate from one system at ;;:: 3600 gpm. Plausible in that the RHR pump is greater than the required spray flow rate. | ||
None Learning (As available) | |||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | D. Incorrect: With level less than -150 inches, core cooling is satisfied by spray cooling with a spray flow rate from one system at ;:: 3600 gpm. Plausible in that LPCI is injecting at maximum flow rate. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 295025 2.4.18 - | Technical Reference(s): EOP-01 Reference text (Attach if not previously provided) descriptions of EOP steps L-15 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Proposed Question: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
RO#54 Given the following: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295025 2.4.18 | |||
- _....... - - - - - - - | |||
Importance Rating 3.3 Emergency Procedures I Plan: Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs. (High reactor pressure) | |||
Proposed Question: RO#54 Given the following: | |||
* ATWS conditions exist | * ATWS conditions exist | ||
* EOP-02, Failure to Scram, is being executed | * EOP-02, Failure to Scram, is being executed | ||
* All three main turbine bypass valves are open | * All three main turbine bypass valves are open | ||
* SRVs are lifting and pressure is cycling between -1060 and 1120 psig EOP-02, Step P-3 shown below directs that SRVs are to be manually opened and pressure lowered to 940 psig. Which one of the following describes the bases for this step? YES Manually open SRVs until RPV pressure drops to 940 psig This step is intended to lower RPV pressure in order to Minimize the SRV cycling and allow the scram to be reset Preserve drywell pneumatic supply by terminating the SRV cycling Minimize the SRV cycling and maximize heat rejection to the main condenser Provide margin to the SRV lift point but not so low as to exceed the low pressure high power safety limit Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | * SRVs are lifting and pressure is cycling between - 1060 and 1120 psig EOP-02, Step P-3 shown below directs that SRVs are to be manually opened and pressure lowered to 940 psig. Which one of the following describes the bases for this step? | ||
-This step is intended to reduce SRV cycling and maximize heat rejection to the main condenser. | YES Manually open SRVs until RPV pressure drops to 940 psig This step is intended to lower RPV pressure in order to A. Minimize the SRV cycling and allow the scram to be reset B. Preserve drywell pneumatic supply by terminating the SRV cycling C. Minimize the SRV cycling and maximize heat rejection to the main condenser D. Provide margin to the SRV lift point but not so low as to exceed the low pressure high power safety limit Proposed Answer: C | ||
Step P-5 directs that pressure be controlled | |||
< 1060 psig which allows the scram to be reset. Incorrect: | Explanation (Optional): | ||
Although preserving drywell pneumatics is an issue if the continuous drywell pneumatic supply is lost, pneumatics are not used when the SRVs are cycling on high pressure. Correct: This step is intended to reduce SRV cycling and maximize heat rejection to the main condenser. | A. Incorrect - This step is intended to reduce SRV cycling and maximize heat rejection to the main condenser. Step P-5 directs that pressure be controlled < 1060 psig which allows the scram to be reset. | ||
Lowering pressure further will result in bypass valve closing and reducing the amount of heat going to the main condenser. Incorrect | B. Incorrect: Although preserving drywell pneumatics is an issue if the continuous drywell pneumatic supply is lost, pneumatics are not used when the SRVs are cycling on high pressure. | ||
-Maintaining margin to the safety limit is not the bases of this step. Plausible in that safety limits may be exceeded during ATWS events. Technical EOP-02 LP, Step P-3 description, (Attach if not previously provided) page 42 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Correct: This step is intended to reduce SRV cycling and maximize heat rejection to the main condenser. Lowering pressure further will result in bypass valve closing and reducing the amount of heat going to the main condenser. | ||
None Learning (As available) | D. Incorrect - Maintaining margin to the safety limit is not the bases of this step. Plausible in that safety limits may be exceeded during ATWS events. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | Technical Reference(s): EOP-02 LP, Step P-3 description, (Attach if not previously provided) page 42 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 1.7 | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation. (shutdown cooling) KA Match Justification | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
-with the reactor in shutdown cooling, reactor behavior is not a concern. This question does involve evaluating the plant and assessing when to take appropriate actions based on operating characteristics Proposed Question: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
RO#55 Given the following conditions: The plant is depressurized with coolant temperature at 150 degrees F. MO-1 001-50 Valve (Shutdown Cooling Suction) fails closed and cannot be opened by any means. Both Reactor Recirc Pumps are tagged out. Under these conditions, PNPS 2.4.25, "Loss of Shutdown Cooling" requires reactor water level be | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | ||
-must be maintained> | |||
+60 inches Incorrect | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295021 1.7 Importance Rating 4.4 Conduct of Operations: Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation. (shutdown cooling) | ||
-must be maintained> | KA Match Justification - with the reactor in shutdown cooling, reactor behavior is not a concern. This question does involve evaluating the plant and assessing when to take appropriate actions based on operating characteristics Proposed Question: RO#55 Given the following conditions: | ||
+60 inches Correct -Per PNPS 2.4.25, Loss of Shutdown Cooling if forced the reactor is NOT pressurized or if no heat sink is available, you must raise level above +60 inches in order to promote natural circulation or start a recirc pump to promote natural circulation. | * The plant is depressurized with coolant temperature at 150 degrees F. | ||
D. Incorrect | * MO-1 001-50 Valve (Shutdown Cooling Suction) fails closed and cannot be opened by any means. | ||
-feed and bleed is performed with the reactor Technical Reference(s): | * Both Reactor Recirc Pumps are tagged out. | ||
PNPS 2.4.25 Step 4.0[6]b. (Attach if not previously Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Under these conditions, PNPS 2.4.25, "Loss of Shutdown Cooling" requires reactor water level be _ _ | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | A. maintained below the Group I isolation setpoint to ensure that Bypass Valves are available for use in the event that the plant becomes pressurized. | ||
Question Source: Bank # NRC 2003 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | B. maintained below the HPCI Hi Level trip pOint to ensure that HPCI is available for use in the event that the plant becomes pressurized. | ||
2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments: | C. raised above +60 inches to promote natural circulation. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 29S004 AK3.03 Importance Rating 3.1 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER :Reactor scram Proposed Question: | D. raised above +60 inches in preparation for initiating cooling by feed and bleed. | ||
ROIS6 Given the following: The plant is at rated power "B" Recirc MG Set AC Lube Oil Pump P22S8 is running "8" Recirc MG Set AC Lube Oil Pump P225A is danger tagged out of service Then ... 12S VDC bus D-S is lost Two minutes later the reactor operator reports that current on the "B" Recirc MG set is pegged high and that P22SB is not running Which one of the following actions is required by PNPS S.3.12, LOSS OF ESSENTIAL DC 8US D17 OR DS AND D37, AND why? Manually trip 4KV bus A4 at panel C3. This will de-energize the "B" Recirc MG set. Locally trip the "B" Recirc MG Drive motor breaker at 4KV bus A4. The Recirc MG set is seized due to a loss of lube oil. Locally start the "8" Recirc System DC Emergency Bearing Oil Pump at 250 VDC panel D9. The Recirc MG set is seized due to a loss of lube oil. | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
P22SB tripped as expected following the loss of DS. With no AC lube oil pumps running the MG set is seizing. However with the loss of DS, bus A4 is also without control power. | A. Incorrect - must be maintained> +60 inches B. Incorrect - must be maintained> +60 inches | ||
Incorrect | |||
-The procedure directs that the MG set be tripped locally but only if the current is NOT pegged high due to the electrical hazard of tripping the breaker under such a high load. Incorrect: | C. Correct - Per PNPS 2.4.25, Loss of Shutdown Cooling if forced the reactor is NOT pressurized or if no heat sink is available, you must raise level above +60 inches in order to promote natural circulation or start a recirc pump to promote natural circulation. | ||
Starting the DC pump will not alleviate the condition as it only supplies oil to the coupler bearings and not the motor and generator bearings. Correct -Per the procedure, if there is indication of severe bearing damage (locked rotor condition), then a Scram is initiated and the resulting Turbine trip will de-energize the Unit Auxiliary Transformer, which in turn results in de-energizing Bus A4 and thereby securing the "B" Recirc MG Set. Technical PNPS 5.3.12 LOSS OF (Attach if not previously provided) | D. Incorrect - feed and bleed is performed with the reactor pressurized Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.25 Step 4.0[6]b. (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
ESSENTIAL DC BUS D17 OR D5 AND D37, discussion section, item [3] Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
None Learning (As available) | Question Source: Bank # NRC 2003 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295030 .01 Importance Rating 3.8 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Steam condensation Proposed Question: | |||
RO#57 EOP-03, Primary Containment Control, directs that Emergency RPV Depressurization be performed if Torus water level cannot be maintained above 90 inches. What is the concern if emergency depressurization is not performed at that point in the EOPs? Suppression pool temperature indication becomes invalid. Condensation of steam from the SRVs cannot be assured. Condensation of steam from the drywell to torus cannot be assured. Vortexing at the suction ECCS pumps can begin and result in air binding of the Pumps and loss of all ECCS. Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KfA# 29S004 AK3.03 Importance Rating 3.1 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER :Reactor scram Proposed Question: ROIS6 Given the following: | ||
-Suppression pool temperature is still valid at this level Incorrect: | * The plant is at rated power | ||
-SRV T-quenchers begin to be become uncovered at -50 inches. | * "B" Recirc MG Set AC Lube Oil Pump P22S8 is running | ||
This is the elevation corresponding to the bottom of the downcomer vent openings. Incorrect | * "8" Recirc MG Set AC Lube Oil Pump P225A is danger tagged out of service Then ... | ||
-Vortexing is an issue at torus levels from 30 -50 inches per EOP-11 Technical EOP-3 reference text discussion of (Attach if not previously provided) steps TL-15 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | * 12S VDC bus D-S is lost | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | * Two minutes later the reactor operator reports that current on the "B" Recirc MG set is pegged high and that P22SB is not running Which one of the following actions is required by PNPS S.3.12, LOSS OF ESSENTIAL DC 8US D17 OR DS AND D37, AND why? | ||
Question Source: Bank # WTS3323 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | A. Manually trip 4KV bus A4 at panel C3. This will de-energize the "B" Recirc MG set. | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 ---..KIA 295001 2.2.37 --_._--_..... Importance Rating 3.6 Equipment Control: Ability to determine operability andlor availability of safety related Equipment (Partial or Complete Loss of Forced Core Flow). Proposed Question: | : 8. Locally trip the "B" Recirc MG Drive motor breaker at 4KV bus A4. The Recirc MG set is seized due to a loss of lube oil. | ||
RO#58 The plant was operating at rated The following parameter changes are | C. Locally start the "8" Recirc System DC Emergency Bearing Oil Pump at 250 VDC panel D9. The Recirc MG set is seized due to a loss of lube oil. | ||
D. Manually scram the reactor. Scramming the reactor will cause the turbine to trip, resulting in a loss of 4KV bus A4, de-energizing the "8" Recirc MG set Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: P22SB tripped as expected following the loss of DS. With no AC lube oil pumps running the MG set is seizing. However with the loss of DS, bus A4 is also without control power. | |||
B. Incorrect - The procedure directs that the MG set be tripped locally but only if the current is NOT pegged high due to the electrical hazard of tripping the breaker under such a high load. | |||
C. Incorrect: Starting the DC pump will not alleviate the condition as it only supplies oil to the coupler bearings and not the motor and generator bearings. | |||
D. Correct - Per the procedure, if there is indication of severe bearing damage (locked rotor condition), then a Scram is initiated and the resulting Turbine trip will de-energize the Unit Auxiliary Transformer, which in turn results in de-energizing Bus A4 and thereby securing the "B" Recirc MG Set. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 5.3.12 LOSS OF (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
ESSENTIAL DC BUS D17 OR D5 AND D37, discussion section, item | |||
[3] | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295030 .01 Importance Rating 3.8 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Steam condensation Proposed Question: RO#57 EOP-03, Primary Containment Control, directs that Emergency RPV Depressurization be performed if Torus water level cannot be maintained above 90 inches. | |||
What is the concern if emergency depressurization is not performed at that point in the EOPs? | |||
A. Suppression pool temperature indication becomes invalid. | |||
B. Condensation of steam from the SRVs cannot be assured. | |||
C. Condensation of steam from the drywell to torus cannot be assured. | |||
D. Vortexing at the suction ECCS pumps can begin and result in air binding of the Pumps and loss of all ECCS. | |||
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect - Suppression pool temperature is still valid at this level B. Incorrect: - SRV T- quenchers begin to be become uncovered at - 50 inches. | |||
C. Correct - lAW EOP-3 reference text discussion of steps TL-12 thru 15 - Emergency RPV depressurization is required at this point. Depressurizing the RPV before torus water level reaches 90 in. will help ensure that the pressure suppression feature of the torus is maintained. This is the elevation corresponding to the bottom of the downcomer vent openings. | |||
D. Incorrect - Vortexing is an issue at torus levels from 30 -50 inches per EOP-11 graph 15 Technical Reference(s): EOP-3 reference text discussion of (Attach if not previously provided) steps TL-15 | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # WTS3323 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 | |||
- - -.. | |||
KIA # 295001 2.2.37 | |||
- - _ . _ - - _..... | |||
Importance Rating 3.6 Equipment Control: Ability to determine operability andlor availability of safety related Equipment (Partial or Complete Loss of Forced Core Flow). | |||
Proposed Question: RO#58 The plant was operating at rated power The following parameter changes are noted: | |||
* Net MWe lowers by 55 MWe | * Net MWe lowers by 55 MWe | ||
* The Turbine Control Valves throttle closed | * The Turbine Control Valves throttle closed | ||
* Reactor pressure lowers 12 psig | * Reactor pressure lowers 12 psig | ||
* Core Plate dip lowers 2 psid | * Core Plate dip lowers 2 psid | ||
* Total Core Flow rises approximately 1.5 Mlbm/hr These parameter changes are indicative of: A. EPR failure B. Jet Pump Failure C. An SRV failing open D. An upscale failure of a recirculation flow controller Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | * Total Core Flow rises approximately 1.5 Mlbm/hr These parameter changes are indicative of: | ||
A. Incorrect | A. EPR failure B. Jet Pump Failure C. An SRV failing open D. An upscale failure of a recirculation flow controller Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
-Reactor pressure would be higher B. Correct -lAW PNPS 2.4.23 -these are indications of a Jet pump failure C. Incorrect | A. Incorrect - Reactor pressure would be higher B. Correct - lAW PNPS 2.4.23 - these are indications of a Jet pump failure C. Incorrect - Reactor pressure would remain relatively stable D. Incorrect - Power would increase | ||
-Reactor pressure would remain relatively stable D. Incorrect | |||
-Power would increase Technical Reference(s): | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.23 discussion (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
PNPS 2.4.23 discussion (Attach if not previously provided) | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Question Source: Bank # WTS2048 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Question Source: Bank # WTS2048 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier -1 Group 2 KIA 295029 EK1.01 Importance Rating 3.4 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Containment integrity Proposed Question: | |||
RO#59 A Loss of Coolant Accident inside the Orywell is in progress. | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # -1 Group # 2 KIA # 295029 EK1.01 Importance Rating 3.4 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Containment integrity Proposed Question: RO#59 A Loss of Coolant Accident inside the Orywell is in progress. | ||
Which one of the following failures or conditions could result in exceeding the NEGATIVE design pressure rating of the containment? Torus to drywell vacuum breaker failing open. Torus level rising to 190 inches with drywell sprays in service. Torus level rising to 175 inches with torus sprays in s!3rvice. SRV tailpipe vacuum breaker failing closed. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Which one of the following failures or conditions could result in exceeding the NEGATIVE design pressure rating of the containment? | ||
-This event would challenge the over pressure rating of the containment as steam would bypass the suppression pool. Correct: At 180 inches the Torus to Drywell Vacuum Breakers begin to be covered. With drywell sprays in service, the vacuum breakers would be unable to relieve back to the drywell, resulting in the drywell going negative in pressure. | A. Torus to drywell vacuum breaker failing open. | ||
EOP-03, step TL-10 directs that drywell sprays be secured at this level Incorrect | B. Torus level rising to 190 inches with drywell sprays in service. | ||
-175 inches is the point at which the SRVTPLL becomes limiting. | C. Torus level rising to 175 inches with torus sprays in s!3rvice. | ||
If the SRVTPLL failed, a potential loss of pressure suppression might occur which is a pressure challenge to the containment. Incorrect -A SRV Tailpipe vacuum breaker failing closed would result in a vacuum drag of water up the tailpipe. | O. SRV tailpipe vacuum breaker failing closed. | ||
Subsequent SRV lifts would result in large hydro dynamic forces on the tailpipe with possible failure. At most this would result in a high pressure condition if the tail pipe failed. | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Technical EOP-03 Discussion of Step TL-8, (Attach if not previously provided) | A. Incorrect - This event would challenge the over pressure rating of the containment as steam would bypass the suppression pool. | ||
DS-2 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Correct: At 180 inches the Torus to Drywell Vacuum Breakers begin to be covered. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | With drywell sprays in service, the vacuum breakers would be unable to relieve back to the drywell, resulting in the drywell going negative in pressure. EOP-03, step TL-10 directs that drywell sprays be secured at this level C. Incorrect -175 inches is the point at which the SRVTPLL becomes limiting. If the SRVTPLL failed, a potential loss of pressure suppression might occur which is a ~Iigh pressure challenge to the containment. | ||
Question Source: Bank # LOR Exam Bank # 35 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | D. Incorrect - A SRV Tailpipe vacuum breaker failing closed would result in a vacuum drag of water up the tailpipe. Subsequent SRV lifts would result in large hydro dynamic forces on the tailpipe with possible failure. At most this would result in a high pressure condition if the tail pipe failed. | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295032 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE and the following: | |||
Area/room coolers Proposed Question: | Technical Reference(s): EOP-03 Discussion of Step TL-8, (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
RO#60 Which one of the following describes the operation of the Reactor Building Quadrant RCIC Quadrant area temperature is 95 degrees and Given this temperature and with BOTH Area Cooler control switches positioned to run, BOTH Area Coolers are operating test, the "A" Area Cooler will start and the "B" Area Cooler will start if area temperature continues to rise run, NO Area Coolers will be in operation test, BOTH Area Coolers will be in operation Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | DS-2 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
-in run, only the "A" unit would be in operation Incorrect | Question Source: Bank # LOR Exam Bank # | ||
-in test, they would both be operating Incorrect | 35 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
-The A unit would be running due to the high temperature. | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | ||
The B unit would start at -103 degrees. Correct -PNPS 2.2.48 Note at step 7.1 -All CRD, RCIC, or RHR area coolers can be run continuously, regardless of quadrant ambient temperatures, by placing the respective control switch on Panels C61, C61 A or B to "TEST". Step 4.2 -Train "A" or "C" fan-coil unit(s) in any quadrant will automatically start at approximately 93°F when control switches are in "RUN". If additional cooling is required, Train "B" or "0" of any quadrant will start cycling at approximately | |||
PNPS 2.2.48 step 4.2 and 7.1 (Attach if not previously provided) | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295032 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE and the following: Area/room coolers Proposed Question: RO#60 Which one of the following describes the operation of the Reactor Building Quadrant Area Coolers? | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | RCIC Quadrant area temperature is 95 degrees and rising. | ||
None Learning (As available) | Given this temperature and with BOTH Area Cooler control switches positioned to __ | ||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | A. run, BOTH Area Coolers are operating B. test, the "A" Area Cooler will start and the "B" Area Cooler will start if area temperature continues to rise C. run, NO Area Coolers will be in operation D. test, BOTH Area Coolers will be in operation Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 2 KIA 295015 AK3.01 Importance Rating 3.4 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to INCOMPLETE SCRAM : Bypassing rod insertion blocks Proposed Question: | A. Incorrect - in run, only the "A" unit would be in operation B. Incorrect - in test, they would both be operating C. Incorrect - The A unit would be running due to the high temperature. The B unit would start at - 103 degrees. | ||
RO#61 The plant was at rated power when an event occurred and a scram was required. | D. Correct - PNPS 2.2.48 Note at step 7.1 - All CRD, RCIC, or RHR area coolers can be run continuously, regardless of quadrant ambient temperatures, by placing the respective control switch on Panels C61, C61 A or B to "TEST". | ||
Given the following: | Step 4.2 - Train "A" or "C" fan-coil unit(s) in any quadrant will automatically start at approximately 93°F when control switches are in "RUN". If additional cooling is | ||
required, Train "B" or "0" of any quadrant will start cycling at approximately 103°E Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.48 step 4.2 and 7.1 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295015 AK3.01 Importance Rating 3.4 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to INCOMPLETE SCRAM | |||
: Bypassing rod insertion blocks Proposed Question: RO#61 The plant was at rated power when an event occurred and a scram was required. Given the following: | |||
* Panel C905 Rod Display Group Scram Logic White Lights are extinguished | * Panel C905 Rod Display Group Scram Logic White Lights are extinguished | ||
* Panel C905 Rod Display Blue Scram Lights are lit | * Panel C905 Rod Display Blue Scram Lights are lit | ||
* Annunciator C905-F1 "SPVAH PRESSURE LO" lit | * Annunciator C905-F1 "SPVAH PRESSURE LO" lit | ||
* Reactor power is 20% | * Reactor power is 20% | ||
* The Immediate Actions of PNPS 5.3.23, Incomplete Scram have been completed Which one of the following describes the status of the scram and actions required to insert control rods lAW PNPS 5.3.23, Incomplete Scram? A hydraulic ATWS has occurred; de-energize the scram solenoids to allow rod insertion using the scram timing test switches. A hydraulic ATWS has occurred; bypass the RWM to permit RPR insertion using the Reactor Manual Control System. An electrical ATWS has occurred; de-energize the scram solenoids to allow rod insertion using the scram timing test switches. An electrical ATWS has occurred; bypass the RWM to permit RPR insertion using the Reactor Manual Control System. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | * The Immediate Actions of PNPS 5.3.23, Incomplete Scram have been completed Which one of the following describes the status of the scram and actions required to insert control rods lAW PNPS 5.3.23, Incomplete Scram? | ||
-The scram solenoids are already de-energized. Correct: A hydraulic ATWS has occurred. | A. A hydraulic ATWS has occurred; de-energize the scram solenoids to allow rod insertion using the scram timing test switches. | ||
The Group Scram and blue lights indicate that that RPS has tripped and the scram valves have re-positioned. | B. A hydraulic ATWS has occurred; bypass the RWM to permit RPR insertion using the Reactor Manual Control System. | ||
In order to insert the rods manually the RWM must be bypassed due to the insert block. | C. An electrical ATWS has occurred; de-energize the scram solenoids to allow rod insertion using the scram timing test switches. | ||
C. Incorrect | D. An electrical ATWS has occurred; bypass the RWM to permit RPR insertion using the Reactor Manual Control System. | ||
-An electrical ATWS has not D. Incorrect | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
-An electrical ATWS has not Technical Reference(s): | A. Incorrect - The scram solenoids are already de-energized. | ||
PNPS 5.3.23 Section 3.0 (Attach if not previously Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | B. Correct: A hydraulic ATWS has occurred. The Group Scram and blue lights indicate that that RPS has tripped and the scram valves have re-positioned. In order to insert the rods manually the RWM must be bypassed due to the insert block. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | C. Incorrect - An electrical ATWS has not occurred. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 2 KIA 295033 EA 1.08 Importance Rating 3.6 Ability to operate andlor monitor the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS: Control room ventilation Proposed Question: | D. Incorrect - An electrical ATWS has not occurred. | ||
RO # 62 The following high radiation annunciators have alarmed: REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI (904LC-B5) REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI (904LC-A5) REACTOR BLDG RAD HI (904LC-A7) due to both 23' Reactor Building ARMs going off scale high. CONTROL ROOM AIR INLET RAD HI (904LC-D6) CONTROL ROOM RAD HI (904LC-B7) | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 5.3.23 Section 3.0 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Based on the above: (1) What effect (if any) will these alarms have on the Main Control Room HVAC system AND (2) what (if any) actions are required by control room personnel? (1) The normal system suction automatically isolates and air is circulated through the high efficiency filtration system. None B. There is no automatic response to these alarms (2) Manually initiate one train of the high efficiency filtration system. (1) The normal system suction isolates and the other recirculation fan will automatically start if the CIS is in "STANDBY". None D. There is no automatic response to these alarm, Manually secure the normal system suction and place both recirculation fans in "RUN". | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | Question Source: Bank # | ||
-The system does not respond to high intake radiation the high efficiency filtration system must be manually started. Correct -The Control Room must manually initiate high efficiency filtration of the outside air supplied to the Control Room. Initiation of either of the filtration fans 103A or VSF-103B, CRHEAF SUPPLY FAN A or B) closes a damper in the normal outside air intake duct and opens the inlet filtration system damper. Incorrect | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
-The system does not respond to high intake radiation the suction does not isolate, the standby fan starts on low flow if the CIS is; in "STANDBY". Incorrect | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
-The high efficiency filtration system must be manually started there is no direction or benefit of starting both recirculation fans particularly with their suction damper closed. Technical ARP CONTROL ROOM RAD HI (Attach if not previously provided) | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295033 EA 1.08 Importance Rating 3.6 Ability to operate andlor monitor the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS: Control room ventilation Proposed Question: RO # 62 The following high radiation annunciators have alarmed: | |||
* REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI (904LC-B5) | |||
* REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI (904LC-A5) | |||
* REACTOR BLDG RAD HI (904LC-A7) due to both 23' Reactor Building ARMs going off scale high. | |||
* CONTROL ROOM AIR INLET RAD HI (904LC-D6) | |||
* CONTROL ROOM RAD HI (904LC-B7) | |||
Based on the above: | |||
(1) What effect (if any) will these alarms have on the Main Control Room HVAC system AND (2) what (if any) actions are required by control room personnel? | |||
A. (1) The normal system suction automatically isolates and air is circulated through the high efficiency filtration system. | |||
(2) None B. (1) There is no automatic response to these alarms (2) Manually initiate one train of the high efficiency filtration system. | |||
C. (1) The normal system suction isolates and the other recirculation fan will automatically start if the CIS is in "STANDBY". | |||
(2) None D. (1) There is no automatic response to these alarm, (2) Manually secure the normal system suction and place both recirculation fans in "RUN". | |||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect - The system does not respond to high intake radiation the high efficiency filtration system must be manually started. | |||
B. Correct - The Control Room must manually initiate high efficiency filtration of the outside air supplied to the Control Room. Initiation of either of the filtration fans (VSF 103A or VSF-103B, CRHEAF SUPPLY FAN A or B) closes a damper in the normal outside air intake duct and opens the inlet filtration system damper. | |||
C. Incorrect - The system does not respond to high intake radiation the suction does not isolate, the standby fan starts on low flow if the CIS is; in "STANDBY". | |||
D. Incorrect - The high efficiency filtration system must be manually started there is no direction or benefit of starting both recirculation fans particularly with their suction damper closed. | |||
Technical Reference(s): ARP CONTROL ROOM RAD HI (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
(904LC-B7) | (904LC-B7) | ||
LP O-NL Control Room Ventilation pages 84 and 85 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | LP O-NL Control Room Ventilation pages 84 and 85 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
None Learning (As available) | Question Source: Bank # x Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Question Bank # x Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # Group # ---:--c---,--,....._-KIA # 295013 AA2.01 | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | ||
:Suppression pool temperature Proposed Question: | |||
RO#63 Given the following conditions: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # | ||
Group # | |||
---:--c---,--,....._ - ---- | |||
KIA # 295013 AA2.01 Importance Rating Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE :Suppression pool temperature Proposed Question: RO#63 Given the following conditions: | |||
* The plant is operating at 90% power. | * The plant is operating at 90% power. | ||
* HPCI is being tested. | * HPCI is being tested. | ||
* The 'A' Loop of RHR is in Torus Cooling. | * The 'A' Loop of RHR is in Torus Cooling. | ||
* Torus temperature is 86 degrees F and continuing to rise. lAW PNPS Technical Specifications, if torus temperature reaches 90 degrees F, you will be required to: terminate HPCI testing. immediately scram the reactor. immediately commence a plant shutdown. begin continuously monitoring torus temperature and logging it every 5 minutes. Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -lAW TS 3.7.A.1.f. | * Torus temperature is 86 degrees F and continuing to rise. | ||
If the suppression pool bulk temperature exceeds the limits of Specification 3.7.A.1 .d (S90°F) , RCIC, HPCI or ADS testing shall be terminated and suppression pool cooling shall be initiated. | lAW PNPS Technical Specifications, if torus temperature reaches 90 degrees F, you will be required to: | ||
B. Incorrect | A. terminate HPCI testing. | ||
-not required until >110 degrees Incorrect | B. immediately scram the reactor. | ||
-shutdown is not required Incorrect | C. immediately commence a plant shutdown. | ||
-temperature is logged prior to starting testing Technical Reference(s): | D. begin continuously monitoring torus temperature and logging it every 5 minutes. | ||
TS 3.7.A.1.f. (Attach if not previously provided) | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. Correct -lAW TS 3.7.A.1.f. If the suppression pool bulk temperature exceeds the limits of Specification 3.7.A.1 .d (S90°F) , RCIC, HPCI or ADS testing shall be terminated and suppression pool cooling shall be initiated. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | B. Incorrect - not required until >110 degrees C. Incorrect - shutdown is not required D. Incorrect - temperature is logged prior to starting testing | ||
Question Source: Bank # WTS Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier # Group # KIA 295009 2.1.20 Importance Rating 4.6 Conduct of Operations: | Technical Reference(s): TS 3.7.A.1.f. (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. (Low Reactor Water Level) Proposed Question: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
RO#64 Given the following: The plant is at rated conditions The output of the "B" Feedwater MIA Station fails to zero When RPV level begins to lower, the "B" Feedwater MIA Station is placed in manual but the output remains at zero. Recirc Flow is reduced to 43 Mlbmlhr and power stabilizes at -75% RPV level is at 16 inches and slowly lowering. | Question Source: Bank # WTS Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Which one of the following is required by PNPS 2.4.49, Feedwater Malfunctions? Scram the reactor and enter PNPS 2.1.6 Reactor Scram Trip one Recirc pump to lower power further and enter PNPS 2.4.17, RECIRC PUMP TRIP. Reduce Recirc Pump speed to minimum and enter PNPS 2.4.165, REACTOR CORE INSTABILITY. Open the Startup Feedwater Regulating Valve and increase feed flow lAW PNPS 2.2.96 CONDENSATE AND FEEDWATER SYSTEM. Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct: Per the immediate actions of PNPS 2.4.49, if RPV level is approaching the low RPV level Scram setpoint and unable to reverse the lowering trend then the operator is directed to insert a manual scram. Power has already been lowered to 43 Mlbm/hr so flow cannot be lowered any further. Inserting the RPR will not lower power fast enough. Opening the SIU Feed Reg valve is not allowed if the feedwater heaters are in service. | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Since power was initially 100%, they must be in service. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: | ||
This action is not authorized by PNPS 2.4.49. Plausible in that it would reduce power quickly. | |||
This action is not authorized by PNPS 2.4.49. Plausible in that it would reduce power quickly. Incorrect: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # | ||
Although this action is addressed in PNPS 2.4.49, it is only allowed if the feedwater heaters are not in service. Since power was initially 100%, they must be in service. Technical PNPS 2.4.49, Feedwater (Attach if not previously provided) | Group # | ||
Malfunctions Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | KIA # 295009 2.1.20 Importance Rating 4.6 Conduct of Operations: Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. (Low Reactor Water Level) | ||
None Learning (As available) | Proposed Question: RO#64 Given the following: | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | * The plant is at rated conditions | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: | * The output of the "B" Feedwater MIA Station fails to zero | ||
Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # KIA # 295022 AA2.02 | * When RPV level begins to lower, the "B" Feedwater MIA Station is placed in manual but the output remains at zero. | ||
RO#65 The plant is at rated power when the in-service CRD pump trips. This would result in which of the following? | * Recirc Flow is reduced to 43 Mlbmlhr and power stabilizes at - 75% | ||
(1) heatup of CRD mechanisms (2) Recirc pump seal pressures will equalize (3) closing of the CRD Flow Control valve (4) gradual depressurization of the HCU scram accumulators (1) and (2) (1) and (4) (2) and (3) (3) and (4) Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | * RPV level is at 16 inches and slowly lowering. | ||
-Seal pressures are controlled by the status of the seals and by controlling seal staging leak off flow. Plausible in that CRD provides seal purge via the #1 seal cavity, which operates at the higher of the two seal pressures. Correct -lAW PNPS 2.4.4 discussion section 5.0[3] | Which one of the following is required by PNPS 2.4.49, Feedwater Malfunctions? | ||
-Seal pressures are controlled by the status of the seals and by contrOlling seal staging leak off flow. Plausible in that CRD provides seal purge via the #1 seal cavity, which operates at the higher of the two seal pressures. | A. Scram the reactor and enter PNPS 2.1.6 Reactor Scram B. Trip one Recirc pump to lower power further and enter PNPS 2.4.17, RECIRC PUMP TRIP. | ||
Also the flow control valve would open in an attempt to maintain system flow Incorrect | C. Reduce Recirc Pump speed to minimum and enter PNPS 2.4.165, REACTOR CORE INSTABILITY. | ||
-The flow control valve would open in an attempt to maintain system flow Technical PNPS 2.4.4 discussion section (Attach if not previously provided) 5.0[3] Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. Open the Startup Feedwater Regulating Valve and increase feed flow lAW PNPS 2.2.96 CONDENSATE AND FEEDWATER SYSTEM. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | A. Correct: Per the immediate actions of PNPS 2.4.49, if RPV level is approaching the low RPV level Scram setpoint and unable to reverse the lowering trend then the operator is directed to insert a manual scram. Power has already been lowered to 43 Mlbm/hr so flow cannot be lowered any further. Inserting the RPR will not lower power fast enough. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 3 Group 1 2.1.2 Importance Rating 4.1 Conduct of Operations: | Opening the SIU Feed Reg valve is not allowed if the feedwater heaters are in service. | ||
Knowledge of operator responsibilities during all modes of plant operation. | |||
Proposed Question: | Since power was initially 100%, they must be in service. | ||
RO#66 Given the following: The plant has been operating at 2028 MWt for the past week. A complete loss of the process computer now occurs. Operators perform a manual heat balance as directed by PNPS 2.1.10 COMPUTER DATA AND ALARMS The heat balance indicates that the reactor is operating at 2040 MWt Which one of the following is correct as prescribed in PNPS 2.1.10 COMPUTER DATA AND ALARMS? A power reduction is ..... . currently required to maintain thermal power less than the licensed power level of 2028 MWt. not currently required. | B. Incorrect: This action is not authorized by PNPS 2.4.49. Plausible in that it would reduce power quickly. | ||
Provided that future heat balances do not exceed 2040 MWt a power reduction will not be required. not currently required. | C. Incorrect: This action is not authorized by PNPS 2.4.49. Plausible in that it would reduce power quickly. | ||
Provided that future heat balances do not exceed 2055 MWt a power reduction will not be required. currently required to lower thermal power to less than 1998 MWt due to loss of the AMAG computer. | D. Incorrect: Although this action is addressed in PNPS 2.4.49, it is only allowed if the feedwater heaters are not in service. Since power was initially 100%, they must be in service. | ||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.49, Feedwater (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
A power reduction is not required. | Malfunctions Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
As discussed in PNPS 2.1.10, a manual heat balance may be up to 3% off from that calculated by the Process computer. | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Correct: As discussed in 2.1.10, the result of the heat balance is known to be up to 3% high. The initial heat balance done following the computer loss considered to be equal to the preloss computer value. Example: Prior to computer loss, 3DM Core Power And Flow Log power =1995, manual heat balance power = 2024, and no system changes have taken place. Since a difference is known to exist in the manual heat balanc:e due to data inaccuracies and no system changes have occurred, then 3DM power is the same as heat balance power and the baseline difference is set equal to 29 MWth. Future heat balances that indicate greater than this 29 MWth difference would require power reductions equal to the amount that is greater than the baseline difference. Incorrect: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
A power reduction would be required if calculated power exceeded 2040 MWt. Plausible in that PNPS 2.1.14 requires operator action be taken if instantaneous power exceeds 2055 MWt. Incorrect: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Plausible in that the AMAG computer is what allows the plant to reach 2028. If the plant was being maneuvered, power could not exceed 1998. (ARP 905R-F8) Note that the AMAG computer has also been lost. Technical | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | ||
AND ALARMS Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning (As available) | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | KIA # 295022 AA2.02 | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 3 Group 1 KIA 2.1.3 Importance Rating 3.7 Conduct of Operations: | ~----~.-- | ||
Knowledge of shift or short-term relief turnover practices. | Importance Rating 3.3 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF CRD PUMPS: | ||
Proposed Question: | CRD system status Proposed Question: RO#65 The plant is at rated power when the in-service CRD pump trips. | ||
RO#67 Shift turnover is in progress. | This would result in which of the following? | ||
While offgoing personnel are conducting the required control room panel walkdowns with their reliefs, who is normally responsible for maintaining parameter control and control room oversight lAW PNPS 1.3.34, Operations Administration Policies and Processes? Parameter Control -Offgoing BOP Control room oversight | (1) heatup of CRD mechanisms (2) Recirc pump seal pressures will equalize (3) closing of the CRD Flow Control valve (4) gradual depressurization of the HCU scram accumulators A. (1) and (2) | ||
-Offgoing | B. (1) and (4) | ||
-Offgoing Shift Manager Parameter Control-Offgoing 905 Panel Operator I ATC Control room oversight | C. (2) and (3) | ||
-Off going 3 RD SRO Parameter Control-Offgoing 905 Panel Operator I ATC Control room oversight | D. (3) and (4) | ||
-Offgoing Shift Manager Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
The BOP leads the oncoming ROs in the control room walkdown. Incorrect: | A. Incorrect - Seal pressures are controlled by the status of the seals and by controlling seal staging leak off flow. Plausible in that CRD provides seal purge via the #1 seal cavity, which operates at the higher of the two seal pressures. | ||
The BOP leads the oncoming ROs in the control room walkdown. | B. Correct - lAW PNPS 2.4.4 discussion section 5.0[3] | ||
The going SRO relieves the off-going CRS and assumes control room oversight. Correct: Per 1.3.34, the offgoing Third SRO should normally relieve the offgoing CRS and assume responsibility for oversight of the Control Room. The offgoing C905 Operator will normally maintain parameter control during the Control Room panel walkdown. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect - Seal pressures are controlled by the status of the seals and by contrOlling seal staging leak off flow. Plausible in that CRD provides seal purge via the #1 seal cavity, which operates at the higher of the two seal pressures. Also the flow control valve would open in an attempt to maintain system flow D. Incorrect - The flow control valve would open in an attempt to maintain system flow | ||
The off-going SRO relieves the off-going CHS and assumes control room oversight. | |||
Technical PNPS 1.3.34 Section 6.7.3.5 (Attach if not previously provided) | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.4 discussion section (Attach if not previously provided) 5.0[3] | ||
Control Room Panel Walkdown Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 3 Group 2 KIA 2.2.44 Importance Rating 4.2 Equipment Control: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions. | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Proposed Question: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | ||
RO#68 During ATWS conditions the following conditions exist: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 1 KJA# 2.1.2 Importance Rating 4.1 Conduct of Operations: Knowledge of operator responsibilities during all modes of plant operation. | |||
Proposed Question: RO#66 Given the following: | |||
* The plant has been operating at 2028 MWt for the past week. | |||
* A complete loss of the process computer now occurs. | |||
* Operators perform a manual heat balance as directed by PNPS 2.1.10 COMPUTER DATA AND ALARMS | |||
* The heat balance indicates that the reactor is operating at 2040 MWt Which one of the following is correct as prescribed in PNPS 2.1.10 COMPUTER DATA AND ALARMS? | |||
A power reduction is ..... . | |||
A. currently required to maintain thermal power less than the licensed power level of 2028 MWt. | |||
B. not currently required. Provided that future heat balances do not exceed 2040 MWt a power reduction will not be required. | |||
C. not currently required. Provided that future heat balances do not exceed 2055 MWt a power reduction will not be required. | |||
D. currently required to lower thermal power to less than 1998 MWt due to loss of the AMAG computer. | |||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: A power reduction is not required. As discussed in PNPS 2.1.10, a manual heat balance may be up to 3% off from that calculated by the Process computer. | |||
B. Correct: As discussed in 2.1.10, the result of the heat balance is known to be up to 3% | |||
high. The initial heat balance done following the computer loss considered to be equal to the preloss computer value. | |||
Example: Prior to computer loss, 3DM Core Power And Flow Log power =1995, manual heat balance power = 2024, and no system changes have taken place. Since a difference is known to exist in the manual heat balanc:e due to data inaccuracies and no system changes have occurred, then 3DM power is the same as heat balance power and the baseline difference is set equal to 29 MWth. Future heat balances that indicate greater than this 29 MWth difference would require power reductions equal to the amount that is greater than the baseline difference. | |||
C. Incorrect: A power reduction would be required if calculated power exceeded 2040 MWt. Plausible in that PNPS 2.1.14 requires operator action be taken if instantaneous power exceeds 2055 MWt. | |||
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the AMAG computer is what allows the plant to reach 2028. | |||
If the plant was being maneuvered, power could not exceed 1998. (ARP 905R-F8) Note that the AMAG computer has also been lost. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.1.10 COMPUTER DATA (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
AND ALARMS Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 1 KIA # 2.1.3 Importance Rating 3.7 Conduct of Operations: Knowledge of shift or short-term relief turnover practices. | |||
Proposed Question: RO#67 Shift turnover is in progress. While offgoing personnel are conducting the required control room panel walkdowns with their reliefs, who is normally responsible for maintaining parameter control and control room oversight lAW PNPS 1.3.34, Operations Administration Policies and Processes? | |||
A. Parameter Control - Offgoing BOP Control room oversight - Offgoing 3RD SRO B. Parameter Control - Offgoing BOP Control room oversight - Offgoing Shift Manager C. Parameter Control- Offgoing 905 Panel Operator I ATC Control room oversight - Off going 3 RD SRO D. Parameter Control- Offgoing 905 Panel Operator I ATC Control room oversight - Offgoing Shift Manager Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: The BOP leads the oncoming ROs in the control room walkdown. | |||
B. Incorrect: The BOP leads the oncoming ROs in the control room walkdown. The off going SRO relieves the off-going CRS and assumes control room oversight. | |||
C. Correct: Per 1.3.34, the offgoing Third SRO should normally relieve the offgoing CRS and assume responsibility for oversight of the Control Room. The offgoing C905 Operator will normally maintain parameter control during the Control Room panel walkdown. | |||
D. Incorrect: The off-going SRO relieves the off-going CHS and assumes control room oversight. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 1.3.34 Section 6.7.3.5 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Control Room Panel Walkdown Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 2 KIA # 2.2.44 Importance Rating 4.2 Equipment Control: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions. | |||
Proposed Question: RO#68 During ATWS conditions the following conditions exist: | |||
* The Standby Liquid Control (SLC) Switch is in the SYS "A" position | * The Standby Liquid Control (SLC) Switch is in the SYS "A" position | ||
* The Standby Liquid pump discharge pressures is 1400 psig | * The Standby Liquid pump discharge pressures is 1400 psig | ||
* The "A" amber Squib Valve Continuity Light, 1106A, is LIT. In accordance with PNPS 2.2.24, Standby Liquid Control System, and with these indications, SLC_ (1) _ injecting into the RPV and _ (2) (1) IS (2) the SLC control switch shall then be placed in the "8" position to obtain SLC flow to the RPV at rated capacity. (1) IS NOT (2) the SLC control switch shall then be placed in the "8" position which should result in SLC flow to the RPV at the rated capacity. (1) IS (2) No further action is required to obtain full SLC flow to the RPV at rated Capacity. (1) IS NOT (2) the SLC control switch shall then be placed in the "8" position which should result in SLC flow to the RPV but only at half the rated capacity. | * The "A" amber Squib Valve Continuity Light, 1106A, is LIT. | ||
Proposed Answer: 8 Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | In accordance with PNPS 2.2.24, Standby Liquid Control System, and with these indications, SLC_ (1) _ injecting into the RPV and _ (2) | ||
-SLC is not injecting. | A. (1) IS (2) the SLC control switch shall then be placed in the "8" position to obtain SLC flow to the RPV at rated capacity. | ||
The switch is placed in "8" if it has been determined that SLC is not injecting Correct -With the Squib Valve Continuity 11 06A, LIT, the valve has not fired and there is no flow. Also, discharge pressure should be slightly higher than reactor pressure (not 1400 psig). By procedure, the control switch is moved to the "B" position and SLC should inject at rated. Incorrect | : 8. (1) IS NOT (2) the SLC control switch shall then be placed in the "8" position which should result in SLC flow to the RPV at the rated capacity. | ||
-SLC is not injecting Incorrect | C. (1) IS (2) No further action is required to obtain full SLC flow to the RPV at rated Capacity. | ||
-The systems are redundant 100% capacity systems Technical Reference(s): | D. (1) IS NOT (2) the SLC control switch shall then be placed in the "8" position which should result in SLC flow to the RPV but only at half the rated capacity. | ||
PNPS 2.2.24 Section 7.2 (Attach if not previously provided) | Proposed Answer: 8 Explanation (Optional): | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | A. Incorrect - SLC is not injecting. The switch is placed in "8" if it has been determined that SLC is not injecting | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | B. Correct - With the Squib Valve Continuity L~ght, 11 06A, LIT, the valve has not fired and there is no flow. Also, discharge pressure should be slightly higher than reactor pressure (not 1400 psig). By procedure, the control switch is moved to the "B" position and SLC should inject at rated. | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 2 KIA # 2.2.12 Importance Rating 3.7 Equipment Control: Knowledge of surveillance procedures Proposed Question: | C. Incorrect - SLC is not injecting D. Incorrect - The systems are redundant 100% capacity systems Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.24 Section 7.2 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
RO#69 Given the following: Turbine testing is being conducted lAW PNPS 8.A.9-1, "Turbine Test Weekly"; Exercising of the Emergency Governor from the control room is being performed; The EMER TRIP SYS TEST CIS on Panel C2 has just been moved to the RESET position after previously tripping the Emergency Trip System (ETS). Prior to pushing down on the EMER TRIP SYS TEST CIS and completing the exercising, a Caution in the surveillance requires you to re-verify that: The red EMER TRIP RESET light remains ON. | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
* The green ETS TRIPPED light remains OFF. Which one of the following describes the reason for this Caution? If the operator pushes down on the EMER TRI P SYS TEST CIS and the appropriate indications were not present then | Question Source: Bank # | ||
The turbine will not trip ONLY the mechanical turbine overspeed function will still operate normally because the controls at the Front Standard are in their normal positions. | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Incorrect | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: | ||
-the turbine will trip but not overspeed Correct -lAW MHC Reference Text -Not clearing the trip condition prior to restoring the switch to its normal position will immediately drain the ETO, causing the Steam Admission valves to close and the turbine to trip immediately. Incorrect -there is an associated annunciator (C2L-A2-"OVERSPEED TRIP") and it should be clear Incorrect -IF the Annunciator is not clear the turbine will trip regardless of the overspeed trip function availability Technical MHC reference Text pages 10 & (Attach if not previously provided) 11 PNPS 8.A.9 | |||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 2 KIA # 2.2.12 Importance Rating 3.7 Equipment Control: Knowledge of surveillance procedures Proposed Question: RO#69 Given the following: | ||
Question Source: Bank # Pilgrim NRC 2002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier# 3 Group # 1 KIA # 2.1.32 Importance Rating 3.8 _ .._ ..Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions. | * Turbine testing is being conducted lAW PNPS 8.A.9-1, "Turbine Test Weekly"; | ||
Proposed Question: | * Exercising of the Emergency Governor from the control room is being performed; | ||
RO#70 Given the following: | * The EMER TRIP SYS TEST CIS on Panel C2 has just been moved to the RESET position after previously tripping the Emergency Trip System (ETS). | ||
Prior to pushing down on the EMER TRIP SYS TEST CIS and completing the exercising, a Caution in the surveillance requires you to re-verify that: | |||
* The red EMER TRIP RESET light remains ON. | |||
* The green ETS TRIPPED light remains OFF. | |||
Which one of the following describes the reason for this Caution? | |||
If the operator pushes down on the EMER TRI P SYS TEST CIS and the appropriate indications were not present then _ __ | |||
A. the turbine will immediately overspeed and trip. | |||
B. the turbine will immediately trip because the Emergency Trip Oil (ETO) header becomes depressu rized C. the turbine overspeed trip function will remain disabled, although no annunciation warns the operator of this condition. The turbine will not trip D. ONLY the mechanical turbine overspeed function will still operate normally because the controls at the Front Standard are in their normal positions. | |||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect - the turbine will trip but not overspeed B. Correct -lAW MHC Reference Text - Not clearing the trip condition prior to restoring the switch to its normal position will immediately drain the ETO, causing the Steam Admission valves to close and the turbine to trip immediately. | |||
C. Incorrect -there is an associated annunciator (C2L-A2- "OVERSPEED TRIP") and it should be clear D. Incorrect -IF the Annunciator is not clear the turbine will trip regardless of the overspeed trip function availability Technical Reference(s): MHC reference Text pages 10 & (Attach if not previously provided) 11 PNPS 8.A.9 section 8.1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # Pilgrim NRC 2002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 3 Group # 1 KIA # 2.1.32 Importance Rating 3.8 | |||
_ .. _ .. _ | |||
Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions. | |||
Proposed Question: RO#70 Given the following: | |||
* RCIC is injecting and maintaining adequate core cooling; | * RCIC is injecting and maintaining adequate core cooling; | ||
* Current RCIC operating parameters are as follows: o RCIC Controller position: | * Current RCIC operating parameters are as follows: | ||
Auto o RCIC injection flow: 200 gpm o RCIC Turbine speed: 1500 RPM lAW PNPS 2.2.22.5, RCIC INJECTION AND PRESSURE CONTROL, which one of the following actions is required and why? Increase injection flow. Flow is too low for stable flow indication. Shift controller to manual. Flow is too low for stable, automatic flow control. Increase turbine speed by increasing injection flow. There is inadequate turbine oil pressure at this RPM. Change turbine speed by increasing or decreasing injection flow. The turbine is operating at a critical speed causing excessive vibration. | o RCIC Controller position: Auto o RCIC injection flow: 200 gpm o RCIC Turbine speed: 1500 RPM lAW PNPS 2.2.22.5, RCIC INJECTION AND PRESSURE CONTROL, which one of the following actions is required and why? | ||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | A. Increase injection flow. Flow is too low for stable flow indication. | ||
Per PNPS 2.2.22.5 precaution | B. Shift controller to manual. Flow is too low for stable, automatic flow control. | ||
[5], oscillations in flow indication do not occur till 100 gpm. Correct: Per PNPS 2.2.22.5, precaution | C. Increase turbine speed by increasing injection flow. There is inadequate turbine oil pressure at this RPM. | ||
[2], if flow rate is to be less than 225 GPM, the flow controller should be in manual mode due to oscillations of the flow controller at low system flows. Page 15 of the procedure directs that if flow is to be operated less than 225 GPM, the controller is to be placed in manual. | D. Change turbine speed by increasing or decreasing injection flow. The turbine is operating at a critical speed causing excessive vibration. | ||
Incorrect: | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Per PNPS 2.2.22.5, precaution | A. Incorrect: Per PNPS 2.2.22.5 precaution [5], oscillations in flow indication do not occur till 100 gpm. | ||
[4], adequate oil pressure is ensured down to a speed of 1000 RPM. Incorrect: | B. Correct: Per PNPS 2.2.22.5, precaution [2], if flow rate is to be less than 225 GPM, the flow controller should be in manual mode due to oscillations of the flow controller at low system flows. Page 15 of the procedure directs that if flow is to be operated less than 225 GPM, the controller is to be placed in manual. | ||
There is no precaution regarding critical speeds of the turbine. There is a precaution regarding operation less than 2000 RPM involving the potential for water hammer in the exhaust line. However this operation is allowed if required for adequate core cooling and speed is maintained above 1000 RPM. Technical PNPS 2.2.22.5, RCIC INJECTION (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
AND PRESSURE CONTROL, Precautions and also page 15. Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: Per PNPS 2.2.22.5, precaution [4], adequate oil pressure is ensured down to a speed of 1000 RPM. | ||
None Learning (As available) | D. Incorrect: There is no precaution regarding critical speeds of the turbine. There is a precaution regarding operation less than 2000 RPM involving the potential for water hammer in the exhaust line. However this operation is allowed if required for adequate core cooling and speed is maintained above 1000 RPM. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 8,10 Comments: | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.22.5, RCIC INJECTION (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 3 Group 3 KIA 2.3.11 Importance Rating 3.8 Radiation Control: Ability to control radiation releases. | AND PRESSURE CONTROL, Precautions and also page 15. | ||
Proposed Question: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
RO#71 Which one of the following describes the EOP-05, Radioactivity Release Control, actions taken by the operators to mitigate the consequences of an unmonitored release? Initiate CRHEAFs Start all available Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Start all available Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Secure the Turbine Basement Exhaust Fans Start all available Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Start all available Turbine Basement Exhaust Fans Place Control Room Ventilation in recirculation mode. Secure the Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -lAW EOP-05 steps RR2 and RR3 Incorrect | Question Source: Bank # | ||
-securing TB basement exhaust fans is not referenced in the EOP and would not mitigate an unmonitored release Incorrect -These fans should already be in service and this is not an action listed in EOP-05 Incorrect | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
-Placing CR ventilation in recirculation mode is permitted to prevent outside air from entering which may contain fumes and/or smoke but this is not appropriate during a radioactive release. The roof exhausters are started, not secured. Technical Reference(s): | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
EOP-05 steps RR2 and RR3 (Attach i'f not previously provided) | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 8,10 Comments: | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 3 KIA # 2.3.11 Importance Rating 3.8 Radiation Control: Ability to control radiation releases. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | Proposed Question: RO#71 Which one of the following describes the EOP-05, Radioactivity Release Control, actions taken by the operators to mitigate the consequences of an unmonitored release? | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 3 Group 4 KIA 2.4.1 Importance Rating 4.6 Emergency Procedures/Plan: | A. Initiate CRHEAFs Start all available Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans B. Start all available Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Secure the Turbine Basement Exhaust Fans C. Start all available Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Start all available Turbine Basement Exhaust Fans D. Place Control Room Ventilation in recirculation mode. | ||
Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps. Proposed Question: | Secure the Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
RO#72 The plant has scrammed from rated power with the following conditions: | A. Correct - lAW EOP-05 steps RR2 and RR3 B. Incorrect - securing TB basement exhaust fans is not referenced in the EOP and would not mitigate an unmonitored release C. Incorrect -These fans should already be in service and this is not an action listed in EOP-05 D. Incorrect - Placing CR ventilation in recirculation mode is permitted to prevent outside air from entering which may contain fumes and/or smoke but this is not appropriate during a radioactive release. The roof exhausters are started, not secured. | ||
Technical Reference(s): EOP-05 steps RR2 and RR3 (Attach i'f not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.1 Importance Rating 4.6 Emergency Procedures/Plan: Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps. | |||
Proposed Question: RO#72 The plant has scrammed from rated power with the following conditions: | |||
* Drywell pressure is 2.4 psjg and rising due to a small coolant leak | * Drywell pressure is 2.4 psjg and rising due to a small coolant leak | ||
* Bulk Drywell temperature is 162°F and rising slowly | * Bulk Drywell temperature is 162°F and rising slowly | ||
| Line 1,019: | Line 1,516: | ||
* Secondary Containment aP is at +0.6 inches water | * Secondary Containment aP is at +0.6 inches water | ||
* All control rods are at position 00 EXCEPT control rod 26-35 which is at position 48 Which of the following EOP entries are required? | * All control rods are at position 00 EXCEPT control rod 26-35 which is at position 48 Which of the following EOP entries are required? | ||
(1) EOP-01, RPV Control (2) EOP-02, RPV Control-Failure To Scram (3) EOP-03, Primary Containment Control (4) EOP-04, Secondary Containment Control (1), (2) and (3) ONLY (1), (3) and (4) ONLY (2), (3) and (4) ONLY (1), (2), (3) and (4) Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect | (1) EOP-01, RPV Control (2) EOP-02, RPV Control- Failure To Scram (3) EOP-03, Primary Containment Control (4) EOP-04, Secondary Containment Control A. (1), (2) and (3) ONLY B. (1), (3) and (4) ONLY C. (2), (3) and (4) ONLY D. (1), (2), (3) and (4) | ||
-EOP-02 is not entered as the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions with just one rod out. EOP-04 is also entered Correct: EOP-01 is entered due to RPV Level and drywell pressure, EOP-03 is entered on High drywell pressure and temperature, EOP-04 is entered due to high Secondary Containment aP Incorrect | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
-EOP-01 is also entered. Plausible in that if EOP-02 is entered, EOP-01 is exited. Incorrect: | A. Incorrect - EOP-02 is not entered as the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions with just one rod out. EOP-04 is also entered B. Correct: EOP-01 is entered due to RPV Level and drywell pressure, EOP-03 is entered on High drywell pressure and temperature, EOP-04 is entered due to high Secondary Containment aP | ||
EOP-02 is not entered as the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions with just one rod out. Technical Reference(s): | |||
EOPs 01,02,03 and 04 (Attach if not previously provided) | C. Incorrect - EOP-01 is also entered. Plausible in that if EOP-02 is entered, EOP-01 is exited. | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. Incorrect: EOP-02 is not entered as the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions with just one rod out. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Technical Reference(s): EOPs 01,02,03 and 04 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Question Source: Bank # WTS 9625 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.29 Importance Rating 3.1 Emergency Procedures/Plan: | Question Source: Bank # WTS 9625 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Knowledge of the emergency plan. Proposed Question: | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
RO#73 An Unusual Event has been declared following a complete loss of off-site power during a winter snow storm. In accordance with EP-IP-100, Emergency Classification and Notification, which one of the following describes the maximum time limitation for notifications? | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowh~dge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | ||
The Commonwealth and Local Authorities must be notified __(1 and the NRC must be notified | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.29 Importance Rating 3.1 Emergency Procedures/Plan: Knowledge of the emergency plan. | |||
(2) no later than 1 hour after event declaration. (1) no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | Proposed Question: RO#73 An Unusual Event has been declared following a complete loss of off-site power during a winter snow storm. | ||
(2) within 15 minutes after event declaration. (1) within 15 minutes after event declaration. | In accordance with EP-IP-100, Emergency Classification and Notification, which one of the following describes the maximum time limitation for notifications? | ||
(2) within 15 minutes after event declaration. (1) no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | The Commonwealth and Local Authorities must be notified __(1 and the NRC must be notified ~_(2) __. | ||
A. (1) within 15 minutes after event declaration. | |||
(2) no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | |||
B. (1) no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | |||
(2) within 15 minutes after event declaration. | |||
C. (1) within 15 minutes after event declaration. | |||
(2) within 15 minutes after event declaration. | |||
D. (1) no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | |||
(2) no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | (2) no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | ||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -lAW EP-IP-100 Att.4 sheets 5 and 7. Incorrect | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
-NRC notification is no later than 1 hour after event Commonwealth is within 15 Incorrect | A. Correct -lAW EP-IP-100 Att.4 sheets 5 and 7. | ||
-NRC notification is no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | B. Incorrect - NRC notification is no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | ||
D. Incorrect | Commonwealth is within 15 minutes. | ||
-The commonwealth must be notified within 15 minutes. Technical Reference(s): | C. Incorrect - NRC notification is no later than 1 hour after event declaration. | ||
EP-IP-100, Att. 4 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | D. Incorrect - The commonwealth must be notified within 15 minutes. | ||
None Learning Objective: | Technical Reference(s): EP-IP-100, Att. 4 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
EP-IP-100 Att.4 sheets 5 and 7 (As available) | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EP-IP-100 Att.4 sheets 5 and 7 (As available) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 3 -_.........KIA # 2.3.12 Importance Rating 3.2 Radiological Control: Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc. Proposed Question: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
RO#74 An operator must enter an area with a dose rate of 1200 MR/hr to perform a task. In accordance with EN-RP-1 01, Access Control For RCAs, which one of the following describes the MINIMUM monitoring and radiological controls when accessing the area? A DLR / TLD, an Electronic Dosimeter, approved RWP and ... (1) Continuous guarding of the entrance to prevent unauthorized entry (2) Radiation Protection Supervision OR Lead Technician approval (3) Continuous RP coverage A. (2) (1) and (3) C. (2) and (3) (1), (2) and (3) Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect -A continuous door guard and RP coverage is also required. Incorrect: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Radiation Protection Supervision OR Lead Technician approval is also required Incorrect -A continuous door guard is also required. Correct -An area that has a dose rate of 1200 mr/hr is classified as a Locked High Rad Area (LHRA). Per EN-RP-101, Section 5.5, in order to access a LHRA, each person entering a Locked High Radiation Area SHALL have a DLR, an alarming direct reading dosimeter (Electronic Dosimeter), approved RWP, RP Lead technician or RPS approval and continuous RP coverage. | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | ||
This procedure also specifies that while LHRAs are open, the access to the LHRA SHALL be controlled in accordance with site-specific Technical Specifications. | |||
PNPS Tech Specs specify that LHRA areas shall be locked or continuously guarded to prevent unauthorized entry. Technical Reference(s): | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 3 | ||
EN-RP-101, Section 5.5 (Attach if not previously provided) | - _ _......... | ||
Tech Specs Administrative Controls 5.7.2, Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | KIA # 2.3.12 Importance Rating 3.2 Radiological Control: Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Proposed Question: RO#74 An operator must enter an area with a dose rate of 1200 MR/hr to perform a task. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | In accordance with EN-RP-1 01, Access Control For RCAs, which one of the following describes the MINIMUM monitoring and radiological controls when accessing the area? | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 12 55.43 Comments: | A DLR / TLD, an Electronic Dosimeter, approved RWP and ... | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.49 Importance Rating 4.6 Emergency Procedures/Plan: | (1) Continuous guarding of the entrance to prevent unauthorized entry (2) Radiation Protection Supervision OR Lead Technician approval (3) Continuous RP coverage A. (2) | ||
Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate operation of system components and controls. | B. (1) and (3) | ||
Proposed Question: | C. (2) and (3) | ||
RO#75 Given the following conditions: | D. (1), (2) and (3) | ||
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect - A continuous door guard and RP coverage is also required. | |||
B. Incorrect: Radiation Protection Supervision OR Lead Technician approval is also required C. Incorrect - A continuous door guard is also required. | |||
D. Correct - An area that has a dose rate of 1200 mr/hr is classified as a Locked High Rad Area (LHRA). Per EN-RP-101, Section 5.5, in order to access a LHRA, each person entering a Locked High Radiation Area SHALL have a DLR, an alarming direct reading dosimeter (Electronic Dosimeter), approved RWP, RP Lead technician or RPS approval | |||
and continuous RP coverage. This procedure also specifies that while LHRAs are open, the access to the LHRA SHALL be controlled in accordance with site-specific Technical Specifications. PNPS Tech Specs specify that LHRA areas shall be locked or continuously guarded to prevent unauthorized entry. | |||
Technical Reference(s): EN-RP-101, Section 5.5 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Tech Specs Administrative Controls 5.7.2, Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 12 55.43 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.49 Importance Rating 4.6 Emergency Procedures/Plan: Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate operation of system components and controls. | |||
Proposed Question: RO#75 Given the following conditions: | |||
* A loss of feedwater heating results in minor fuel damage | * A loss of feedwater heating results in minor fuel damage | ||
* The 13 minute Off-Gas timer has started but has NOT timed out | * The 13 minute Off-Gas timer has started but has NOT timed out | ||
* Annunciator "RECOMBINER TEMP HIILO" CP-600L-A4 alarms | * Annunciator "RECOMBINER TEMP HIILO" CP-600L-A4 alarms | ||
* Recombiner Temperature is 1020°F and rising Which one of the following actions is required by plant procedures? Manually scram the reactor and enter PNPS 2.1.6, Reactor Scram Commence a normal plant shutdown lAW PNPS 2.1.5, Controlled Shutdown From Power Lower power using Reactor Recirc Pumps and Reverse Order of the Pull Sheet (ROPS) rods until Recombiner Temperature lowers below the alarm setpoint lAW PNPs 2.4.55, Augmented Offgas Explosion. Lower power using Reactor Recirc Pumps and Rapid Power Reduction Rods (RPR) rods until Recombiner Temperature lowers below the alarm setpoint lAW PNPS 2.4.141, Abnormal Recombiner Operation. | * Recombiner Temperature is 1020°F and rising Which one of the following actions is required by plant procedures? | ||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -lAW PNPS 2.4.141 immediate action step Incorrect -a scram is required Incorrect | A. Manually scram the reactor and enter PNPS 2.1.6, Reactor Scram B. Commence a normal plant shutdown lAW PNPS 2.1.5, Controlled Shutdown From Power C. Lower power using Reactor Recirc Pumps and Reverse Order of the Pull Sheet (ROPS) rods until Recombiner Temperature lowers below the alarm setpoint lAW PNPs 2.4.55, Augmented Offgas Explosion. | ||
-although this action may lower recombiner temperature, a scram is required lAW 2.4.141 Incorrect | D. Lower power using Reactor Recirc Pumps and Rapid Power Reduction Rods (RPR) rods until Recombiner Temperature lowers below the alarm setpoint lAW PNPS 2.4.141, Abnormal Recombiner Operation. | ||
-although this action may lower recombiner temperature, a scram is required lAW 2.4.141 Technical Reference(s): | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
PNPS 2.4.141, Sect 3.0 ['1] pg 3 (Attach if not previously provided) | A. Correct - lAW PNPS 2.4.141 immediate action step B. Incorrect - a scram is required C. Incorrect - although this action may lower recombiner temperature, a scram is required lAW 2.4.141 | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | D. Incorrect - although this action may lower recombiner temperature, a scram is required lAW 2.4.141 Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.141, Sect 3.0 ['1] pg 3 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Pilgrim NRC 2002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 2 KIA 295031 EA2.01 4.6 | Question Source: Bank # Pilgrim NRC 2002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
SRO Question # 76 EOP-01 and EOP-04 execution is in progress due to an un-isolable steam leak on the 51' of the reactor building. | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: | ||
The following conditions exist: Reactor pressure is being maintained in a band of 450-550 psig Reactor level as indicated on Narrow Range Level Indicators U-263-100A and B is -42 inches and slowly rising Reactor level as indicated on Fuel Zone Level Indicators U-263-106A and B is -155 inches and slowly lowering RCIC is the only high pressure systems available and is injecting Torus water temperature is 100 degrees and rising RHR Pumps A &B are running on minimum flow. Torus cooling valves isolated 1 minute ago. Both Recirc Pumps are tripped The reactor building cannot be accessed due to high temperature Given the above: ACTUAL RPV Level | |||
Per EOP Caution 1, the minimum useable level for the Narrow Range Instruments is -35 inches. Due to the high Rx Building temperatures (Rx Building not accessible) it must be assumed that level is below the variable leg tap and that the instrument is showing a rising level due to reference leg heatup. The fuel zone instrument is not susceptible to this issue and is reflecting actual level changes. If actual level was -42 inches and the fuel zones were deemed not reliable, this would be the action. Correct: The fuel zone instruments are still reliable. | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295031 EA2.01 Importance Rating 4.6 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Reactor water level Proposed Question: SRO Question # 76 EOP-01 and EOP-04 execution is in progress due to an un-isolable steam leak on the 51' of the reactor building. The following conditions exist: | ||
Even though there are high reactor building temperatures there is no indication of flashing. | * Reactor pressure is being maintained in a band of 450-550 psig | ||
However, they are still off calibrated conditions. | * Reactor level as indicated on Narrow Range Level Indicators U-263-100A and B is -42 inches and slowly rising | ||
Using PNPS 2.2.80, Attachment 8, Figure 2, and given a pressure of 450 -550 psig, TAF is -155 inches. Therefore actual level is at TAF or, -125 inches. Per EOP-01 the direction is to line up systems for emergency depressurization. | * Reactor level as indicated on Fuel Zone Level Indicators U-263-106A and B is -155 inches and slowly lowering | ||
EOP-17 must be entered when level cannot be restored and maintained above -150". Per PNPS 5.3.35.2 the direction is to Enter EOP-17 as soon as level drops below TAF and there is reasonable assurance that the low pressure systems can recover level. Incorrect: | * RCIC is the only high pressure systems available and is injecting | ||
Actual water level can be determined and is -125 inches. Incorrect: | * Torus water temperature is 100 degrees and rising | ||
Actual water level can be determined and is -125 inches. Technical Reference(s): | * RHR Pumps A & B are running on minimum flow. | ||
PNPS 2.2.80, Attachment 8, (Attach if not previously provided) | * Torus cooling valves isolated 1 minute ago. | ||
Figure 2 EOP-01, Level leg and EOP Caution 1. Figure 2 of Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | * Both Recirc Pumps are tripped | ||
Attachment 8 of PNPS 2.2.80 Learning (As available) | * The reactor building cannot be accessed due to high temperature conditions throughout. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) | Given the above: | ||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | ACTUAL RPV Level _ _ (1) ___ and the required action is _ _ (2) _ _ ? | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 295004 AA2.03 2.9 | (1) Actual Level (2) Required Action A. is -42 inches Place both RPV LEVEL OVERRIDE keylock switches in override and re-establish torus cooling. Restore RPV level to +12 and +45 inches using RCIC. | ||
SRO Question # 77 Given the following: The plant is at rated conditions 250 VDC Backup Charger D15 is out of service "A" EDG is out of service for scheduled maintenance. | B. is -125 inches Align all available low pressure ECCS for injection with their pumps running and if level continues to lower, enter EOP-17, Emergency RPV Depressurization. | ||
The plant is on day 2 of a 14 day LCO in accordance with Tech Spec 3.5.F.1 Then.. The supply breaker to 250 VDC Normal Charger D13 trips Alarm 250V DC | C. cannot be determined Immediately enter EOP-17, Emergency RPV Depressurization and restore level using RHR "A" and | ||
Assuming conditions do not improve how long can the plant continue to operate? A. 24 hours B. 3 days C. 7 days D. 12 days Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | |||
Incorrect: | "B". | ||
Plausible in that this would be correct if TS 3.5.F was not met. Although HPCI is inoperable and is a Core Cooling System it is not a low pressure system. 3.5.F states that during any period when one emergency diesel generator (EDG) is inoperable, continued reactor operation is permissible only during the succeeding 72 hours unless such EDG is sooner made operable, provided that all of the low pressure core and containment cooling systems shall be operable, and the remaining EDG shall be operable in accordance with 4.5.F.1. If this requirement cannot be met, an orderly shutdown shall be initiated and the reactor shall be placed in the Cold Shutdown Condition within 24 hours. Correct: The 250 VDC battery is inoperable. | D. cannot be determined Exit EOP-01 and enter EOP-16, RPV Flooding and commence flooding the RPV using all available low pressure systems. | ||
Per Tech Spec bases, battery voltage must be greater than 210 VDC for the battery to be operable. | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Tech Spec 3.9.B.5 specifies that from and after the date that the 250 volt battery system is made or found to be inoperable for any reason, continued reactor operation is permissible during the succeeding three days provided repair work Is initiated in the most expeditious manner to return the failed component to an operable state, and Specification 3.5.F is satisfied. | A. Incorrect: Per EOP Caution 1, the minimum useable level for the Narrow Range Instruments is -35 inches. Due to the high Rx Building temperatures (Rx Building not accessible) it must be assumed that level is below the variable leg tap and that the instrument is showing a rising level due to reference leg heatup. The fuel zone instrument is not susceptible to this issue and is reflecting actual level changes. If actual level was -42 inches and the fuel zones were deemed not reliable, this would be the action. | ||
3.5.F remains satisfied. Incorrect: | B. Correct: The fuel zone instruments are still reliable. Even though there are high reactor building temperatures there is no indication of flashing. However, they are still off calibrated conditions. Using PNPS 2.2.80, Attachment 8, Figure 2, and given a pressure of 450 - 550 psig, TAF is -155 inches. Therefore actual level is at TAF or, -125 inches. Per EOP-01 the direction is to line up systems for emergency depressurization. | ||
The 250 VDC battery is inoperable. | EOP-17 must be entered when level cannot be restored and maintained above -150". | ||
Tech Spec 3.9.B.5 allows continued operation for only three more days. Plausible if the candidate thinks that a loss of the 250 VDC system affects the RHR system which is a 7 day LCOs. Although 250 VDC is the power supply to RHR valve MO-1001-47, a loss of power does to this valve does not render RHR inoperable. Incorrect: | Per PNPS 5.3.35.2 the direction is to Enter EOP-17 as soon as level drops below TAF and there is reasonable assurance that the low pressure systems can recover level. | ||
The 250 VDC battery is inoperable. | C. Incorrect: Actual water level can be determined and is -125 inches. | ||
Plausible in that if the battery was considered operable, the EDG LCO would be limiting. | D. Incorrect: Actual water level can be determined and is -125 inches. | ||
Technical Reference(s): | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.80, Attachment 8, (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Tech Spec 3.9.B and associated (Attach if not previously provided) bases. Tech Spec 3.5.F 3.9.B -No bases Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Figure 2 EOP-01, Level leg and EOP Caution 1. | ||
3.5.F No Bases. Learning (As available) | Figure 2 of Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: Attachment 8 of PNPS 2.2.80 Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2 Comments: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 ---_...Group # 1 KIA 295003 AA2.04 3.7 | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
SRO Question # 78 Given the following: | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295004 AA2.03 Importance Rating 2.9 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: Battery voltage Proposed Question: SRO Question # 77 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at rated conditions | |||
* 250 VDC Backup Charger D15 is out of service | |||
* "A" EDG is out of service for scheduled maintenance. The plant is on day 2 of a 14 day LCO in accordance with Tech Spec 3.5.F.1 Then.. | |||
* The supply breaker to 250 VDC Normal Charger D13 trips | |||
* Alarm 250V DC UNDERVOLTAGE, C3RC-A6, annunciates | |||
* 250 VDC battery voltage is reported as 208 VDC | |||
* Action is immediately initiated to repair the Normal Charger supply breaker AND HPCI is manually isolated. | |||
Assuming conditions do not improve how long can the plant continue to operate? | |||
A. 24 hours B. 3 days C. 7 days D. 12 days Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: Plausible in that this would be correct if TS 3.5.F was not met. Although HPCI is inoperable and is a Core Cooling System it is not a low pressure system. 3.5.F states that during any period when one emergency diesel generator (EDG) is inoperable, continued reactor operation is permissible only during the succeeding 72 hours unless such EDG is sooner made operable, provided that all of the low pressure core and containment cooling systems shall be operable, and the remaining EDG shall be operable in accordance with 4.5.F.1. If this requirement cannot be met, an orderly shutdown shall be initiated and the reactor shall be placed in the Cold Shutdown Condition within 24 hours. | |||
B. Correct: The 250 VDC battery is inoperable. Per Tech Spec bases, battery voltage must be greater than 210 VDC for the battery to be operable. Tech Spec 3.9.B.5 specifies that from and after the date that the 250 volt battery system is made or found to be inoperable for any reason, continued reactor operation is permissible during the succeeding three days provided repair work Is initiated in the most expeditious manner to return the failed component to an operable state, and Specification 3.5.F is satisfied. | |||
3.5.F remains satisfied. | |||
C. Incorrect: The 250 VDC battery is inoperable. Tech Spec 3.9.B.5 allows continued operation for only three more days. Plausible if the candidate thinks that a loss of the 250 VDC system affects the RHR system which is a 7 day LCOs. Although 250 VDC is the power supply to RHR valve MO-1001-47, a loss of power does to this valve does not render RHR inoperable. | |||
D. Incorrect: The 250 VDC battery is inoperable. Plausible in that if the battery was considered operable, the EDG LCO would be limiting. | |||
Technical Reference(s): Tech Spec 3.9.B and associated (Attach if not previously provided) bases. | |||
Tech Spec 3.5.F 3.9.B -No bases Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
3.5.F - No Bases. | |||
Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge | |||
Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 | |||
- - - _... | |||
Group # 1 KIA # 295003 AA2.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE-~ | |||
LOSS OF AC. POWER: System lineups Proposed Question: SRO Question # 78 Given the following: | |||
* A large break LOCA has occurred | * A large break LOCA has occurred | ||
* Electric plant status is as follows: | * Electric plant status is as follows: | ||
| Line 1,110: | Line 1,663: | ||
* 4160 VAC Bus A5 has locked out | * 4160 VAC Bus A5 has locked out | ||
* 4160 VAC Bus A6 is energized via the "B" EDG | * 4160 VAC Bus A6 is energized via the "B" EDG | ||
* RHR Pumps B &D are injecting at full capacity | * RHR Pumps B & D are injecting at full capacity | ||
* Core Spray Pump B is injecting at full capacity | * Core Spray Pump B is injecting at full capacity | ||
* RPV Level is being maintained at -100 inches | * RPV Level is being maintained at -100 inches | ||
* Torus water temperature is at 135°F and rising slowly. Which one of the following RHR system lineups is required to mitigate the rising torus temperature? In accordance with PNPS 2.2.19.5, RHR Modes of Operation for Transients. | * Torus water temperature is at 135°F and rising slowly. | ||
close RBCCW nonessential block valves to maximize RBCCW flow to the RHR heat exchanger. In accordance with PNPS 2.4.A5, Loss Electrical Bus A5. secure RHR injection and place RHR loop B in 2 pump torus cooling mode to maximize heat rejection to RHR heat exchanger In accordance with PNPS 2.4.A5, Loss Electrical Bus A5, secure RHR injection and place RHR loop B in single pump torus cooling mode to maximize heat rejection to RHR heat exchanger. In accordance with PNPS 2.2.19.5, RHR Modes of Operation for Transients, close the heat exchanger bypass valve on RHR loop B and maintain both RHR Pumps running to maximize heat transfer to the RHR heat exchanger. | Which one of the following RHR system lineups is required to mitigate the rising torus temperature? | ||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -2.2.19.5 and EOP-03 direct that if only one loop of RHR and/or RBCCW is available, then RBCCW 'flow is to be maximized for the available loop when torus temperature exceeds 130 degrees and a "major" LOCA is in progress. | A In accordance with PNPS 2.2.19.5, RHR Modes of Operation for Transients. close RBCCW nonessential block valves to maximize RBCCW flow to the RHR heat exchanger. | ||
This is done by isolating the non-essential loads. Incorrect | B. In accordance with PNPS 2.4.A5, Loss Electrical Bus A5. secure RHR injection and place RHR loop B in 2 pump torus cooling mode to maximize heat rejection to RHR heat exchanger C. In accordance with PNPS 2.4.A5, Loss Electrical Bus A5, secure RHR injection and place RHR loop B in single pump torus cooling mode to maximize heat rejection to RHR heat exchanger. | ||
-RHR injection is required to maintain level Incorrect | D. In accordance with PNPS 2.2.19.5, RHR Modes of Operation for Transients, close the heat exchanger bypass valve on RHR loop B and maintain both RHR Pumps running to maximize heat transfer to the RHR heat exchanger. | ||
-RHR injection is required to maintain level Incorrect | Proposed Answer: A | ||
-The RHR HIX only has the capacity for one pump. Technical PNPS 2.2.19.5, RHR Modes of Operation for Transients, pages 18 (Attach if not previously provided) and 19 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Explanation (Optional): | ||
Question Source: Bank # TADS 6579 Modified Bank # New Question History: Last I\IRC Exam: Question #79, 2009 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | A. Correct - 2.2.19.5 and EOP-03 direct that if only one loop of RHR and/or RBCCW is available, then RBCCW 'flow is to be maximized for the available loop when torus temperature exceeds 130 degrees and a "major" LOCA is in progress. This is done by isolating the non-essential loads. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 600000 2.4.41 Importance Rating Emergency Procedures | B. Incorrect - RHR injection is required to maintain level C. Incorrect - RHR injection is required to maintain level D. Incorrect - The RHR HIX only has the capacity for one pump. | ||
/ Plan: Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (Plant Fire On-site) Proposed Question: | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.19.5, RHR Modes of Operation for Transients, pages 18 (Attach if not previously provided) and 19 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
SRO Question # 79 Given the following: | Question Source: Bank # TADS 6579 Modified Bank # | ||
New Question History: Last I\IRC Exam: Question #79, 2009 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 600000 2.4.41 Importance Rating Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (Plant Fire On-site) | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 79 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is shutdown and cooling down for a refuel outage | * The plant is shutdown and cooling down for a refuel outage | ||
* Reactor pressure is 500 psig and lowering. | * Reactor pressure is 500 psig and lowering. | ||
The following sequence then occurs: Time 00:00: | The following sequence then occurs: | ||
* Startup transformer locks out due to an electrical fault * "A" Diesel Generator starts and re-energizes A5 * "B" Diesel Generator fails to start and the Shutdown Transformer energizes Time 00:05: | Time 00:00: | ||
* The Shift Manger reviews Time 00:30: | * Startup transformer locks out due to an electrical fault | ||
* Fire alarms received for upper switchgear | * "A" Diesel Generator starts and re-energizes A5 | ||
* "B" Diesel Generator fails to start and the Shutdown Transformer Re energizes A6 Time 00:05: | |||
* The Shift Manger reviews EALs Time 00:30: | |||
* Fire alarms received for upper switchgear room | |||
* Bus A5 locks out | * Bus A5 locks out | ||
* Fire Brigade Chief reports fire in bus A5 and that the Brigade is actively fighting the fire. The Chief requests Plymouth Fire Fighting assistance. | * Fire Brigade Chief reports fire in bus A5 and that the Brigade is actively fighting the fire. The Chief requests Plymouth Fire Fighting assistance. | ||
Time 00:35: | Time 00:35: | ||
* The Shift Manager calls Plymouth Fire and reviews EALs Time 00:45: | * The Shift Manager calls Plymouth Fire and reviews EALs Time 00:45: | ||
* Fire Brigade Chief reports that Plymouth Fire is on scene and fighting the fire. Time 00:50: | * Fire Brigade Chief reports that Plymouth Fire is on scene and fighting the fire. | ||
Time 00:50: | |||
* The Shift Manager reviews EALs Time 00:60: | * The Shift Manager reviews EALs Time 00:60: | ||
* Fire extinguished. | * Fire extinguished. Chief reports fire was limited to A5 which is damaged extensively. | ||
Chief reports fire was limited to A5 which is damaged extensively. | * The Shift Manager reviews EALS The Shift manager was required to declare ... | ||
* The Shift Manager reviews EALS The Shift manager was required to declare ... An Unusual Event at time 00:05 An Alert at time 00: 50 An Unusual Event at time 00:35 A Site Area Emergency at time 00: 60 An Unusual Event at time 00:35 No other declarations were required An Alert at time 00: 50 A Site Area Emergency at time 00: 60 Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | A. An Unusual Event at time 00:05 An Alert at time 00: 50 B. An Unusual Event at time 00:35 A Site Area Emergency at time 00: 60 C. An Unusual Event at time 00:35 No other declarations were required | ||
An EAL has not yet been exceeded at time 00:05. Plausible in that a UE is required if all off-site power is lost. However the Shutdown Transformer is still an available off-site power source negating the necessity to declare the UE. An Alert is also not required. | |||
Plausible in that an Alert would be required if the fire was burning out of control. There was no evidence that the fire was "out of control" and spreading. Incorrect: | D. An Alert at time 00: 50 A Site Area Emergency at time 00: 60 Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
A UE was exceeded when off-site fire fighting assistance was requested per EAL 7.2.1.1. However a SAE was never exceeded during the event. Plausible in that "any fire which has affected the ability of two or more safety systems (Table 7-1) to perform their intended function and poses a significant potential for release of radioactivity" would result in a SAE per EAL 7.2.1.3. Although multiple safety systems are affected (Core Spray, RHR, SBGT etc.) the plant can still achieve cold shutdown and there is no significant potential for a release. Correct: The SM was required to declare UE when off-site fire fighting assistance was requested per EAL 7.2.1.1 at time 00:35. No other EALs were exceeded. Incorrect: | A. Incorrect: An EAL has not yet been exceeded at time 00:05. Plausible in that a UE is required if all off-site power is lost. However the Shutdown Transformer is still an available off-site power source negating the necessity to declare the UE. An Alert is also not required. Plausible in that an Alert would be required if the fire was burning out of control. There was no evidence that the fire was "out of control" and spreading. | ||
The SM was required to declare UE when off-site fire fighting assistance was requested per EAL 7.2.1.1 at time 00:35. An Alert was also not required as discussed above. A SAE was also never exceeded as discussed above. EP-IP-100.1 EMERGENCY Technical Reference(s): | B. Incorrect: A UE was exceeded when off-site fire fighting assistance was requested per EAL 7.2.1.1. However a SAE was never exceeded during the event. Plausible in that "any fire which has affected the ability of two or more safety systems (Table 7-1) to perform their intended function and poses a significant potential for release of radioactivity" would result in a SAE per EAL 7.2.1.3. Although multiple safety systems are affected (Core Spray, RHR, SBGT etc.) the plant can still achieve cold shutdown and there is no significant potential for a release. | ||
ACTION LEVELS (EALs), (Attach if not previously provided) | C. Correct: The SM was required to declare UE when off-site fire fighting assistance was requested per EAL 7.2.1.1 at time 00:35. No other EALs were exceeded. | ||
Attachment 1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during EP-IP-100.1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs), Attachment 1 Learning (As available) | D. Incorrect: The SM was required to declare UE when off-site fire fighting assistance was requested per EAL 7.2.1.1 at time 00:35. An Alert was also not required as discussed above. A SAE was also never exceeded as discussed above. | ||
Question Source: Bank # | EP-IP-100.1 EMERGENCY Technical Reference(s): ACTION LEVELS (EALs), (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1 Comments: | Attachment 1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: EP-IP-100.1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs), | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: | Attachment 1 Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295026 2.4.47 Importance Rating Emergency Procedures I Plan: Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material. (Suppression Pool High Water Temp) Proposed Question: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
SRO Question # 80 During severe accident conditions the following conditions exist: | |||
* Drywell Spray has just been initiated using "A" and "B" RHR pumps * "C" and "0" RHR pumps are secured | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295026 2.4.47 Importance Rating Emergency Procedures I Plan: Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material. (Suppression Pool High Water Temp) | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 80 During severe accident conditions the following conditions exist: | |||
* Drywell Spray has just been initiated using "A" and "B" RHR pumps | |||
* "C" and "0" RHR pumps are secured | |||
* RHR flow in each loop is 5000 gpm. | * RHR flow in each loop is 5000 gpm. | ||
* RPV Pressure: | * RPV Pressure: 700 psig | ||
700 psig | * Torus Bottom Pressure: 18 psig and lowering | ||
* Torus Bottom Pressure: | |||
18 psig and lowering | |||
* Torus Water Level: 110 inches and steady | * Torus Water Level: 110 inches and steady | ||
* Torus Water Temperature: | * Torus Water Temperature: 190 degrees and steady What is the status of the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL) and the RHR NPSH limitations based on the above parameters? | ||
190 degrees and steady What is the status of the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL) and the RHR NPSH limitations based on the above parameters? | Heat Capacity Temperature Limit RHR NPSH Limit Torus Watll!ir Levels ..... 127 in. | ||
Heat Capacity Temperature Limit RHR NPSH Limit Torus Watll!ir Levels ..... 127 in. RHR NPSH LIMIT | SPDS038 RHR NPSH LIMIT SPDS040 200 i'.," 220 | ||
ipsi,g) Pump Row (gpm) A. The HCTL IS being exceeded. | ! 200 I--'-""-~""""' | ||
The RHR NPSH will be exceeded when Torus bottom pressure lowers to below 5 psig. | Iii J 1I!0 fm-~--+-_- | ||
The HCTL IS being exceeded. | g F lOOr----+----~----r---_r--~~ | ||
The RHR I\JPSH will NOT be exceeded provided there is no further degradation in Torus Water Temperature or Torus Water Level. The HCTL Is NOT being exceeded. | 50~--~---~--~--~~--~--~ | ||
The RHR NPSH will be exceeded when Torus bottom pressure lowers to below 5 psig. The HCTL Is NOT being exceeded. | 1 P'l1'1\p 0 H!:X) 2000 3000 4000 ~>DOO!lOOO 200 400 000 800 1000 2 pu",,,, 0 ::rooo 4000 6(.00 0000 HtDOO 12.000 R?V P'ni!55U1l> ipsi,g) Pump Row (gpm) | ||
The RHR NPSH will NOT be exceeded provided there is no further degradation in Torus Water Temperature or Torus Water Level. Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct: At an RPV Pressure of 700 PSIG and a Torus level of 110 inches the HCTL is exceeded when torus water temp exceeds 185 degrees. The NPSH for each pump per loop running at 5000 gpm and 190 degrees torus water temperature will be exceeded when torus bottom pressure lowers to less than 5 psig. Given a torus water level of 110 inches, torus bottom pressure will lower as low as -4 psig following drywell spray initiation. Incorrect: | A. The HCTL IS being exceeded. The RHR NPSH will be exceeded when Torus bottom pressure lowers to below 5 psig. | ||
The RHR pump NPSH limit will eventually be exceeded as drywell sprays lower the pump over pressure. | |||
Plausible in that if the "2 pump value" of 5000 gpm is used it would not appear that the limit would be exceeded as the torus water temperature limit would be -195 degrees. (drywell sprays could not lower the torus bottom pressure to any lower than -4 psig due to the weight of the water). Incorrect: | B. The HCTL IS being exceeded. The RHR I\JPSH will NOT be exceeded provided there is no further degradation in Torus Water Temperature or Torus Water Level. | ||
At an RPV Pressure of 700 PSIG and a Torus level of 110 inches the HCTL is exceeded when torus water temp exceeds 185 degrees. Plausible in that if the torus water level line of 127 inches is used, the HCTL would not be exceeded until -195 degrees. Incorrect: | C. The HCTL Is NOT being exceeded. The RHR NPSH will be exceeded when Torus bottom pressure lowers to below 5 psig. | ||
At an RPV Pressure of 700 PSIG and a Torus level of 110 inches the HCTL is exceeded when torus water temp exceeds 1185 degr,ees. | D. The HCTL Is NOT being exceeded. The RHR NPSH will NOT be exceeded provided there is no further degradation in Torus Water Temperature or Torus Water Level. | ||
Plausible in that if the torus water level line of 127 inches is used, the HCTL would not be exceeded until -195 degrees. Technical EOP-11 Figures, Cautions and (Attach if not previously provided) | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
Icons Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: Learning Objective: (As Question Bank # Modi'fied Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | A. Correct: At an RPV Pressure of 700 PSIG and a Torus level of 110 inches the HCTL is exceeded when torus water temp exceeds 185 degrees. The NPSH for each pump per loop running at 5000 gpm and 190 degrees torus water temperature will be exceeded when torus bottom pressure lowers to less than 5 psig. Given a torus water level of 110 inches, torus bottom pressure will lower as low as - 4 psig following drywell spray initiation. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 295019 2.4.4 4.7 | B. Incorrect: The RHR pump NPSH limit will eventually be exceeded as drywell sprays lower the pump over pressure. Plausible in that if the "2 pump value" of 5000 gpm is used it would not appear that the limit would be exceeded as the torus water temperature limit would be - 195 degrees. (drywell sprays could not lower the torus bottom pressure to any lower than - 4 psig due to the weight of the water). | ||
SRO Question # 81 Given the following: The reactor is at 100% power Annunciator C904LC-F3, AIRlN2 TO DRYWELL TROUBLE, alarms A Control Room operator reports that PI-4348, NITROGEN SUPPLY DRYWELL EQUIP SUPPLY PRESSURE, on Panel C7 reads 60 psig and continuing to lower Drywell pressure is 2.0 psig and continuing to rise. Which one of the following is required? | C. Incorrect: At an RPV Pressure of 700 PSIG and a Torus level of 110 inches the HCTL is exceeded when torus water temp exceeds 185 degrees. Plausible in that if the torus water level line of 127 inches is used, the HCTL would not be exceeded until - 195 degrees. | ||
-There is indication of a leak and aligning instrument air will just continue to pressurize the containment. Correct. Symptoms indicate a drywell pneumatic supply line break in the drywell. 2.4.21 requires a reactor scram when pressure approaches 2.2. | D. Incorrect: At an RPV Pressure of 700 PSIG and a Torus level of 110 inches the HCTL is exceeded when torus water temp exceeds 1185 degr,ees. Plausible in that if the torus water level line of 127 inches is used, the HCTL would not be exceeded until - 195 degrees. | ||
Incorrect | Technical Reference(s): EOP-11 Figures, Cautions and (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
-Incorrect | Icons Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
-there is no direction to vent the containment. Incorrect | |||
-there is no direction to vent the containment. | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Loss of pneumatics will not support a controlled shutdown from power (MSIVs will close) Technical PNPS 2.4.21, DOUBLE ENDED BREAK OF THE 3-II\lCH INSTRUMENT PNEUMATIC LINE (Attach if not previously provided) | Modi'fied Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
IN THE DRYWELL, page 3 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | ||
Question Bank # WTS # 3674 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question 2009 Audit Last NRC Exam: Exam, question 90 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 --_.-..KIA 700000 2.4.30 -- | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295019 2.4.4 Importance Rating 4.7 Emergency Procedures I Plan: Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures. (Partial or Total Loss of Inst. Air) | ||
Proposed Question: | Proposed Question: SRO Question # 81 Given the following: | ||
SRO Question # 82 Given the following: The plant is at 100% power The Shutdown Transformer is out of service A grid disturbance results in momentary LINE 342 and 355 UNDERVOLTAGE alarms, C3R-A7 and C3R-A8 The Main Generator Voltage Regulator trips to manual Main Generator voltage and MVAR loading is stabilized using the Manual Voltage Regulator ISO New Engiand/NSTAR notifies PNPS that voltage cannot be maintained 343.5 KV if Pilgrim were to trip. Which one of the following is correct regarding offsite notifications lAW PNPS 2.4.144, Degraded Voltage? Notify: ISO New England within 30 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification is not required. ISO New England within 60 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification is not required. ISO New England within 60 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification of plant status is required. ISO New England within 30 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification of plant status is required. | * The reactor is at 100% power | ||
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | * Annunciator C904LC-F3, AIRlN2 TO DRYWELL TROUBLE, alarms | ||
NRC notification is required lAW 10CFR50.72(b)(3)(v), Incorrect: | * A Control Room operator reports that PI-4348, NITROGEN SUPPLY DRYWELL EQUIP SUPPLY PRESSURE, on Panel C7 reads 60 psig and continuing to lower | ||
lAW the immediate action of PNPS 2.4.144, PNPS is to notify the ISO within 30 minutes that the regulator is in manual -not 60 minutes. Additionally, NRC notification is required lAW 10CFR50.72(b)(3)(v). Incorrect: | * Drywell pressure is 2.0 psig and continuing to rise. | ||
lAW the immediate action of PNPS 2.4.144, PNPS is to notify the ISO within 30 minutes that the regulator is in manual -not 60 minutes. Correct: lAW the immediate action of PNPS 2.4.144, PNPS is to notify the ISO within 30 minutes that the regulator is in manual. The Startup Transformer is also required to be declared inoperable when PNPS is notified that proper voltage cannot be maintained post trip. Therefore both the Shutdown Transformer and the Startup Transformer are now inoperable. | Which one of the following is required? | ||
The note on page 14 of PNPS 13.12 directs that a 10CFR50.72(b)(3)(v), should be made in this situation. | A. Direct that instrument air be aligned to supply drywell pneumatics and isolate the nitrogen supply. | ||
This is also specified in the subsequent actions of PNPS 2.4.144. Technical Reference(s): | B. Direct that the reactor be scrammed in accordance with PNPS 2.1.6, Reactor Scram and isolate drywell pneumatics. | ||
PNPS 1.3.12, Attachment 12, (Attach if not previously provided) sheets 2 through 10 PNPS 2.4.144, Immediate Action Tech Spec 3.9.B.2 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Direct that the torus be vented to maintain pressure less than 2.2 psig and align instrument air to augment the nitrogen supply to the drywell pneumatics. | ||
None Learning (As available) | D. Direct that the drywell be vented to maintain pressure less than 2.2 psig and initiate a shutdown in accordance with PNPS 2.1.5, Controlled Shutdown From Power. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1 ,2 Comments: | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
A. Incorrect - There is indication of a leak and aligning instrument air will just continue to pressurize the containment. | |||
B. Correct. Symptoms indicate a drywell pneumatic supply line break in the drywell. 2.4.21 requires a reactor scram when pressure approaches 2.2. | |||
SRO Question # 83 Given the following conditions: | C. Incorrect - Incorrect - there is no direction to vent the containment. | ||
D. Incorrect - there is no direction to vent the containment. Loss of pneumatics will not support a controlled shutdown from power (MSIVs will close) | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.21, DOUBLE ENDED BREAK OF THE 3-II\lCH INSTRUMENT PNEUMATIC LINE (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
IN THE DRYWELL, page 3 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # WTS # 3674 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: 2009 Audit Last NRC Exam: | |||
Exam, question 90 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 | |||
--_.- .. -~.- | |||
KIA # 700000 2.4.30 | |||
-- - ------- | |||
... .. | |||
Importance Rating 4.1 Emergency Procedures I Plan; Knowledge of events related to system operation I status that must be reported to internal organizations or external agencies, such as the state, the NRC, or the transmission system operator. (Generator Voltage and E.lectric Grid Disturbances) | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 82 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power | |||
* The Shutdown Transformer is out of service | |||
* A grid disturbance results in momentary LINE 342 and 355 UNDERVOLTAGE alarms, C3R-A7 and C3R-A8 | |||
* The Main Generator Voltage Regulator trips to manual | |||
* Main Generator voltage and MVAR loading is stabilized using the Manual Voltage Regulator | |||
* ISO New Engiand/NSTAR notifies PNPS that voltage cannot be maintained ~ 343.5 KV if Pilgrim were to trip. | |||
Which one of the following is correct regarding offsite notifications lAW PNPS 2.4.144, Degraded Voltage? | |||
Notify: | |||
A. ISO New England within 30 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification is not required. | |||
B. ISO New England within 60 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification is not required. | |||
C. ISO New England within 60 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification of plant status is required. | |||
D. ISO New England within 30 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification of plant status is required. | |||
Proposed Answer: D | |||
Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: NRC notification is required lAW 10CFR50.72(b)(3)(v), | |||
B. Incorrect: lAW the immediate action of PNPS 2.4.144, PNPS is to notify the ISO within 30 minutes that the regulator is in manual - not 60 minutes. Additionally, NRC notification is required lAW 10CFR50.72(b)(3)(v). | |||
C. Incorrect: lAW the immediate action of PNPS 2.4.144, PNPS is to notify the ISO within 30 minutes that the regulator is in manual - not 60 minutes. | |||
D. Correct: lAW the immediate action of PNPS 2.4.144, PNPS is to notify the ISO within 30 minutes that the regulator is in manual. The Startup Transformer is also required to be declared inoperable when PNPS is notified that proper voltage cannot be maintained post trip. Therefore both the Shutdown Transformer and the Startup Transformer are now inoperable. The note on page 14 of PNPS 13.12 directs that a 10CFR50.72(b)(3)(v), should be made in this situation. This is also specified in the subsequent actions of PNPS 2.4.144. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 1.3.12, Attachment 12, (Attach if not previously provided) sheets 2 through 10 PNPS 2.4.144, Immediate Action Tech Spec 3.9.B.2 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1 ,2 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295032 EA2.02 Importance Rating 3.5 Ability to determine andlor interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE: Equipment operability KIA Justification: Determination of equipment operability is an SRO function at PNPS. | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 83 Given the following conditions: | |||
* A HPCI steam leak has occurred in the reactor building. | * A HPCI steam leak has occurred in the reactor building. | ||
* Efforts to isolate the leak are unsuccessful. | * Efforts to isolate the leak are unsuccessful. | ||
* HPCI Turbine area is 182 degrees F. | * HPCI Turbine area is 182 degrees F. | ||
* HPCI Piping area-Torus Compartment is 275 degrees F. Emergency Depressurization: | * HPCI Piping area-Torus Compartment is 275 degrees F. | ||
EOP-04, Table L MAXIMUM SAFE OPERATING VALUES -Selected Portion (Temperature areas are separated by dashed lines) ------,--------------------r --------- | Emergency Depressurization: | ||
RCIC Piping Area -Torus : TS-1340-8A | EOP-04, Table L MAXIMUM SAFE OPERATING VALUES - Selected Portion (Temperature areas are separated by dashed lines) | ||
: 258 | - ~ - - - - -,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - - - - - - | ||
: TS-1340-88 | RCIC Piping Area -Torus Compt :, TS-1340-8A :, 258 RCIC Turbine Area -Stairwell : TS-1340-88 ' 175 HPCI Piping Area -Torus Compt , TS-2340-8A 258 U. | ||
' HPCI Piping Area -Torus Compt , TS-2340-8A U. <:> | <:> HPCI Turbine Area -17 ft EI. TS-2340-88 e::::J RWCU Piping Area -36 ft EI. Mezzanine E ----------- --- ----- --- -- ----- ------------------------,,- TS-1290-26H ----- --- - | ||
- | : 8. RCIC Tip Roo,:,:,_:~_~_~_ ~!~__ ____ __ __ ____ _____ __ ' TS-1340-8C __ Y | ||
____ __ ____ _____ __ 'TS-1340-8C | :, 224 | ||
: 289 | _.- F ---- | ||
-------.----------- | E Main Steam Tunnel -23 ft EI. ,: TS-260-18A :, 289 | ||
-------------------r- | ~ ----~ ----~--------------------------- ------- .--- ---- ---- ----~I- ------ --- ----------r- -- -- ----- | ||
--HPCI Piping Area -23 ft EI. (liB" RHR Valve Room) : TS-2340-8C | HPCI Piping Area -23 ft EI. (liB" RHR Valve Room) : TS-2340-8C : 309 | ||
: 309 ------------- | -- ----------- --------.-----------. ------------ ------ ---- -,---- | ||
--------.-----------. | RHR "8" & "0" Pump Area -Stairwell : TS-1040-16A 200 | ||
------------ | ---- .----------- .---------------------------------------- --------. | ||
----------RHR "8" & "0" Pump Area -Stairwell | RHR "A" & "c" Pump Area -6 ft EI. TS-1040-168 A. is currently required because the integrity of the secondary containment is threatened. | ||
: TS-1040-16A 200 ----.----------- | : 8. is currently required because the continued operability of safety related equipment is threatened. | ||
.---------------------------------------- | |||
--------. RHR "A" & "c" Pump Area -6 ft TS-1040-168 is currently required because the integrity of the secondary containment is threatened. is currently required because the continued operability of safety related equipment will be required if the water level in the HPCI compartment rises to 8 inches because the integrity of the secondary containment is threatened. will be required if HPCI Piping Area-23 ft Elevation (8 RHR Valve Room) exceeds 309 degrees F because the continued operability of safety related equipment is threatened. | C. will be required if the water level in the HPCI compartment rises to 8 inches because the integrity of the secondary containment is threatened. | ||
Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | D. will be required if HPCI Piping Area-23 ft Elevation (8 RHR Valve Room) exceeds 309 degrees F because the continued operability of safety related equipment is threatened. | ||
Emergency depressurization (ED) is not currently required. | Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional): | ||
Plausible in that both temperatures are above their Max Safe Operating Values but they are within the same area. ED is performed if Max Safe values are exceeded in 2 different areas. Incorrect: | A. Incorrect: Emergency depressurization (ED) is not currently required. Plausible in that both temperatures are above their Max Safe Operating Values but they are within the same area. ED is performed if Max Safe values are exceeded in 2 different areas. | ||
Emergency depressurization (ED) is not currently required. | B. Incorrect: Emergency depressurization (ED) is not currently required. Plausible in that both temperatures are above their Max Safe Operating Values but they are within the same area. ED is performed if Max Safe values are exceeded in 2 different areas. | ||
Plausible in that both temperatures are above their Max Safe Operating Values but they are within the same area. ED is performed if Max Safe values are exceeded in 2 different areas. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: ED is required when the same parameter exceeds the Max Safe Values in 2 or more areas. Plausible in that the 8 inches of water is above the Max Safe value but a different parameter. | ||
ED is required when the same parameter exceeds the Max Safe Values in 2 or more areas. Plausible in that the 8 inches of water is above the Max Safe value but a different parameter. Correct: When the B RHR valve room temperature exceeds 309 degrees, Max Safe Values are now exceeded in two different areas and ED is required. | D. Correct: When the B RHR valve room temperature exceeds 309 degrees, Max Safe Values are now exceeded in two different areas and ED is required. The ED is required to maintain secondary containment integrity but also because the operability of safety related equipment is threatened. | ||
The ED is required to maintain secondary containment integrity but also because the operability of safety related equipment is threatened. | Technical Reference(s): EOP-04, Secondary Containment (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
Technical EOP-04, Secondary Containment (Attach if not previously provided) | Control. | ||
Control. BWR OG EPGs Appendix B page B-8-14. Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | BWR OG EPGs Appendix B page B-8-14. | ||
None Learning (As available) | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Western Tech Bank 2104 Modified Bank # New Question Last NRC Exam: Pilgrim 2002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1,5 Comments: | Question Source: Bank # Western Tech Bank 2104 Modified Bank # | ||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Pilgrim 2002 | |||
/ Plan: Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies. (High CTMT Hydrogen Conc) Proposed Question: | |||
SRO Question # 84 Given the following: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1,5 Comments: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 | |||
---- | |||
KIA # 500000 2.4.6 Importance Rating 4.7 Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies. (High CTMT Hydrogen Conc) | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 84 Given the following: | |||
* A large LOCA inside the drywell occurs. EOP-01 and EOP-03 are entered | * A large LOCA inside the drywell occurs. EOP-01 and EOP-03 are entered | ||
* The Hydrogen and Oxygen analyzers are placed in service. | * The Hydrogen and Oxygen analyzers are placed in service. | ||
* One hour later, an increase in hydrogen concentration is detected on both analyzers. | * One hour later, an increase in hydrogen concentration is detected on both analyzers. | ||
At what point are EOP-01 and EOP-03 exited and Primary Containment Flooding commenced? | At what point are EOP-01 and EOP-03 exited and Primary Containment Flooding commenced? | ||
Not until Hydrogen concentration cannot be maintained below .......... 1 %, regardless of Oxygen concentration 4%, regardless of Oxygen concentration 6%, regardless of Oxygen concentration 6%, AND Oxygen concentration exceeds 5% Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Not until Hydrogen concentration cannot be maintained below .......... | ||
EOP-03 specifies that the EOPs and Containment Flooding (SAGs) be entered when [H2] exceeds 4%. Plausible in that this is the value where containment venting is commenced. Correct: When [H2] is above 4%, step G-5 requires that Primary Containment Flooding be executed. | A. 1%, regardless of Oxygen concentration B. 4%, regardless of Oxygen concentration C. 6%, regardless of Oxygen concentration D. 6%, AND Oxygen concentration exceeds 5% | ||
EOP-03 override C-1 directs that EOP-03 be exited and SAGs entered when Primary Containment Flooding is required. | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
EOP-01 override R-1 directs that EOP-01 be exited and SAGs entered when Primary Containment Flooding is required. | A. Incorrect: EOP-03 specifies that the EOPs and Containment Flooding (SAGs) be entered when [H2] exceeds 4%. Plausible in that this is the value where containment venting is commenced. | ||
Incorrect: | B. Correct: When [H2] is above 4%, step G-5 requires that Primary Containment Flooding be executed. EOP-03 override C-1 directs that EOP-03 be exited and SAGs entered when Primary Containment Flooding is required. EOP-01 override R-1 directs that EOP-01 be exited and SAGs entered when Primary Containment Flooding is required. | ||
EOP-03 specifies that the EOPs and Containment Flooding (SAGs) be entered when [H2] exceeds 4%. Plausible in that the is the [H2] associated with a deflagration. Incorrect: | |||
SAGS are entered when [H2] exceeds 4%. Plausible in that these are the deflagration limits. Technical Reference(s): | C. Incorrect: EOP-03 specifies that the EOPs and Containment Flooding (SAGs) be entered when [H2] exceeds 4%. Plausible in that the is the [H2] associated with a deflagration. | ||
EOP-03, Primary Containment (Attach if not previously provided) | D. Incorrect: SAGS are entered when [H2] exceeds 4%. Plausible in that these are the deflagration limits. | ||
Control Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Technical Reference(s): EOP-03, Primary Containment (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Control Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 55.43 1,5 Comments: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 2 KIA 295015 2.4.18 Importance Rating Proposed Question: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
SRO Question # 85 Emergency Procedures | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
/ Plan: Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs. (Incomplete SCRAM) Given the following: The reactor had been operating at 100% power for an extended period when a rising drywell pressure resulted in an automatic scram; Several control rods failed to insert; EOP-02, Failure to Scram has been entered and the RO is inserting rods manually; Reactor Power is on range 2 of the IRMs and lowering; RPV Level is being maintained | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1,5 Comments: | ||
+12 inches to +45 inches utilizing the feed system. No boron has been injected; An RPV cooldown has commenced utilizing turbine bypass valves. With these conditions, the reactor operator reports that power has now risen to range 6 of the IRMs and is continuing to slowly rise. Which one of the following is required and the bases for that action? Terminate injection lAW PNPS 5.3.35.1 ATTACHMENT 35 -STOP AND PREVENT INJECTION CHECKLIST and lower level to below -25 inches in order to decrease the amount of inlet subcooling and thereby reduce power. Stop reducing pressure and stabilize pressure below 1060 psig lAW EOP-02 Step P-5 to allow the negative temperature coefficient and the reactor operator to insert additional rods to shutdown the reactor. Stop reducing pressure and inject Boron lAW PNPS 5.3.35.1 ATTACHMENT 44 INITIATION OF STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL. Once boron injection has commenced continue reducing pressure because the boron injection can overcome any positive reactivity addition by the cooldown. Terminate injection lAW PNPS 5.3.35., 1 ATTACHMENT 35 -STOP AND PREVENT INJECTION CHECKLIST and lower level as required until power lowers to range 6 of the IRMs in order to reduce the amount of natural circulation in the core. Do not intentionally lower level below -125". | |||
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295015 2.4.18 Importance Rating Proposed Question: SRO Question # 85 Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs. (Incomplete SCRAM) | ||
Injection is not terminated and prevented and level lowered to <-25" unless power is above 3%. Correct: Per EOP-02, step P-7, the direction is to stabilize pressure below 1060 psig when the reactor is not shutdown. | Given the following: | ||
PNPS 5.3.35 defines reactor shutdown as being on IRM range 7 or lower and power continuing to lower. Stopping the pressure reduction adds negative reactivity be allowing the reactor to re-pressurize and the operator time to insert more control rods. Incorrect: | * The reactor had been operating at 100% power for an extended period when a rising drywell pressure resulted in an automatic scram; | ||
Once the decision is made to inject boron, further intentional cool down is not allowed until the cold shutdown boron weight has been injected. Incorrect: | * Several control rods failed to insert; | ||
Injection is not terminated and prevented and level lowered to control power unless power is above 3% and torus temperature is above the BITT. Technical Reference(s): | * EOP-02, Failure to Scram has been entered and the RO is inserting rods manually; | ||
EOP-02 step | * Reactor Power is on range 2 of the IRMs and lowering; | ||
PNPS 5.3.35, page 13 IG O-RO-03-04-04, page 53 and 54 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during eX;3mination: | * RPV Level is being maintained +12 inches to +45 inches utilizing the feed system. | ||
None Learning (As available) | * No boron has been injected; | ||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | * An RPV cooldown has commenced utilizing turbine bypass valves. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA # 223002 A2.08 | With these conditions, the reactor operator reports that power has now risen to range 6 of the IRMs and is continuing to slowly rise. | ||
Surveillance testing Question Justification: | Which one of the following is required and the bases for that action? | ||
In order to answer this question, candidates must integrate system knowledge with their analysis of the conditions provided and then determine that two separate and different action statements apply. Specifically, the candidate must: 1) determine that two of the three instrument trip settings do not meet tech spec requirements; | A. Terminate injection lAW PNPS 5.3.35.1 ATTACHMENT 35 - STOP AND PREVENT INJECTION CHECKLIST and lower level to below -25 inches in order to decrease the amount of inlet subcooling and thereby reduce power. | ||
: 2) review the reference and determine that a minimum of two instruments is required per trip system; | B. Stop reducing pressure and stabilize pressure below 1060 psig lAW EOP-02 Step P-5 to allow the negative temperature coefficient and the reactor operator to insert additional rods to shutdown the reactor. | ||
SRO Question # 86 Given the following: The plant is at 100% power Surveillance procedure 8.M.1-32.1 ANALOG TRIP SYSTEM -TRIP CALIBRATION | C. Stop reducing pressure and inject Boron lAW PNPS 5.3.35.1 ATTACHMENT 44 INITIATION OF STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL. Once boron injection has commenced continue reducing pressure because the boron injection can overcome any positive reactivity addition by the cooldown. | ||
-CABINET C2228-A1has just been While reviewing the surveillance results the following As-Left Trip Settings are noted: o LlS-263- | D. Terminate injection lAW PNPS 5.3.35., 1 ATTACHMENT 35 - STOP AND PREVENT INJECTION CHECKLIST and lower level as required until power lowers to range 6 of the IRMs in order to reduce the amount of natural circulation in the core. Do not intentionally lower level below -125". | ||
Inoperable | |||
A. RPV Water Level Trip the Low-Low and High RPV water level A-1 Low-Low, and channels within 1 hour Trip the Low RPV water Level A-1 channel within 12 hours B. RPV Water Level Trip the Low-Low RPV water level A-1 channel Low-Low within 1 hour Trip the Low RPV water Level Channel within 12 hours RPV Water Level High only Trip the High RPV water level A-1 channel within 1 hour RPV Water Level Low, and Trip the Low and Low-Low RPV water Level Low-Low only Channel within 12 hours Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
The RPV High Function is still operable as the Tech Spec requirement is that it be set :S 55.4 inches. Plausible in that if it were Inop the required action would be to trip the channel within 1 hour. Correct; The RPV Low level function is required to trip 11.6 inches. If not, then the required action is to trip the RPV low level channel within 12 hours. The RPV Low-Low level function is required to trip 46.4 inches. If not then the required action is to trip the RPV low level channel within 1 hour. Incorrect: | A. Incorrect: Injection is not terminated and prevented and level lowered to <-25" unless power is above 3%. | ||
The RPV High Function is still operable as the Tech Spec requirement is that it be set:S 55.4 inches. Plausible in that if it were Inop the required action would be to trip the channel within 1 hour. Additionally the Low and Low-Low functions are inoperable. Incorrect: | B. Correct: Per EOP-02, step P-7, the direction is to stabilize pressure below 1060 psig when the reactor is not shutdown. PNPS 5.3.35 defines reactor shutdown as being on IRM range 7 or lower and power continuing to lower. Stopping the pressure reduction adds negative reactivity be allowing the reactor to re-pressurize and the operator time to insert more control rods. | ||
Although both are inoperable the Low-Low channel must be tripped within 1 hour. Technical | C. Incorrect: Once the decision is made to inject boron, further intentional cool down is not allowed until the cold shutdown boron weight has been injected. | ||
TS Table 3.2.A and associated notes Learning (As available) | D. Incorrect: Injection is not terminated and prevented and level lowered to control power unless power is above 3% and torus temperature is above the BITT. | ||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 55.43 2 Comments: | Technical Reference(s): EOP-02 step P-7 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
PNPS 5.3.35, page 13 IG O-RO-03-04-04, page 53 and 54 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during eX;3mination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Upscale or downscale trips Proposed Question: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
SRO Question # 87 Given the following: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
* The plant is at | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 | |||
Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 223002 A2.08 Importance Rating 1 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM/NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SHUT-OFF; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Surveillance testing Question Justification: In order to answer this question, candidates must integrate system knowledge with their analysis of the conditions provided and then determine that two separate and different action statements apply. Specifically, the candidate must: | |||
: 1) determine that two of the three instrument trip settings do not meet tech spec requirements; | |||
: 2) review the reference and determine that a minimum of two instruments is required per trip system; | |||
: 3) recall the logic arrangement of the trip systems and determine that only two instruments are available and therefore the minimum number required by tech specs is not met (this information is not contained within the reference provided); | |||
: 4) review the table notes and based on their knowledge of logic arrangement, determine that tripping the trip systems will not cause isolations | |||
: 5) determine that one trip system must be tripped within one hour for one function but that an exception for the other function must be applied and that the other trip system must be tripped within 12 hours (vice the previous 1 hour). | |||
Based on the above, this question is not a "direct lookup". | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 86 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power | |||
* Surveillance procedure 8.M.1-32.1 ANALOG TRIP SYSTEM - TRIP UNIT CALIBRATION - CABINET C2228-A1has just been completed. | |||
* While reviewing the surveillance results the following As-Left Trip Settings are noted: | |||
o LlS-263-57A Reactor Water Level Low-Low, tripped at - 48 inches o LS-263-57A-1 Reactor Water Level Low, tripped at +10.5 inches o LS-263-57 A-2 Reactor Water Level High, tripped at + 54.2 inches Based on the above: | |||
(1) Which Channel A-1 PCIS function(s) is(are) inoperable And (2) The required action(s) is(are) to: | |||
Inoperable Function(s) Required Actiones): | |||
A. RPV Water Level Low, Trip the Low-Low and High RPV water level A-1 Low-Low, and High channels within 1 hour Trip the Low RPV water Level A-1 channel within 12 hours B. RPV Water Level Low, Trip the Low-Low RPV water level A-1 channel Low-Low only within 1 hour Trip the Low RPV water Level Channel within 12 hours C. RPV Water Level High only Trip the High RPV water level A-1 channel within 1 hour D. RPV Water Level Low, and Trip the Low and Low-Low RPV water Level Low-Low only Channel within 12 hours Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: The RPV High Function is still operable as the Tech Spec requirement is that it be set :S 55.4 inches. Plausible in that if it were Inop the required action would be to trip the channel within 1 hour. | |||
B. Correct; The RPV Low level function is required to trip ~ 11.6 inches. If not, then the required action is to trip the RPV low level channel within 12 hours. The RPV Low-Low level function is required to trip ~ 46.4 inches. If not then the required action is to trip the RPV low level channel within 1 hour. | |||
C. Incorrect: The RPV High Function is still operable as the Tech Spec requirement is that it be set:S 55.4 inches. Plausible in that if it were Inop the required action would be to trip the channel within 1 hour. Additionally the Low and Low-Low functions are inoperable. | |||
D. Incorrect: Although both are inoperable the Low-Low channel must be tripped within 1 hour. | |||
Technical Reference(s): 8.M.1-32.1, section 4.0 step [1] (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
(b), Plant Impact TS Table 3.2.A, Note 1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: TS Table 3.2.A and | |||
associated notes Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New x Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 215005 A2.02 Importance Rating | |||
------ | |||
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR/LOCAL POWER RANGE MONITOR SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Upscale or downscale trips Proposed Question: SRO Question # 87 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at 100% | |||
* APRM "A" has failed upscale and is bypassed | * APRM "A" has failed upscale and is bypassed | ||
* Several LPRM detectors that input into APRM channel "C" have been bypassed | * Several LPRM detectors that input into APRM channel "C" have been bypassed | ||
* The current status of APRM "C" LPRM inputs are as follows: 0 12-45-A OK 0 0 04-21-0 OK 0 28-13-C 0 28-45-C8ypassed 0 12-29-C 0 20-21-8 OK 0 44-13-A 0 04-37-8 OK 0 28-29-A 0 36-21-08ypassed 0 20-05-0 0 20-37-0 OK 0 44-29-C 0 12-13-A OK 0 With these initial conditions, LPRM 04-37-8 fails downscale. | * The current status of APRM "C" LPRM inputs are as follows: | ||
(1) Prior to any operator action, what will be the impact of the LPRM failure on APRM "C" (assume all LPRMs were reading the same at the time of the failure) ANO (2) Which of the below actions are required for this condition? (1 ) APRM "C'''s output will lower. Enter PNPS 2.4.38, LPRM Failure, bypass LPRM 04-37-8, verify / adjust AGAFs and continue operation without any additional restrictions. (1 ) APRM "C'''s output will remain the same. Enter PNPS 2.4.38, LPRM Failure, bypass LPRM 04-37-8, verify / adjust AGAFs and continue operation without any additional restrictions. | 0 12-45-A OK 0 36-37-88ypassed 0 04-21-0 OK 0 28-13-C OK 0 28-45-C8ypassed 0 12-29-C OK 0 20-21-8 OK 0 44-13-A OK 0 04-37-8 OK 0 28-29-A OK 0 36-21-08ypassed 0 20-05-0 OK 0 20-37-0 OK 0 44-29-C OK 0 12-13-A OK 0 36-05-88ypassed With these initial conditions, LPRM 04-37-8 fails downscale. | ||
(1 ) APRM "C"'s output will lower. Enter Tech Spec LCO 3.1.1. If APRM "A" or "G" is not restored within the next 12 hours, trip RPS "An or take other equivalent action authorized by Tech Specs. (1 ) APRM "C"'s output will remain the same. Enter Tech Spec LCO 3.1.1. If APRM "A" or "c" is not restored within the next 12 hours, trip RPS "A" or take other equivalent action authorized by Tech Specs. Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | (1) Prior to any operator action, what will be the impact of the LPRM failure on APRM "C" (assume all LPRMs were reading the same at the time of the failure) | ||
Per TS Table 3.1.1, note 13, an APRM is considered operable if it has two LPRMs per level. That is no longer the case in that there is only one remaining "B" level detector. | ANO (2) Which of the below actions are required for this condition? | ||
Plausible in that if this is not recognized, PNPS 2.4.38, would have you bypass the LPRM and verify AGAFs since there are still more than 10 LPRMs available | A. (1 ) APRM "C'''s output will lower. | ||
<< | (2) Enter PNPS 2.4.38, LPRM Failure, bypass LPRM 04-37-8, verify / adjust AGAFs and continue operation without any additional restrictions. | ||
The APRM output will lower. Plausible in that unlike the RBM, the APRM does not use downscale trip units which would automatically remove the LPRM from the averaging circuit. Correct: With the additional failure there are too few LPRM inputs for level B (minimum is 2 and only 1 is available) and APRM "c" is inop. With two APRMs INOP associated with RPS "A", Tech Spec Table 3.1.1 condition "a" specifies that RPS "An must be tripped within 12 hours or actions A or B initiated Incorrect: | B. (1 ) APRM "C'''s output will remain the same. | ||
The APRM output will lower. Plausible in that unlike the RBM, the APRM does not use downscale trip units which would automatically remove the LPRM from the averaging circuit. Technical TS Table 3.1.1 and associated (Attach if not previously provided) note 13. Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | (2) Enter PNPS 2.4.38, LPRM Failure, bypass LPRM 04-37-8, verify / adjust AGAFs and continue operation without any additional restrictions. | ||
None Learning (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # | C. (1 ) APRM "C"'s output will lower. | ||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2,5 Comments: | (2) Enter Tech Spec LCO 3.1.1. If APRM "A" or "G" is not restored within the next 12 hours, trip RPS "An or take other equivalent action authorized by Tech Specs. | ||
D. (1 ) APRM "C"'s output will remain the same. | |||
Injection Mode) Question Justification: | (2) Enter Tech Spec LCO 3.1.1. If APRM "A" or "c" is not restored within the next 12 hours, trip RPS "A" or take other equivalent action authorized by Tech Specs. | ||
In order to answer this question, candidates must apply previous PNPS system Operating Experience (LER) to the condition presented. | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
This information is not documented in the PNPS Tech Specs or its associated bases but captured in plant procedures that are not provided as references to the candidates. | A. Incorrect: Per TS Table 3.1.1, note 13, an APRM is considered operable if it has two LPRMs per level. That is no longer the case in that there is only one remaining "B" level detector. Plausible in that if this is not recognized, PNPS 2.4.38, would have you bypass the LPRM and verify AGAFs since there are still more than 10 LPRMs available | ||
Integrating their knowledge of the operating experience, candidates must recognize that the LPCI function is inoperable and then apply this condition to the existing HPCI LCO. Other distracters are based on a common misunderstanding that the operating experience requires that a Suppression Pool Cooling subsystem of RHR is to be declared inoperable since that is the existing RHR lineup. Therefore this question is not a "direct lookup". Proposed Question: | << 10 will generate an INOP trip) | ||
SRO Question # 88 Given the following: The plant is at 100% power HPCI has been declared inoperable and is on day 2 of a 14 day LCO RHR Loop "A" is placed into torus cooling to support post work testing of the HPCI system (1) The SRO is required to (2) The most limiting LCO is: Required Most Limiting LCO LPClinop 7 Day LCO LPClinop 24hr Cold SID LCO "A" Suppression Pool Cooling 7 Day Subsystem "An Suppression Pool Cooling 24hr Cold SID Subsystem Proposed Answer: B. Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | B. Incorrect: The APRM output will lower. Plausible in that unlike the RBM, the APRM does not use downscale trip units which would automatically remove the LPRM from the averaging circuit. | ||
LPCI is required to be declared INOP. With HPCI already inoperable TS 3.5.C.3 requires that a 24 hour cold SID LCO be entered. Correct: Whenever the LPCI System is in the Torus Cooling mode of operation LPCI is to be declared inop <<Tech Spec 3.5.A). This is based on a postulated accident scenario that involves a LOOP-LOCA while in Torus Cooling and a single failure of an EDG. With the loss of the EDG, the Torus Cooling valves will lose power and remain open, diverting flow to the Torus during the subsequent LPCI injection with the remaining two LPCI pumps. With HPCI already inoperable TS 3.5.C.3 requires that a 24 hour cold SID LCO be entered. Incorrect: | C. Correct: With the additional failure there are too few LPRM inputs for level B (minimum is 2 and only 1 is available) and APRM "c" is inop. With two APRMs INOP associated with RPS "A", Tech Spec Table 3.1.1 condition "a" specifies that RPS "An must be tripped within 12 hours or actions A or B initiated D. Incorrect: The APRM output will lower. Plausible in that unlike the RBM, the APRM does not use downscale trip units which would automatically remove the LPRM from the averaging circuit. | ||
LPCI is required to be declared Inop Incorrect: | Technical Reference(s): TS Table 3.1.1 and associated (Attach if not previously provided) note 13. | ||
LPCI is required to be declared Inop Technical Reference(s): | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
TS (Attach if not previously provided) | Question Source: Bank # | ||
PNPS 2.2.19, RHR, page 15 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Modified Bank # | ||
TS 3.5.C Learning (As available) | |||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2 Comments: | New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 262002 2.1 .20 4.6 | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2,5 Comments: | ||
Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. [UPS (AC/DC)] Proposed Question: | |||
SRO Question # 89 Given the following: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 | ||
---- | |||
KIA # 203000 2.2.42 Importance Rating Equipment Control: Ability to recognize system parameters that are entry-level conditions Technical Specifications. (RHRlLPCI: Injection Mode) | |||
Question Justification: In order to answer this question, candidates must apply previous PNPS system Operating Experience (LER) to the condition presented. This information is not documented in the PNPS Tech Specs or its associated bases but captured in plant procedures that are not provided as references to the candidates. Integrating their knowledge of the operating experience, candidates must recognize that the LPCI function is inoperable and then apply this condition to the existing HPCI LCO. Other distracters are based on a common misunderstanding that the operating experience requires that a Suppression Pool Cooling subsystem of RHR is to be declared inoperable since that is the existing RHR lineup. | |||
Therefore this question is not a "direct lookup". | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 88 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at 100% power | |||
* HPCI has been declared inoperable and is on day 2 of a 14 day LCO | |||
* RHR Loop "A" is placed into torus cooling to support post work testing of the HPCI system (1) The SRO is required to declare: | |||
AND (2) The most limiting LCO is: | |||
Required Declaration Most Limiting LCO A. LPClinop 7 Day LCO B. LPClinop 24hr Cold SID LCO C. "A" Suppression Pool Cooling 7 Day LCO Subsystem Inop D. "An Suppression Pool Cooling 24hr Cold SID LCO Subsystem Inop | |||
Proposed Answer: B. | |||
Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Incorrect: LPCI is required to be declared INOP. With HPCI already inoperable TS 3.5.C.3 requires that a 24 hour cold SID LCO be entered. | |||
B. Correct: Whenever the LPCI System is in the Torus Cooling mode of operation LPCI is to be declared inop <<Tech Spec 3.5.A). This is based on a postulated accident scenario that involves a LOOP-LOCA while in Torus Cooling and a single failure of an EDG. With the loss of the EDG, the Torus Cooling valves will lose power and remain open, diverting flow to the Torus during the subsequent LPCI injection with the remaining two LPCI pumps. With HPCI already inoperable TS 3.5.C.3 requires that a 24 hour cold SID LCO be entered. | |||
C. Incorrect: LPCI is required to be declared Inop D. Incorrect: LPCI is required to be declared Inop Technical Reference(s): TS 3.5.C.3 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
PNPS 2.2.19, RHR, page 15 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: TS 3.5.C Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2 | |||
Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 262002 2.1 .20 Importance Rating 4.6 Conduct of Operations: Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. [UPS (AC/DC)] | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 89 Given the following: | |||
* Power has been reduced to 40% with a plant shutdown in progress | * Power has been reduced to 40% with a plant shutdown in progress | ||
* A momentary loss of 120VAC Vital Bus Y -2 occurs when the Vital MG set trips | * A momentary loss of 120VAC Vital Bus Y-2 occurs when the Vital MG set trips | ||
* Y -2 is now re-energized | * Y -2 is now re-energized | ||
* RPV level is 32 inches and slowly rising Based on these conditions the CRS is required to enter: PNPS 5.3.6, LOSS OF VITAL AC (Y2) and direct resetting the Feed Reg Valves lockups, the Recirc runback, and scoop tube locks. PNPS 5.3.6, LOSS OF VITAL AC (Y2) and direct resetting the Recirc runback and scoop tube locks. Direct Recirc pump speed be increased to stabilize level until the Feed Reg Valves are locked in the condenser compartment. Enter PNPS 2.4.49, FEEDWATER MALFUNCTIONS and direct that the Feed Reg Valves be locked in the Condenser Compartment. Enter PNPS 2.4.36, DECREASING CONDENSER VACUUM and direct re-opening AO-3751, Off Gas Isolation Valve. Enter PNPS 2.4.49, FEEDWATER MALFUNCTIONS and direct that the Feed Reg Valves be locked in the Condenser Compartment. | * RPV level is 32 inches and slowly rising Based on these conditions the CRS is required to enter: | ||
Enter PNPS 2.4.20, REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM SPEED OR FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION and direct resetting the scoop tube locks. Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct: PNPS 5.3.6, LOSS OF VITAL AC (Y2) provides direction on how to stabilize the plant after a momentary loss of Y -2. Resetting the FRV lockups will stabilize level. Resetting the run backs and then the scoop tube locks will restore speed control. | A. PNPS 5.3.6, LOSS OF VITAL AC (Y2) and direct resetting the Feed Reg Valves lockups, the Recirc runback, and scoop tube locks. | ||
Incorrect: | B. PNPS 5.3.6, LOSS OF VITAL AC (Y2) and direct resetting the Recirc runback and scoop tube locks. Direct Recirc pump speed be increased to stabilize level until the Feed Reg Valves are locked in the condenser compartment. | ||
RPV level is stabilized by resetting the FRV lockups. Plausible in that raising reactor power would help stabilize the level rise. Incorrect: | C. Enter PNPS 2.4.49, FEEDWATER MALFUNCTIONS and direct that the Feed Reg Valves be locked in the Condenser Compartment. Enter PNPS 2.4.36, DECREASING CONDENSER VACUUM and direct re-opening AO-3751, Off Gas Isolation Valve. | ||
The Feed Reg Valves can be reset on C905 following a momentary loss of 2. Plausible in that PNPS 2.4.49, Feedwater Malfunctions, directs that if the FRVs are locked and the valves are drifting open or closed, that the valves should be locked in the condenser compartment. | D. Enter PNPS 2.4.49, FEEDWATER MALFUNCTIONS and direct that the Feed Reg Valves be locked in the Condenser Compartment. Enter PNPS 2.4.20, REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM SPEED OR FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION and direct resetting the scoop tube locks. | ||
Procedure 2.4.36 is plausible in that the off-gas isolation valve did go close during the Y -2 loss and would have re-opened once power was restored. Incorrect: | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
PNPS 2.4.49 is plausible for the reason discussed above. PNPS 2.4.20 is also plausible in that the Recirc pumps locked up following the loss of Y -2. Technical Reference(s): | A. Correct: PNPS 5.3.6, LOSS OF VITAL AC (Y2) provides direction on how to stabilize the plant after a momentary loss of Y-2. Resetting the FRV lockups will stabilize level. | ||
PNPS 5.3.6, Attachment 1 (Attach if not previously provided) | Resetting the run backs and then the scoop tube locks will restore speed control. | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | B. Incorrect: RPV level is stabilized by resetting the FRV lockups. Plausible in that raising reactor power would help stabilize the level rise. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last !'JRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | C. Incorrect: The Feed Reg Valves can be reset on C905 following a momentary loss of Y | ||
Q pe-l-NfCC fe.sc,{".rron. | : 2. Plausible in that PNPS 2.4.49, Feedwater Malfunctions, directs that if the FRVs are locked and the valves are drifting open or closed, that the valves should be locked in the condenser compartment. Procedure 2.4.36 is plausible in that the off-gas isolation valve did go close during the Y-2 loss and would have re-opened once power was restored. | ||
of v l fi mination Outline Cross-reference: | D. Incorrect: PNPS 2.4.49 is plausible for the reason discussed above. PNPS 2.4.20 is also plausible in that the Recirc pumps locked up following the loss of Y-2. | ||
he Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) a NPS is a subset of the overall PNPS process omputer also known as EPIC. Whereas all erators utilize the general process computer f ctions to monitor plant status, the SPD unction is the purview of the SRO. This is stated e licitly in PI\IPS 2.6.1 EMERGENCY 0 PLANT INFORMATION COMPUTER ( IC) SYSTEM DISPLAY, on pag 6, when it states that "The Shift Control Room Engineer (S E) is designated as the prim SPDS user". The procedure goes on to state that th rimary location for the S S displays is to be on one of the Control Room Supervisor (CRS) omputer displays. | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 5.3.6, Attachment 1 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
B the SCRE and CRS positions are only filled by SROs at PNPS. ed by all operators are similar to those within the SPDS there are significant, addi' nal SP features that are not used within the process computing functions. | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
For example, PIC isplays alarms and instrument readings using three general colors -green (normal), y I (approaching an alarm setting), and red (exceeding an alarm setting). | Question Source: Bank # | ||
SPDS uses the ame colors plus, white, cyan, dark blue, and magenta. Additionally for some common co rs s ch as yellow, the color means different things depending on the particular SPDS . play. r example, unlike EPIC in general, the displays for critical plant parameters utili inputs fro multiple instruments and go through extensive validation. | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
If the validation orithms deter ine that there are insufficient inputs or the inputs are suspect, the SPDS w s the SRO that t display has not been validated and its value is suspect by outlining the alue in yellow. A ye w display on EPIC means that the value is approaching an alarm se oint. In summary, if the RO candidates based their response to this question on th r knowledge of EPIC color nventions they would arrive at an incorrect response. | New X Question History: Last !'JRC Exam: | ||
Proposed Question: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | ||
o Question # 90 React level is +30" on the feedwater range level indication and s ady. On t SPDS Critical Plant Variables Display, the digital readout for PV LE L" is displayed in YELLOW numbers reading +32" and surround by a b OS display means that the SPDS calculated RPV water level ...... . | |||
has exceeded the allowable difference between the calculated value and the output of the feedwater level control instruments. has reached the high level alarm setpoint. has insufficient data to validate the calculation is using at least one bad data input in its calculation. | Q ~tekcl pe-l- NfCC fe.sc,{".rron. of +~l~ CO(l\#ill~nf v l fi s.~ | ||
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): Incorrect: | mination Outline Cross-reference: Level J {JO!ll RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 259002 Importance Rating Ability to use plant omputers to evaluate system or component status. (Reacto Control System) | ||
The SPDS value for level is calculated via inputs from several instruments. | SRO Level Justification: he Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) a NPS is a subset of the overall PNPS process omputer also known as EPIC. Whereas all erators utilize the general process computer f ctions to monitor plant status, the SPD unction is the purview of the SRO. This is stated e licitly in PI\IPS 2.6.1 EMERGENCY 0 PLANT INFORMATION COMPUTER ( IC) SYSTEM DISPLAY, on pag 6, when it states that "The Shift Control Room Engineer (S E) is designated as the prim SPDS user". The procedure goes on to state that th rimary location for the S S displays is to be on one of the Control Room Supervisor (CRS) omputer displays. B the SCRE and CRS positions are only filled by SROs at PNPS. | ||
Instruments are compared to one another to determine whether any single instrument has failed but not to the calculated SPDS value. Incorrect: | ed by all operators are similar to those within the SPDS there are significant, addi' nal SP features that are not used within the process computing functions. For example, PIC isplays alarms and instrument readings using three general colors - green (normal), y I (approaching an alarm setting), and red (exceeding an alarm setting). SPDS uses the ame colors plus, white, cyan, dark blue, and magenta. Additionally for some common co rs s ch as yellow, the color means different things depending on the particular SPDS . play. r example, unlike EPIC in general, the displays for critical plant parameters utili inputs fro multiple instruments and go through extensive validation. If the validation orithms deter ine that there are insufficient inputs or the inputs are suspect, the SPDS w s the SRO that t display has not been validated and its value is suspect by outlining the alue in yellow. A ye w display on EPIC means that the value is approaching an alarm se oint. In summary, if the RO candidates based their response to this question on th r knowledge of EPIC color nventions they would arrive at an incorrect response. | ||
The yellow border means that the calculation has not been validated. | Proposed Question: o Question # 90 | ||
Plausible, in that Operational Limit tags will change to yellow when they are approaching an alarm limit. +32 inches is the alarm setting for the feedwater level control system high level alarm. Correct: The yellow border means that the value has not been satisfied. | * React level is +30" on the feedwater range level indication and s ady. | ||
Plausible in that some displays such as SPDS Alarms and parameters plotted on graphs will turn yellow if the measured value is approaching a limit. Incorrect: | * On t SPDS Critical Plant Variables Display, the digital readout for PV "ACTUAL LE L" is displayed in YELLOW numbers reading +32" and surround by a YELLOW b rder. | ||
Bad data would result in a magenta display. Technical PNPS 2.6.1 EMERGENCY AND PLANT INFORMATION COMPUTER (EPIC) SYSTEM (Attach if not previously provided) | OS display means that the SPDS calculated RPV water level ...... . | ||
DISPLAYS, page 27. Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | |||
None Learning (As available) | A. has exceeded the allowable difference between the calculated value and the output of the feedwater level control instruments. | ||
Question Source: Bank # TADS 5723 Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | B. has reached the high level alarm setpoint. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 2 ..-.. KIA # 214000 A2.02 3.7 | C. has insufficient data to validate the calculation D. is using at least one bad data input in its calculation. | ||
Reactor SCRAM Proposed Question: | Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional): | ||
SRO Question # 91 Given the following: | A. Incorrect: The SPDS value for level is calculated via inputs from several instruments. | ||
Instruments are compared to one another to determine whether any single instrument has failed but not to the calculated SPDS value. | |||
B. Incorrect: The yellow border means that the calculation has not been validated. | |||
Plausible, in that Operational Limit tags will change to yellow when they are approaching an alarm limit. +32 inches is the alarm setting for the feedwater level control system high level alarm. | |||
C. Correct: The yellow border means that the value has not been satisfied. Plausible in that some displays such as SPDS Alarms and parameters plotted on graphs will turn yellow if the measured value is approaching a limit. | |||
D. Incorrect: Bad data would result in a magenta display. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.6.1 EMERGENCY AND PLANT INFORMATION COMPUTER (EPIC) SYSTEM (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
DISPLAYS, page 27. | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # TADS 5723 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New | |||
Question History: Last NRC Exam: | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 | |||
~ .. - .. - | |||
KIA # 214000 A2.02 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the ROD POSITION INFORMATION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Reactor SCRAM Proposed Question: SRO Question # 91 Given the following: | |||
* The reactor scrammed 2 minutes ago due to low RPV water level. | * The reactor scrammed 2 minutes ago due to low RPV water level. | ||
* RPV water level is currently | * RPV water level is currently +5 inches and slowly recovering | ||
+5 inches and slowly recovering | |||
* All but six control rods can be verified as having fully inserted. | * All but six control rods can be verified as having fully inserted. | ||
* The RO reports the following indications for the six rods: o Neither the Full In or Full Out lights are illuminated on the full core display. o The four rod display for these rods indicate "black-black" o EPIC and SPDS Rod Position Displays indicate magenta *** for these six rods o | * The RO reports the following indications for the six rods: | ||
Rema.in in EOP-01 and direct normal scram recovery actions. Reactor shutdown status cannot be determined. | o Neither the Full In or Full Out lights are illuminated on the full core display. | ||
Exit EOP-01 and Enter EOP-02 and attempt to insert the control rods. CALLRODS has determined that the rods did NOT insert. Exit EOP-01 and Enter 02 and attempt to insert the control rods. CALLRODS has been triggered but has not yet confirmed rod insertion. | o The four rod display for these rods indicate "black-black" o EPIC and SPDS Rod Position Displays indicate magenta *** for these six rods o CALLRODS indicates "YES" Which one of the following is correct? | ||
Remain in EOP-01 for an additional minute before making a determination of rod position. | A. Reactor shutdown status has been confirmed. Rema.in in EOP-01 and direct normal scram recovery actions. | ||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | B. Reactor shutdown status cannot be determined. Exit EOP-01 and Enter EOP-02 and attempt to insert the control rods. | ||
Correct: These are the RPIS indications for rods that have gone beyond full-in following the scram. The CALL RODS program detected that the six rods have passed through the 04 position (Max Subcritical Bank Withdrawn Position) as indicated by the word "YES". All rods have been inserted beyond the Max Subcritical Bank Withdrawn Position and stabilization efforts are governed by EOP-01 Incorrect: | C. CALLRODS has determined that the rods did NOT insert. Exit EOP-01 and Enter EOP 02 and attempt to insert the control rods. | ||
These are the RPIS indications for rods that have gone beyond full-in following the scram. The CALL RODS program detected that the six rods have passed through the 04 position (Max Subcritical Bank Withdrawn Position) as indicated by the word ''YES''. Plausible in that if the rod position could not be confirmed, this would be the required action. Incorrect: | D. CALLRODS has been triggered but has not yet confirmed rod insertion. Remain in EOP-01 for an additional minute before making a determination of rod position. | ||
The six rods did insert. Plausible if the candidate does not understand the meaning of CALLRODS indications. Incorrect: | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
Call rods has determined that the rods have inserted as described above. Plausible in that Scram procedure 2.1.6 discusses that it may take up to three minutes for the CALL RODS program to determine control rod status. Technical Reference(s): | |||
Scram Procedure 2.1.6, (Attach if not previously provided) | A. Correct: These are the RPIS indications for rods that have gone beyond full-in following the scram. The CALL RODS program detected that the six rods have passed through the 04 position (Max Subcritical Bank Withdrawn Position) as indicated by the word "YES". All rods have been inserted beyond the Max Subcritical Bank Withdrawn Position and stabilization efforts are governed by EOP-01 B. Incorrect: These are the RPIS indications for rods that have gone beyond full-in following the scram. The CALL RODS program detected that the six rods have passed through the 04 position (Max Subcritical Bank Withdrawn Position) as indicated by the word ''YES''. Plausible in that if the rod position could not be confirmed, this would be the required action. | ||
Discussion Section, page 4 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | C. Incorrect: The six rods did insert. Plausible if the candidate does not understand the meaning of CALLRODS indications. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | D. Incorrect: Call rods has determined that the rods have inserted as described above. | ||
Question Source: Bank # x Modified Bank # New Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | Plausible in that Scram procedure 2.1.6 discusses that it may take up to three minutes for the CALL RODS program to determine control rod status. | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group # 2 KIA # 233000 2.4.9 Importance Rating Emergency Procedures | Technical Reference(s): Scram Procedure 2.1.6, (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
/ Plan: Knowledge of low power / shutdown implications in accident (e.g., loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies. (Fuel Pool Cooling/Cleanup) | Discussion Section, page 4 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
Proposed Question: | Question Source: Bank # x Modified Bank # | ||
SRO Question # 92 Given the following: An RFO is in progress; refueling is complete The fuel pool is isolated from the reactor basin and reactor basin draindown The 'B' Fuel Pool Cooling heat exchanger has developed a major tube leak and is isolated. Fuel Pool Cooling temperature is 115 degrees F and rising In accordance with PNPS 2.2.85, FUEL POOL COOLING AND FILTERING SYSTEM, the fuel pool temperature limit will be exceeded when pool temperature reaches and exceeds | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
A. Incorrect: | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | ||
140 is the temperature limit for the fuel pool cooling demineralizer. | |||
B. Incorrect: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 233000 2.4.9 Importance Rating Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of low power / shutdown implications in accident (e.g., loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies. (Fuel Pool Cooling/Cleanup) | ||
140 is the temperature limit for the fuel pool cooling demineralizer. | Proposed Question: SRO Question # 92 Given the following: | ||
Incorrect: | * An RFO is in progress; refueling is complete | ||
Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling with Shutdown Cooling Mode 1 can be utilized when the RHR System is performing Shutdown Cooling, the Reactor basin is flooded, and the fuel pool gate is removed. Correct: The deSign limit is 125 degrees F. With the fuel pool gate installed, Augmented Fuel Pool Without Shutdown Cooling is the only lineup to provide additional cooling. Technical 2.2.85.2, Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling Mode 2 pages 6 and 7 (Attach if not previously provided) | * The fuel pool is isolated from the reactor basin and reactor basin draindown has commenced. | ||
PNPS 2.2.85, FUEL POOL COOLING AND FILTERING SYSTEM, page 10 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | * The 'B' Fuel Pool Cooling heat exchanger has developed a major tube leak and is isolated. | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | * Fuel Pool Cooling temperature is 115 degrees F and rising In accordance with PNPS 2.2.85, FUEL POOL COOLING AND FILTERING SYSTEM, the fuel pool temperature limit will be exceeded when pool temperature reaches and exceeds | ||
Question Bank # WTS Bank #2094 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 55.43 7 Comments: | _ _ (1) _ _. To control Fuel Pool water temperature, Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling _ _ | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO 2 Group 1 KIA 234000 A2.01 3.7 | (2) _ _ may be used. | ||
Interlock failure Proposed Question: | Temperature Limit Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling Mode A. 140 degrees F With Shutdown Cooling B. 140 degrees F Without Shutdown Cooling C. 125 degrees F With Shutdown Cooling D. 125 degrees F Without Shutdown Cooling Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional): | ||
SRO Question # 93 Given the following: The plant is in Refuel Mode with a core offload in progress Two cells were previously emptied and their control rod blades removed mechanisms Jumpers have been installed for these control rods to simulate a "Full In" indication in accordance with PNPS 2.2.87.4 JUMPER FOR CONTROL ROD "FULL IN" TO ALLOW MULTIPLE CONTROL ROD REMOVAL DURING AN RFO The bridge is currently over the core with the Fuel Grapple in the Normal Up Position. | A. Incorrect: 140 is the temperature limit for the fuel pool cooling demineralizer. | ||
With these initial conditions the following occurs: When the Fuel Grapple is lowered below the Normal Up pOSition, the operator notes that the bridge display does not indicate that a rod block has actuated. When questioned, the Control Room reports that the Rod Block Alarm has (1) What is the significance of these indications AND (2) What is the impact on continued refueling activities? | B. Incorrect: 140 is the temperature limit for the fuel pool cooling demineralizer. | ||
A. (1) The refueling interlocks are inoperable. | |||
C. Incorrect: Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling with Shutdown Cooling Mode 1 can be utilized when the RHR System is performing Shutdown Cooling, the Reactor basin is flooded, and the fuel pool gate is removed. | |||
D. Correct: The deSign limit is 125 degrees F. With the fuel pool gate installed, Augmented Fuel Pool Without Shutdown Cooling is the only lineup to provide additional cooling. | |||
Technical Reference(s): 2.2.85.2, Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling Mode 2 pages 6 and 7 (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
PNPS 2.2.85, FUEL POOL COOLING AND FILTERING SYSTEM, page 10 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # WTS Bank #2094 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KIA # 234000 A2.01 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the FUEL HANDLING EQUIPMENT; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Interlock failure Proposed Question: SRO Question # 93 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is in Refuel Mode with a core offload in progress | |||
* Two cells were previously emptied and their control rod blades removed and mechanisms withdrawn | |||
* Jumpers have been installed for these control rods to simulate a "Full In" indication in accordance with PNPS 2.2.87.4 JUMPER FOR CONTROL ROD "FULL IN" TO ALLOW MULTIPLE CONTROL ROD REMOVAL DURING AN RFO | |||
* The bridge is currently over the core with the Fuel Grapple in the Normal Up Position. | |||
With these initial conditions the following occurs: | |||
* When the Fuel Grapple is lowered below the Normal Up pOSition, the operator notes that the bridge display does not indicate that a rod block has actuated. | |||
* When questioned, the Control Room reports that the Rod Block Alarm has not annunciated. | |||
(1) What is the significance of these indications AND (2) What is the impact on continued refueling activities? | |||
A. (1) The refueling interlocks are inoperable. | |||
(2) Fuel offloading activities must be suspended immediately. | (2) Fuel offloading activities must be suspended immediately. | ||
B. (1) The refueling interlocks are inoperable. | B. (1) The refueling interlocks are inoperable. | ||
(2) Fuel offloading activities can continue for an additional hour while a control rod block is inserted. | (2) Fuel offloading activities can continue for an additional hour while a control rod block is inserted. If the control rod block is not inserted within the hour, fuel offloading activities must be suspended immediately. | ||
If the control rod block is not inserted within the hour, fuel offloading activities must be suspended immediately. (1) The refueling interlocks remain operable provided the interlock light illuminates when the Grapple is loaded. | C. (1) The refueling interlocks remain operable provided the interlock light illuminates when the Grapple is loaded. | ||
(2) Fuel offloading activities can continue provided that the most recent PNPS 8.10.1 , REFUELING PLATFORM INTERLOCKS FUNCTIONAL TEST, is reviewed and the Grapple Loaded Rod Block was demonstrated operable. (1) The refueling interlocks remain operable. | |||
The light will not illuminate unless a rod is withdrawn with the bridge over the core and the Grapple is not in the Normal Up Position. | (2) Fuel offloading activities can continue provided that the most recent PNPS 8.10.1 , | ||
REFUELING PLATFORM INTERLOCKS FUNCTIONAL TEST, is reviewed and the Grapple Loaded Rod Block was demonstrated operable. | |||
D. (1) The refueling interlocks remain operable. The light will not illuminate unless a rod is withdrawn with the bridge over the core and the Grapple is not in the Normal Up Position. | |||
(2) Fuel offloading activities can continue without additional restrictions. | (2) Fuel offloading activities can continue without additional restrictions. | ||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct Per PNPS 2.2.75, page 65, this is one of the refuel interlocks and is verified via procedure 8.10.1 prior to commencing refuel activities and weekly thereafter. | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
Per TS 3.1 O.A, fuel offloading must be suspended. Incorrect: | A. Correct Per PNPS 2.2.75, page 65, this is one of the refuel interlocks and is verified via procedure 8.10.1 prior to commencing refuel activities and weekly thereafter. Per TS 3.1 O.A, fuel offloading must be suspended. | ||
Per TS 3.1 O.A, If one or more required refueling equipment interlocks are inoperable (a) Suspend in-vessel fuel movement with equipment associated with the inoperable interlock(s) immediately. | B. Incorrect: Per TS 3.1 O.A, If one or more required refueling equipment interlocks are inoperable (a) Suspend in-vessel fuel movement with equipment associated with the inoperable interlock(s) immediately. | ||
OR (b) Insert a control rod withdrawal block AND verify all control rods are fully inserted. | OR (b) Insert a control rod withdrawal block AND verify all control rods are fully inserted. | ||
Because two rods are withdrawn, option (b) is not a viable option. Additionally there is no allowance for continuing the fuel offload for an hour while the specified action is being performed. Incorrect: | Because two rods are withdrawn, option (b) is not a viable option. Additionally there is no allowance for continuing the fuel offload for an hour while the specified action is being performed. | ||
This is a required interlock. Incorrect: | C. Incorrect: This is a required interlock. | ||
When the Grapple left the Normal-Up position a rod block should have been generated. | D. Incorrect: When the Grapple left the Normal-Up position a rod block should have been generated. | ||
Technical PNPS 2.2.75 FUEL HANDLING (Attach if not previously provided) | Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.75 FUEL HANDLING (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
AND SERVICING EQUIPMENT, Page 74 Tech Spec Section, 3.10.A PNPS 2.2.75 FUEL HANDLING AND SERVICING EQUIPMENT, Page 65 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | AND SERVICING EQUIPMENT, Page 74 Tech Spec Section, 3.10.A PNPS 2.2.75 FUEL HANDLING AND SERVICING EQUIPMENT, Page 65 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: TS 3.1 O.A Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
TS 3.1 O.A Learning (As available) | Question Source: Bank # | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments: | Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO 3 Group # KIA G 2.1.23 Importance Rating Ability to pertorm specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes plant operation. | New X | ||
Proposed Question: | |||
SRO Question # 94 Given the following conditions: | Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
A failure to scram has occurred and the following plant conditions exist: The boron injection initiation temperature curve has been exceeded RPV water level is +5 inches and lowering. RPV pressure is being controlled between 900 and 1050 psig with SRVs Drywell pressure is 2.9 psig Drywell temperature is 145 degrees Injection has been terminated and prevented from Condensate and Feedwater, HPCI, RHR and Core Spray. MSIVs are closed Based on the above .... lAW EOP-02, RPV Control Failure to Scram, injection from the Condensate and Feedwater systems may be resumed once the APRM downscale lights come in. lAW EOP-03, Primary Containment Control, when Drywell pressure lowers below 2.2 psig reset the scram lAW PNPS 5.3.23, Alternate Rod Insertion. lAW EOP-03, Primary Containment Control, immediately initiate Drywell Spray lAW EOP-02, RPV Control Failure to Scram, injection from the Condensate and Feedwater systems may be resumed once reactor power is reduced to below the boron injection initiation temperature curve. Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments: | ||
Correct-lAW EOP-2, step L-18, injection can be commenced when power is < 3% which correspond to the APRM downscales. Incorrect | |||
-resetting the scram is NOT performed lAW EOP-03 Incorrect | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 3 Group # | ||
-Conditions have not been met to initiate drywell spray. Incorrect: | KIA # G 2.1.23 Importance Rating Ability to pertorm specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes plant operation. | ||
Level is lowered until the conditions of L-18 are met. Plausible in that it is expected that parameters drop below the curve as power is lowered. Technical Reference(s): | Proposed Question: SRO Question # 94 Given the following conditions: | ||
EOP-02, level leg (Attach if not previously provided) | A failure to scram has occurred and the following plant conditions exist: | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | * The boron injection initiation temperature curve has been exceeded | ||
None Learning (As available) | * RPV water level is +5 inches and lowering. | ||
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question Previous Audit Last NRC Exam: Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | * RPV pressure is being controlled between 900 and 1050 psig with SRVs | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # G 2.2.19 Importance Rating Knowledge of maintenance work order requirements. | * Drywell pressure is 2.9 psig | ||
Proposed Question: | * Drywell temperature is 145 degrees | ||
SRO Question # 95 Given the following: | * Injection has been terminated and prevented from Condensate and Feedwater, HPCI, RHR and Core Spray. | ||
* The plant is at rated conditions | * MSIVs are closed Based on the above .... | ||
* "A" LPCI pump has just tripped during a routine surveillance. | A. lAW EOP-02, RPV Control Failure to Scram, injection from the Condensate and Feedwater systems may be resumed once the APRM downscale lights come in. | ||
B. lAW EOP-03, Primary Containment Control, when Drywell pressure lowers below 2.2 psig reset the scram lAW PNPS 5.3.23, Alternate Rod Insertion. | |||
C. lAW EOP-03, Primary Containment Control, immediately initiate Drywell Spray D. lAW EOP-02, RPV Control Failure to Scram, injection from the Condensate and Feedwater systems may be resumed once reactor power is reduced to below the boron injection initiation temperature curve. | |||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | |||
A. Correct-lAW EOP-2, step L-18, injection can be commenced when power is < 3% | |||
which correspond to the APRM downscales. | |||
B. Incorrect - resetting the scram is NOT performed lAW EOP-03 C. Incorrect - Conditions have not been met to initiate drywell spray. | |||
D. Incorrect: Level is lowered until the conditions of L-18 are met. Plausible in that it is expected that parameters drop below the curve as power is lowered. | |||
Technical Reference(s): EOP-02, level leg (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | |||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | |||
New x Question History: Previous Audit Last NRC Exam: | |||
Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # G 2.2.19 Importance Rating Knowledge of maintenance work order requirements. | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 95 Given the following: | |||
* The plant is at rated conditions | |||
* "A" LPCI pump has just tripped during a routine surveillance. | |||
* The cause of the pump trip cannot be immediately determined and corrected. | * The cause of the pump trip cannot be immediately determined and corrected. | ||
* All other systems are operable. | * All other systems are operable. | ||
Which one of the following is correct regarding the prioritization of the associated work order? The Shift Manager should characterize the work order as: Priority 1 and direct immediate start of repair efforts in parallel with the initiation and planning of a work order. Priority 1 and direct repair efforts be conducted around the clock following the planning of the work order. Priority 2 and direct repair efforts be conducted around the clock following the planning of the work. Priority 2 and the work week schedule adjusted to accommodate repair. If repairs cannot be completed before exceeding 50% of the allowable LCO time, the priority shall be upgraded to Priority 1. Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | Which one of the following is correct regarding the prioritization of the associated work order? | ||
Incorrect: | The Shift Manager should characterize the work order as: | ||
This action is ONLY authorized if the maintenance is characterized as Emergency Maintenance | A. Priority 1 and direct immediate start of repair efforts in parallel with the initiation and planning of a work order. | ||
.. lAW EN-WM-100, the Shift Manager can then authorize the immediate start of repair efforts, in parallel with initiation and planning of a Priority 1 Work RequestIWork Order. The definition of Emergency Maintenance is: The correction of a condition or deficiency that: Constitutes an immediate and direct threat to the health and safety of the public. Requires immediate attention to prevent deterioration of plant conditions to a possible unsafe or unstable level, which would then constitute an immediate and direct threat to the health and safety of the public. Poses a significant industrial hazard that must be corrected immediately to prevent or mitigate actual serious injury or death. The pump failure requires entry into an LCD but does not meet the criteria for Emergency Maintenance. Correct: Tech Spec 3.5.A.4 and associated bases requires that LPCI be declared inoperable as all active components are required to operable in order for LPCI to be operable. | B. Priority 1 and direct repair efforts be conducted around the clock following the planning of the work order. | ||
Per EN-WM-100, Attachment 9.1, a failure or significant degradation with a system that requires entry into a Tech Spec AOT, a Priority 1 work order is required. | C. Priority 2 and direct repair efforts be conducted around the clock following the planning of the work. | ||
Per page 7 of EN-WM-100, Priority 1 work orders are to be worked around the clock following the planning of the work order. Incorrect: | D. Priority 2 and the work week schedule adjusted to accommodate repair. If repairs cannot be completed before exceeding 50% of the allowable LCO time, the priority shall be upgraded to Priority 1. | ||
Per EN-WM-100, Attachment 9.1, a failure or significant degradation with a system that requires entry into a Tech Spec AOT, a Priority 1 work order is required. Incorrect: | Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional): | ||
Per EN-WM-100, Attachment 9.1, a failure or significant degradation with a system that requires entry into a Tech Spec AOT, a Priority 1 work order is required. | |||
Technical EN-WM-100, Work Request (WR) (Attach if not previously provided) | A. Incorrect: This action is ONLY authorized if the maintenance is characterized as Emergency Maintenance .. lAW EN-WM-100, the Shift Manager can then authorize the immediate start of repair efforts, in parallel with initiation and planning of a Priority 1 Work RequestIWork Order. The definition of Emergency Maintenance is: | ||
Generation, Attachment 9.1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | The correction of a condition or deficiency that: | ||
None Learning (As available) | * Constitutes an immediate and direct threat to the health and safety of the public. | ||
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # New x Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X | * Requires immediate attention to prevent deterioration of plant conditions to a possible unsafe or unstable level, which would then constitute an immediate and direct threat to the health and safety of the public. | ||
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1,5 Comments: | * Poses a significant industrial hazard that must be corrected immediately to prevent or mitigate actual serious injury or death. | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # G2.3.6 Importance Rating Ability to approve release permits. Proposed Question: | The pump failure requires entry into an LCD but does not meet the criteria for Emergency Maintenance. | ||
SRO Question # 96 Following a reactor shutdown the following conditions exist: The "A" Miscellaneous Tank is being prepared for overboard discharge The Prerelease Permit listed the following Seawater and Salt Service Water Pump Lineup: "An and "8" Seawater pumps in service "A" and "D" Salt Service Water pumps in service. While reviewing the Release Permit, the Shift Manager notes that the above lineup has changed to: "A" Seawater Pump in service and "8" Seawater Pump secured * "N' and "En Salt Service Water pumps in service Which one of the following is correct regarding the discharge? | B. Correct: Tech Spec 3.5.A.4 and associated bases requires that LPCI be declared inoperable as all active components are required to operable in order for LPCI to be operable. Per EN-WM-100, Attachment 9.1, a failure or significant degradation with a system that requires entry into a Tech Spec AOT, a Priority 1 work order is required. | ||
The discharge: Is NOT permitted because the "8" Seawater Pump is secured. Is NOT permitted because the Salt Service Water pump configuration has changed. Is permitted because the minimum criterion of at least one Seawater pump in service is satisfied. Is permitted because the minimum criterion of at least one Seawater Pump and two Salt Service Water Pumps is satisfied. | Per page 7 of EN-WM-100, Priority 1 work orders are to be worked around the clock following the planning of the work order. | ||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation | C. Incorrect: Per EN-WM-100, Attachment 9.1, a failure or significant degradation with a system that requires entry into a Tech Spec AOT, a Priority 1 work order is required. | ||
{Optional}: | D. Incorrect: Per EN-WM-100, Attachment 9.1, a failure or significant degradation with a system that requires entry into a Tech Spec AOT, a Priority 1 work order is required. | ||
Correct: The Shift manager is required to verify that the dilution pump combination is the same as on the prerelease report prior to authorizing the discharge. | Technical Reference(s): EN-WM-100, Work Request (WR) (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
The dilution pump combination is based on the number of SW and SSW pumps running. With the "8" seawater pump secured, the dilution flow used in the prerelease calculations is now less than the existing dilution flow. Incorrect: | Generation, Attachment 9.1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
The release cannot be authorized because the dilution flow assumed has changed in that the "8" Seawater pump is not running. The combination of dilution pumps is based on the number of SSW pumps running and not the specific pumps in service. Incorrect: | Question Source: Bank # | ||
The release cannot be authorized because the dilution flow assumed has changed in that the "B" Seawater pump is not Incorrect: | Modified Bank # | ||
The release cannot be authorized because the dilution flow assumed has changed in that the "8" Seawater pump is not running. Technical PNPS 7.9.12, LIQUID EFFLUENT RELEASES WITH RETDAS, Attachment 1, sheet 2 of 2. (Attach if not previously provided) | New x Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X | |||
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1,5 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # G2.3.6 Importance Rating Ability to approve release permits. | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 96 Following a reactor shutdown the following conditions exist: | |||
* The "A" Miscellaneous Tank is being prepared for overboard discharge | |||
* The Prerelease Permit listed the following Seawater and Salt Service Water Pump Lineup: | |||
o "An and "8" Seawater pumps in service o "A" and "D" Salt Service Water pumps in service. | |||
While reviewing the Release Permit, the Shift Manager notes that the above lineup has changed to: | |||
* "A" Seawater Pump in service and "8" Seawater Pump secured | |||
* "N' and "En Salt Service Water pumps in service Which one of the following is correct regarding the discharge? | |||
The discharge: | |||
A. Is NOT permitted because the "8" Seawater Pump is secured. | |||
: 8. Is NOT permitted because the Salt Service Water pump configuration has changed. | |||
C. Is permitted because the minimum criterion of at least one Seawater pump in service is satisfied. | |||
D. Is permitted because the minimum criterion of at least one Seawater Pump and two Salt Service Water Pumps is satisfied. | |||
Proposed Answer: A Explanation {Optional}: | |||
A. Correct: The Shift manager is required to verify that the dilution pump combination is the same as on the prerelease report prior to authorizing the discharge. The dilution pump combination is based on the number of SW and SSW pumps running. With the "8" seawater pump secured, the dilution flow used in the prerelease calculations is now less than the existing dilution flow. | |||
: 8. Incorrect: The release cannot be authorized because the dilution flow assumed has changed in that the "8" Seawater pump is not running. The combination of dilution pumps is based on the number of SSW pumps running and not the specific pumps in service. | |||
C. Incorrect: The release cannot be authorized because the dilution flow assumed has changed in that the "B" Seawater pump is not runnin!~. | |||
D. Incorrect: The release cannot be authorized because the dilution flow assumed has changed in that the "8" Seawater pump is not running. | |||
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 7.9.12, LIQUID EFFLUENT RELEASES WITH RETDAS, Attachment 1, sheet 2 of 2. (Attach if not previously provided) | |||
Attachment 2 describes how dilution 'flow is calculated. | Attachment 2 describes how dilution 'flow is calculated. | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) | ||
None Learning Objective: (As available) | Question Source: Bank # TADS 6287 Modified Bank # | ||
Question Source: Bank # TADS 6287 Modified Bank # New Question Last NRC Exam: Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 4 Comments: | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group 1 KIA G 2.4.11 | Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 4 Comments: | ||
Proposed Question: | |||
SRO Question # 97 With the unit at 55% power, a high Stator Water Cooling temperature condition results in a Turbine Generator run back. The plant is now stable with the following conditions: | Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 | ||
~~-- | |||
Group # 1 KIA # G 2.4.11 Importance Rating 3.5 4.2 Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures. | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 97 With the unit at 55% power, a high Stator Water Cooling temperature condition results in a Turbine Generator run back. The plant is now stable with the following conditions: | |||
* Reactor level and pressure are within their normal ranges | * Reactor level and pressure are within their normal ranges | ||
* One Turbine Bypass Valve is OPEN Which one of the following is required by PNPS 2.4.156, Stator Cooling Water Malfunctions and what is the reason for this action? Lower power using PNPS 2.1.14 Station Power Changes to close the bypass valve. SCRAM the Reactor AND ENTER PNPS 2.1.6, Reactor Scram to close the bypass valve. Raise the Load Limit using PNPS 2.2.99, Main Turbine Generator to restore feedwater temperature to within the limits of 2.4.150, Loss of Feedwater Heating. Raise the Speed Load Changer using 2.1.14 to restore feedwater temperature to within the limits of 2.4.150, Loss of Feedwater Heating. Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): Correct -Procedure specifies a power reduction to close the bypass valve Incorrect | * One Turbine Bypass Valve is OPEN Which one of the following is required by PNPS 2.4.156, Stator Cooling Water Malfunctions and what is the reason for this action? | ||
-Procedure directs that a power reduction be conducted to close the bypass valve Incorrect | A. Lower power using PNPS 2.1.14 Station Power Changes to close the bypass valve. | ||
-Procedure directs that a power reduction be conducted to close the bypass valve. Plausible in that the bypass valve being open is resulting in a partial loss of feedwater heating. If the candidate believes that the load limit is the device that is actuated during a runback, then this action would close the bypass. Incorrect | B. SCRAM the Reactor AND ENTER PNPS 2.1.6, Reactor Scram to close the bypass valve. | ||
-Procedure specifies a power reduction to close the valve. Raising speed load changer would close the valve but also re-initiate the runback Technical Reference(s): | C. Raise the Load Limit using PNPS 2.2.99, Main Turbine Generator to restore feedwater temperature to within the limits of 2.4.150, Loss of Feedwater Heating. | ||
2.4.156, Sect. 3.0 & 4.0 (Attach if not previously provided) | D. Raise the Speed Load Changer using 2.1.14 to restore feedwater temperature to within the limits of 2.4.150, Loss of Feedwater Heating. | ||
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: | Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional): | ||
None Learning (As available) | A. Correct - Procedure specifies a power reduction to close the bypass valve B. Incorrect - Procedure directs that a power reduction be conducted to close the bypass valve | ||
Question Source: Bank # | |||
Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 -_.._. Group # 1 KIA # G 2.3.5 Importance Rating . __. Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc. Proposed Question: | C. Incorrect - Procedure directs that a power reduction be conducted to close the bypass valve. Plausible in that the bypass valve being open is resulting in a partial loss of feedwater heating. If the candidate believes that the load limit is the device that is actuated during a runback, then this action would close the bypass. | ||
SRO Question # 98 The plant was at rated conditions when a major LOCA inside the drywell resulted in fuel damage. The following indications were noted on the Containment Radiation Monitors: | D. Incorrect - Procedure specifies a power reduction to close the valve. Raising speed load changer would close the valve but also re-initiate the runback Technical Reference(s): 2.4.156, Sect. 3.0 & 4.0 (Attach if not previously provided) | ||
* At time 00:00 o Both Torus Monitors, RIT 1001-607A and B, indicate 3 R/hr o Both Drywell Monitors, RIT | Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) 2009 audit exam Question Source: Bank # | ||
* At Time 00:15 o Both Torus Monitors, RIT 1001-607A and B, indicate 7 R/hr o Both Drywell Monitors, RIT | number 80 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) | ||
* At Time 00:45 o Both Torus Monitors, RIT 1001-607A and B, indicate 95 R/hr o Both Drywell Monitors, RIT | New Question History: Last NRC Exam: | ||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: | |||
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 | |||
-_.._ . | |||
Group # 1 KIA # G 2.3.5 Importance Rating . __ . | |||
Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc. | |||
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 98 The plant was at rated conditions when a major LOCA inside the drywell resulted in fuel damage. | |||
The following indications were noted on the Containment Radiation Monitors: | |||
* At time 00:00 o Both Torus Monitors, RIT 1001-607A and B, indicate 3 R/hr o Both Drywell Monitors, RIT 1001-606A and B indicate 30 Rlhr | |||
* At Time 00:15 o Both Torus Monitors, RIT 1001-607A and B, indicate 7 R/hr o Both Drywell Monitors, RIT 1001-606A and B indicate 540 R/hr | |||
* At Time 00:45 o Both Torus Monitors, RIT 1001-607A and B, indicate 95 R/hr o Both Drywell Monitors, RIT 1001-606A and B indicate 3600 Rlhr lAW EP-IP-100.1, EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs). a Site Area Emergency EAL was first exceeded at time __ (1) and a General Emergency EAL was first exceeded at time __ (2) _ __ | |||
(1) Site Area Emergency (2) General Emergency A. 00:00 00:45 B. 00:00 00:15 C. 00:15 00:45 D. 00:45 00:45 | |||
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:}} | |||
Revision as of 01:05, 13 November 2019
| ML111010406 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Pilgrim |
| Issue date: | 01/24/2011 |
| From: | Entergy Nuclear Generation Co |
| To: | Todd Fish Operations Branch I |
| Hansell S | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML102210114 | List: |
| References | |
| TAC U01833 | |
| Download: ML111010406 (215) | |
Text
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 239002 K1 .03 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between RELIEF/SAFETY VALVES and the following: Nuclear boiler instrument system Proposed Question: RO Question # 1 When Reactor pressure instrumentation senses pressure has reached 1153 psig, which one of the following describes the expected response of both the Safety Relief Valves (SRVs) and the Safety Valves (SVs)?
A. Only one SRV will open.
NO SVs will open.
B. More than one but less than four SRVs will open.
NO SVs will open.
C. Four SRVs will open.
NO SVs will open.
D. Four SRVs will open.
Two SVs will open.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - With Reactor pressure at 1153 psig, this is above the set pressure of all four valves and all the valves will correspondingly open.
B. Incorrect - With Reactor pressure at 1153 psig, this is above the set pressure of all four valves and all the valves will correspondingly open.
C. Correct - The safety/relief valves are self actuating Target Rock Relief Valves set between 1095 and 1115 +/- 11 psig per T.S. and have a capacity of 862,125 Ibm/hr each at a reference pressure of 1080 psig. Each SRV is sized to relieve 10% of the main steam system flow. With Reactor pressure at 1153 psig, this is above the set pressure of all four valves and all the valves will correspondingly open.
The two self-actuating safety valves lift at 1240 +/- 13 psig. The valves open when sufficient reactor pressure forces the valve upward against spring pressure. Spring pressure (and thus the lift setpoint) can be adjusted by a compression screw at the safety valve top. Because Reactor pressure has not reached 1240 psig the SVs will remain closed.
D. Incorrect - The two self-actuating safety valves lift at '1240 +/- 13 psig. The valves open when sufficient reactor pressure forces the valve upward against spring pressure.
Spring pressure (and thus the lift setpoint) can be adjusted by a compression screw at the safety valve top. Because Reactor pressure has not reached 1240 psig the SVs will remain closed.
Technical Reference(s): Tech Specs, 3.6.0.1 and Main Steam System Description pgs 12 (Attach if not previously provided) and 13 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: LP, O-OR-02-04-01, EO-5 (As available)
Question Source: Bank # WTS Bank (River Bend)
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 3 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 215003 K1.06 Importance Rating 3.9
Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between INTERMEDIATE RANGE MONITOR (IRM) SYSTEM and the following: APRM SCRAM signals: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO Question # 2 Given the following conditions:
- Control rod insertions are in progress for scheduled plant shutdown
- Reactor Mode Switch is in RUN
- Current reactor power is 9%.
- The "H" Intermediate Range Monitoring (IRM) ChannellRM function switch is OUT of OPERATE and has NOT been bypassed with the joystick
- All other I RMs indicate between 25 and 75 on the 0-125 scale Which one of the following will cause a half scram?
A half scram will occur if ...
A. APRM B fails downscale B. APRM D fails downscale C. IRM F fails upscale or inoperative D. IRM G fails upscale or inoperative Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - A Scram signal is initiated on the associated RPS channel and rod block is inserted when any IRM module is unplugged, high voltage decreases below 95 percent or normal, or the IRM function switch is not in "OPERATE". However this scram is only BYPASSED with the Reactor Mode switch in "RUN" when the companion ARPM channel is not downscale. In this case with the H IRM inoperative because its function
switch is not in Operate a half scram will occur when B APRM goes downscale.
B. Incorrect - IRMs are still in normal range on R 10 and no half scram occurs. The companion APRM to IRM H is B. APRM D is the companion to IRM D.
C. Incorrect - With mode switch in Run IRM high! inop scrams are bypassed except as explained in justification for B.
D. Incorrect - With mode switch in Run IRM high! inop scrams are bypassed except as explained in justification for B.
Technical Reference(s): Procedure 2.2.65, Sect. 4.4, pg 8 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: LP O-RO-02-07-02, EO-10 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 215005 K2.02 Importance Rating 2.6 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: APRM channels Proposed Question: RO Question # 3 Which one of the following describes the power supplies for the APRMs and LPRMs?
A. Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply their respective APRM channels RPS Buses A and B supply their respective LPRM channels B. RPS Buses A and B supply their respective APRM channels Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply their respective LPRM channels C. Bus Y-31 supplies APRM Channels A, C, and E and their respective LPRMs Bus Y-41 supplies APRM Channels B, D, and F and their respective LPRMs D. RPS Bus A supplies APRM Channels A, C, and E and their respective LPRMs RPS Bus B supplies APRM Channels B, D, and F and their respective LPRMs Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply power to systems required for plant safety except for the APRMs and LPRMs which are both supplied by the RPS Buses.
B. Incorrect - Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply power to systems required for plant safety except for the APRMs and LPRMs which are both supplied by the RPS Buses.
C. Incorrect - Buses Y-31 and Y-41 supply power to systems required for plant safety except for the APRMs and LPRMs which are both supplied by the RPS Buses.
D. Correct - APRM Channels A, C, and E are powered from the same AC bus used for trip system A of the Reactor Protection System; APRM Channels B, D, and F are powered from the AC bus used for trip system B. The 120 volt AC bus used for a given APRM channel is the same as that used for the LPRMs providing inputs to that APRM.
Technical Reference(s): Procedure 2.2.67, Sect. 4.1.[2], pg (Attach if not previously provided) 6 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O*OR-02-07 -04, EO-6 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 ___M _ _ _ _ _M _ _
KIA # 21S004 K2.01 Importance Rating 2.6 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: SRM channels/detectors Proposed Question: RO Question # 4 Which one of the following would occur if 120 VAC panel Y-1 was lost during a reactor startup?
A. ONLY SRMs Detectors 'A' and 'C' can be moved from the C90S Panel B. ONLY SRMs Detectors 'B' and '0' can be moved from the C90S Panel C. ALL of the SRMs Detectors can be selected from the C90S Panel but the detector drive motors CAN NOT be energized.
D. NONE of the SRMs Detectors can be selected from the C90S Panel but the detector drive motors CAN be energized Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect. All SRM and IRM Detector drives cannot be selected B. Incorrect. All SRM and IRM Detector drives cannot bEl selected C. Incorrect. - All SRM and IRM Detector drives cannot be selected.
D. Correct. Y-1 supplies 120 VAC to SRM/IRM drive rela.y control Technical Reference(s): S.3.7, Page 6 and 11 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None
Learning Objective: O-RO-02-07-01, EO# 8 (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TADs ID 327 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KJA# 206000 K3.02 Importance Rating 3.8 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the HIGH PRESSURE COOLANT INJECTION SYSTEM will have on following: Reactor pressure control: BWR-2,3,4 Proposed Question: RO Question # 5 The High Pressure Coolant Injection (HPCI) System is operating in the pressure control mode with the following:
- Reactor pressure is steady at 880 psig
Which one of the following describes how Reactor pressure and HPCI flow are affected by this failure?
Reactor Pressure Actual HPCI Flow A. Rises Rises B. Rises Lowers C. Lowers Rises D. Lowers Lowers Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Because reactor pressure would lower due to the increased steam demand.
B. Incorrect - Because reactor pressure would lower due to the increased steam demand and HPCI flow would rise as the controller attempted to increase flow.
C. Correct - In AUTO or BAL, flow demand signal, as determined by the FIC set point tape, controls turbine speed. The speed control circuit has a 0-4000 rpm range with the lowest flow corresponding to 2000 rpm. With the controller in AUTO (system operating to maintain the selected flowrate), a reduction in reactor pressure will result in HPCI's
control valve closing down to maintain the flow rate constant.
A loss of HPCI flow signal will result in the speed controller raising the output signal.
This causes the HPCI turbine speed/flow to rise. HPCI will remain in operation at a higher actual flow than before the failure. The effect of the increased HPCI load will be a greater steam demand on the reactor lowering reactor pressure.
D. Incorrect - Because HPCI flow would rise due to the controller attempting to raise flow.
Technical Reference(s): Procedure 2.2.21.5, Att 2 and (Attach if not previously provided)
System Description Sect 7. Pg 24 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-03, EO-17 (As available)
Question Source: Bank # WTS (Cooper)
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 8 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 205000 K3.01 Importance Rating 3.3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the SHUTDOWN COOLING SYSTEM (RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING MODE) will have on following: Reactor pressure Proposed Question: RO Question # 6 Given the following:
- The plant is maneuvering to cold shutdown following an extended high power run
- Reactor pressure is 10 psig and steady
- The MSIVs are closed
- "A" RHR pump is in shutdown cooling in accordance with PNPS 2.2.19.1, RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM - SHUTDOWN COOLING MODE OF OPERATION Which of the following malfunctions will result in a rise in reactor pressure? Assume no operator action.
Malfunction 1: MO-1001-16A, RHR HX A BYP VLV, fails full open.
Malfunction 2: Loss of all 125 VDC electrical power to the Group 3 Isolation Logic.
Malfunction 3: Loss of 120 VAC Safeguard bus Y-3.
A. Malfunction 1 only B. Malfunction 3 only C. Malfunctions 2 and 3 only D. Malfunctions 1 and 2 only Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct: MO-1001-16A, is the heat exchanger bypass valve. This valve failing open will cause a portion of the RHR flow to bypass the heat exchanger reducing the heat removed from the vessel, causing reactor pressure to rise.
B. Incorrect: PDC94-24, Shutdown Cooling Logic Improvements, changed the power supply to the PCIS logic for Group 3 SDC isolations from 120V AC (Y3/y4) to 125V DC
(D4/D5). These relays were changed from "DE-ENERGIZE TO OPERATE" to "ENERGIZE TO OPERATE", which means on a loss of D4 and/or D5, the MO-1001-47 and MO-1001-50 SDC Isolation Valves will not close.
C. Incorrect: PDC94-24, Shutdown Cooling Logic Improvements, changed the power supply to the PCIS logic for Group 3 SDC isolations from 120V AC (Y31Y4) to 125V DC (D4/D5). These relays were changed from "DE-ENERGIZE TO OPERATE" to "ENERGIZE TO OPERATE", which means on a loss of D4 and/or D5, the MO-1001-47 and MO-1001-50 SDC Isolation Valves will not close.
Additionally, a loss of Y-3 will not cause SDC to isolate. Plausible in that it will cause the inboard isolation valves to close for Group 2 and Group 6 isolations and RBIS.
D. Incorrect: A loss of Y-3 will not cause SDC to isolate. Plausible in that it will cause the inboard isolation valves to close for Group 2 and Group 6 isolations and RBIS.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.25, Loss of SDC, page (Attach if not previously provided) 10.
RHR Reference Text, pages 12 and 13 for a description of how the heat exchanger is operated to cooldown the reactor.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 217000 K4.06 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Manual initiation Proposed Question: RO Question # 7 The plant is operating at 100% power when the "RCIC System Injection Mode Push Button" is depressed.
Which one of the following correctly describes the Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) actions and the panel 904 indications?
A. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. The lamp will remain energized for 30 seconds and then extinguish. Provided that a Reactor Vessel low-low water level signal is present or occurs within the next 30 seconds, RCIC will start and inject.
B. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. The lamp will remain energized until the RCIC initiation is reset. RCIC will not automatically start until receipt of a Reactor Vessel low-low water level signal.
C. RCIC steam supply, injection, and other valves reposition, RCIC injection flow rises to 400 gpm. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. The lamp will remain energized until the RCIC initiation is reset pushbutton is depressed.
D. RCIC steam supply, injection, and other valves reposition, RCIC injection flow rises to 400 gpm. The MANUAL INITIATION indicating lamp above the pushbutton will illuminate when the push button is depressed. The lamp will remain energized for 30 seconds and then extinguish.
Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: The System will initiate as soon as the button is depressed. Pushing the button simulates a low-low water level signal.
B. Incorrect - RCIC will start RCIC in the full flow injection mode when the switch is depressed.
C. Incorrect - Once the switch is depressed, the control logic will seal in for 30 seconds. An indicator lamp will illuminate when the control logic is actuated. The lamp will remain energized during this start period (30 seconds). At the end of this period, the control logic will automatically reset and the lamp will de-energize.
D. Correct -lAW Procedure 2.2.25, The RCIC System control logic has been modified to add a single push button switch on Panel C904 which will start RCIC in the full flow injection mode when the switch is depressed. Once the switch is depressed, the control logic will seal in for 30 seconds. An indicator lamp will illuminate when the control logic is actuated. The lamp will remain energized during this start period (30 seconds). At the end of this period, the control logic will automatically reset and the lamp will de energize. The system will be running at this time and will continue running until it is shut down by an Operator.
Technical Reference(s): Procedure 2.2.22.5, pages 13 and (Attach if not previously provided) 14.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-04, EOs-7 & 9 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 300000 K4.03 Importance Rating 2.8
Knowledge of (INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM) design feature(s) and or interlocks which provide for the following: Securing of lAS upon loss of cooling water Proposed Question: RO Question # 8 The plant is at 100% power with the following:
- A loss of Turbine Building Closed Cooling Water (TBCCW) occurs
- The Instrument Air Compressors (lACs) are operating in parallel control mode Which of the following describes the lACs response with no operator action?
A. The K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on high discharge temperature, the K117 lAC starts and restores Instrument Air pressure.
B. The K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on low cooling water flow interlock, the K117 lAC starts and restores Instrument Air pressure.
C. The K111 and K117 lACs trip on low cooling water flow interlock, the K11 0 lAC trips on high discharge temperature.
D. The K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on high discharge temperature, the K117 lAC trips on high oil temperature, or high intercooler temperature.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - With the lACs operating in parallel a trip of either lead compressor (110 or 111) will result in the other compressor (111 or 110) assuming the load. Both these compressors will trip on high discharge temperature with a loss of TBCCW. AS pressure lowers further lAC 117 the Diesel Air Compressor will start. lAC 117 does not use TSCCW for cooling water so it will auto start and restore IA pressure.
B. Incorrect - K11 0 and K111 lACs trip on high discharge temperature, these compressors do NOT have a trip on low TBCCW flow to the compressor.
C. Incorrect - lAC 117 the Diesel Air Compressor will start. lAC 117 does not use TBCCW for cooling water so it will continue to operate and maintain IA pressure. K111 trips on high discharge temperature, this compressor does NOT have a trip on low TBCCW flow to the compressor.
D. Incorrect - lAC 117 the Diesel Air Compressor will start. lAC 117 does not use TBCCW for cooling water so it will continue to operate and maintain IA pressure. Plausible in that the K-117 will trip on high oil temperature, or high intercooler temperature if either of these two conditions were to occur.
Technical Reference(s): Procedures 2.2.36, Sect 4.5, pgs (Attach if not previously provided) 10-12.
2.4.41, Sect. 2, pg 2 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-02, EO-4 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1
KfA# 211000 KS.06 Importance Rating 3.0
Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL SYSTEM: Tank level measurement Proposed Question: RO Question # 9 Which one of the following is the operational implication of a loss of instrument air to the Standby Liquid Control (SLC) system?
A. SLC tank level indication will fail upscale. There will be no other impact on the system.
B. SLC tank level indication will fail downscale. There will be no other impact on the system.
C. SLC tank level indication will fail downscale. The tank heater will de-energize if running.
D. SLC tank level indication will fail upscale. The pump discharge accumulators will slowly discharge.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Without the instrument air system the leve! indicator will fail downscale, no dip to measure.
B. Incorrect - The loss of instrument air fails the SLC tank level instrument downscale since this provides the indication for the low level trip of the SLC tank heater the heater also fails.
C. Correct - Instrument air supplies the air for the bubbler dip tube, which is associated with the storage tank level transmitters. Loss of instrument air will cause the local and control room level indicators to fail low. Also the level switch for the heaters will be actuated causing a loss of tank heaters in automatic or in manual control.
D. Incorrect - Without the instrument air system the level indicator will fail downscale, no dip to measure. Additionally, the accumulators are charged with nitrogen, not air.
Technical Reference{s): PNPS 5.3.8, Att 1, pg 9 (Attach if not previously provided)
System Description, pg 10, 16 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None learning Objective: O-RO-02-06-06, EO-15.a & 19 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross~reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2
- -..-
Group # 1 KIA # 263000 K3.02 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the D.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION will have on following: Components using D.C. control power (Le. breakers)
Proposed Question: RO Question # 10 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions
- 125 VDC bus D~16 is lost With these initial conditions:
- A manual scram is inserted
- The Main Turbine is tripped when generator load drops to less than 50 MWE
- No other operator actions are taken Which one of the following lists all of the Feed and Condensate pumps that are still running ten seconds later?
A. "An and "C" Reactor Feed pumps "B" Condensate pump B. "B" Reactor Feed pump "A" and "C" Condensate pumps C. No Reactor Feed Pumps "B" Condensate pump D. "A" and "C" Reactor Feed pumps "A" and "C" Condensate pumps Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: These pumps will not be available because bus A1 will de-energize when the turbine trips due to the loss of associated breaker control power. Plausible in that this would be the response if D-17 were lost.
B. Correct: Normally when the turbine trips, A 1, A3, and A5 transfer to the startup transformer. However the breakers associated with the transfer will be without control power. Therefore when the turbine trips, A1, A3, and A5 will be de-energized and associated loads will be lost. Bus A 1 supplies "A" and "C" feed pumps and "B" condensate pump. The only remaining pumps will be "B" feed pump and "A" and "C" condensate pumps. The buses associated with these pumps are supplied with control power from the "B" battery (0-17).
C. Incorrect: "B" feed pump and "A" and "C" condensate pumps would be running.
Plausible if the candidate thinks that 0-16 supplies control power to bus A2. If so the candidate may also believe that when the other two condensate pumps are de energized, that two reactor feed pumps will also trip on interlock. This is not true as the breakers associated with the condensate pumps do not trip as there is no control power.
The bus supplying the pumps de-energize.
O. Incorrect: "A" and "C" feed pumps will not be running as they are powered from bus A 1.
Bus A 1 de-energized when the turbine tripped.
Technical Reference(s): 5.3.11, LOSS OF ESSENTIAL OC (Attach if not previously provided)
BUS 016 OR 04 ANO 036, page 11 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 261000 K6.08 Importance Rating 3.1 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the STANDBY GAS TREATMENT SYSTEM: Reactor vessel level: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO Question # 11 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions.
- SBGT Fan 'A' Control Switch is in AUTO
- SBGT Fan 'B' Control Switch was inadvertently left in the MAINT position.
With these initial conditions, the reactor scrams and RPV level lowers to -10 inches before recovering. RPV level is now stable at +25 inches.
Which one of the following is correct regarding the response of the Standby Gas Treatment trains?
A. Train 'A' will start and remain running until manually shutdown. Train 'B' will not start.
B. Train 'B' will start and remain running until manually shutdown. Train 'A' will not start.
C. BOTH Train 'A' and Train 'B' will start and remain running until manually shutdown.
D. BOTH Train 'A' and Train 'B' will start. Train 'A' will automatically shutdown after 65 seconds.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Standby Gas Treatment will initiate when RPV level lowers to + 12 inches.
Both Trains will start. The function of the "MAl NT" position of the 'B' Train Control switch is to prevent the 'B' Train from shutting down after 65 seconds as it normally does following a successful start of the 'A' Train.
B. Incorrect: The MAINT position does not prevent the 'A' Train from starting.
C. Correct: Standby Gas Treatment will initiate when RPV level lowers to +12 inches. 80th Trains will start. The function of the "MAINT" pOSition of the '8' Train Control switch is to prevent the 'B' Train from shutting down after 65 seconds.
D. Incorrect: The 'A' Train will not automatically shutdown.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.50, page 8 and page (Attach if not previously provided) 10.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-03, EO-4 & 10 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 223002 K6.08 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM/NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SHUT-OFF: Reactor protection system Proposed Question: RO Question # 12 During a plant startup the following conditions exist:
- The Reactor Mode Switch is in Startup
- MSIVs are open
- MSIV Inboard Drain Isolation Valve MO-220-1 is open
- MSIV Outboard Drains Isolation Valve MO-220-2 is open Which one of the following identifies the Primary Containment Isolation System response to opening an EPA breaker on the output of the A RPS MG set?
A. There is no effect on the Group 1 isolation logic; both MO-220-1 and MO-220-2 remain open.
B. The AC solenoids on the Inboard MSIVs and the DC solenoids on the Outboard MSIVs de-energize. MO-220-1 closes.
C. The DC solenoids on the Inboard MSIVs and the AC solenoids on the Outboard MSIVs de-energize. MO-220-2 closes.
D. One half the Group 1 isolation logic is de-energized, however no solenoids are de energized and no isolations occur.
Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - One half the logic is de-energized B. Incorrect - No solenoids de-energize and no valve motion occurs C. Incorrect - No solenoids de-energize and no valve motion occurs
D. Correct - The loss of RPS A will de-energize the "A" and "C" logic inputs to the Group 1 isolation logic this will cause a loss of half the relays, however each solenoids logic (AC and DC) require one out of two taken twice to de-energize a solenoid, therefore although half the logic is de-energized no actions occur and no valve motion occur.
Technical Reference(s): PNP 2.2.79, Sect 7.1.4, pg 17 (Attach if not previously provided)
PCIS SO, pages 11 and 12 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-10, EO-11.a (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 203000 A 1.08 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RHRlLPCI: INJECTION MODE (PLANT SPECIFIC) controls including: Emergency generator loading Proposed Question: RO Question # 13 Given the following conditions:
- A LOCA is in progress
- Drywell pressure is 18 pSig
- RHR Pump 8 is in containment spray mode
- RHR Loop Cross-Tie Valve, MO-1001-19, has been closed
- RHR Pump D has been manually shutdown and its white override light is illuminated.
Two minutes later, a loss of offsite power occurs, de-energizing both the Startup and the Shutdown Transformers.
- "An EDG output breaker fails to close
- "8" EDG output breaker closes and the diesel loads as designed Which one of the following identifies the RHR pump status after power is restored from the EDG?
A. RHR Pump 8 is running in the injection mode. RHR pump D is not running.
B. RHR Pumps Band D are running in the containment spray mode only.
C. RHR Pump B is running in both the injection and containment spray modes. RHR pump D is not running.
D. RHR Pumps Band D are running in both the injection and containment spray modes Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - The B EDG re-energizes A6 after a time delay. The "B" RHR pump will start
5 seconds after the bus is re-energized. The "0" RHR pump will start 10 seconds after the bus is re-energized. Although the pump was manually shutdown the bus power monitoring circuit will defeat the operator's manual over ride and the pump restarts.
- 8. Correct - The white light will illuminate and remain lit if the operator manually shuts down an RHR pump with an auto start signal present (LPCI initiation signal). When offsite power is lost the operating RHR pumps will trip. The 8 EDG re-energizes A6 after a time delay. The "8" RHR pump will start 5 seconds after the bus is re-energized.
The "0" RHR pump will start 10 seconds after the bus is re-energized. Although the pump was manually shutdown the bus power monitoring circuit will defeat the operator's manual over ride and the pump restarts. Loop select initially selected loop A for injection and was sealed in. It will not re-initiate because the logic never lost power (DC power). 8ecause the containment spray valves remain open RHR Pumps 8 and o will operate in Containment Spray. There are no auto opening signals for the Cross Tie valve.
C. Incorrect - The 8 EDG re-energizes A6 after a time delay. The "8" RHR pump will start 5 seconds after the bus is re-energized. The "0" RHR pump will start 10 seconds after the bus is re-energized.
D. Incorrect - The LPClioop selection logic is DC powered and therefore it never lost power. Since it selected the "A" loop initially and seals in, loop "A" is still selected for injection and the "8" loop injection valves do not open. With the Cross-Tie closed and the containment spray valves open the 8 and 0 Pumps will operate in Containment Spray only (There are no auto opening signals for the Cross-Tie valve.)
Technical Reference(s): RHR System Description, pg 26 (Attach if not previously provided) and 27 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-01, EO-9 (As available)
Question Source: 8ank #
Modified 8ank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x
10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 209001 A1.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM controls including: Reactor pressure Proposed Question: RO Question # 14 A LOCA occurred resulting in the following:
- RPV pressure is 200 psig
- Drywell pressure is 3.5 psig
- RPV level is -40 inches and rising
- The operator attempts to close Core Spray Injection Valves MO-1400-24A, 24B, 25A, and 25B How will the Core Spray I njection Valves respond?
Injection Valves 24A & B will: Injection Valves 25A & B will:
A. remain open remain open B. remain open close C. close remain open D. close close Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: The answers are combinations of the open and closed positions that are incorrect.
B. Correct - LPCS will initiate and the pump will start when RPV level is <-46 inches in conjunction with RPV pressure being less than 400, or drywell pressure is > 2.2.psig.
The LPCs Injection Valve will open when reactor pressure drops below the 400 psig interlock provided an initiation signal is present. The Core Spray Loop A and B Injection Valves, MO-1400-25A and MO-1400-25B, can be manually closed due to Operator action with an initiation signal present. Both 24A & B valves receive an open signal regardless of position if a system initiation signal is received, and cannot be shut until the initiating signal is cleared.
C. Incorrect: The answers are combinations of the open and closed positions that are incorrect.
D. Incorrect: The answers are combinations of the open and closed positions that are incorrect.
PNP 2.2.20, Sect 4.3, pg 9 and Sect 7.2, pg 15 Technical Reference(s): System Description pg 16 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-02, EO-4 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 218000 K6.01 Importance Rating 3.9 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following wil:-:Ih-a-v-e-o-n-:-the AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM: RHR/LPCI system pressure Proposed Question: RO Question # 15 Given the following:
- A LOCA has occurred
- Reactor pressure is 300 psig and lowering
- All low pressure ECCS pumps are starting to inject Then .......
- A complete loss of off-site power occurs
- All 4160 VAC buses de-energize
- Four seconds later, both EDG output breakers close and A-5 and A-6 re-energize.
Based on the sequence above, the four ADS valves _ _ _ __
A. Closed and then reopened as soon as an ECCS pump re-started B. Closed and then reopened as soon as A-5 and A-6 re-energized C. Closed and remained closed D. Remained open Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Valves remain open. Plausible in that "a pump running signal" based on ECCS pump discharge pressure is required to initiate the logic. The discharge pressure signal was lost once the buses de-energized following the loss of off-site power.
B. Incorrect: valves remain open. Plausible in that there are bus monitoring circuits in the logic but these circuits are monitoring DC bus status.
C. Incorrect: Valves remain open. Plausible if the candidate believes that ADS has already performed its function since the LP ECCS will inject and is no longer required.
D. Correct: Per PNPS 2.2.23, once the ADS RVs are opened, depressurization will continue even if the RHRlCore Spray pump running signal is lost.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.23, ADS, page 10, item (Attach if not previously provided) 4.2 (1](d)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New x Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1
-~ ..- - -..-
KIA # 400000 A2.03 Importance Rating 2.9 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the CCWS and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal operation: High/low CCW temperature Proposed Question: RO Question # 16 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions
- 'A' Fuel Pool Cooling Heat Exchanger was placed in service 5 minutes ago
- 'A' and "B' RBCCW pumps are in service.
Which one of the following is correct regarding the controller operation and what actions are required to restore RBCCW temperature to normal?
TIC-3836 0.0 WP RL AM A. The controller has NOT responded correctly to the increase in heat load. Place the controller in manual and increase the controller output.
B. The controller has NOT responded correctly to the increase in heat load. Manually close MO-4084, Loop 'A' RBCCW Heat Exchanger Bypass Valve, to increase RBCCW flow through the heat exchanger.
C. The controller IS responding correctly to the increase in heat load. Jog open MO-3800
'A' RBCCW Heat Exchanger SSW Outlet Valve to increase SSW flow.
D. The controller IS responding correctly to the increase in heat load. Start the third RBCCW pump and increase RBCCW flow through the heat exchanger to 5000 gpm.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: The controller is responding as expected to temperature being higher than the setpoint (70 degrees). The controller controls the position of a bypass valve. As temperature comes up the controller lowers the output which will close down on the bypass valve forcing more RBCCW flow thru the heat exchanger. Plausible in that the output of the controller is zero.
B. Incorrect: The controller is responding as expected to temperature being higher than the setpoint (70 degrees). The controller controls the position of a bypass valve. As temperature comes up the controller lowers the output which will close down on the bypass valve forcing more RBCCW flow thru the heat exchanger. Plausible in that the output of the controller is zero.
C. Correct: As discussed above the controller is responding normally. Additional SSW flow is required to lower the RBCCW temperature. Per PNPS 2.2.32 SSW, MO-3800 'N RBCCW Heat Exchanger SSW Outlet Valve is adjusted as required based on plant conditions to control temperature.
D. Incorrect: Per PNPS 2.2.32 SSW, MO-3800 'A' RBCCW Heat Exchanger SSW Outlet Valve is adjusted as required based on plant conditions to control temperature.
Additionally, PNPS 2.2.30, page 14, limits flow through the heat exchanger to 4000 gpm.
PNPS 2.2.32, SSW System, page Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided) 23.
RBCCW Reference Text, pages 10 and 32 for a description of controller operation.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 262001 A3.03 Importance Rating 3.4 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the A.C. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION including:
Load shedding Proposed Question: RO Question # 17 The plant was operating at 100% power with the "B" CRD pump in service. Subsequently, a valid LOCA signal generated a scram. The plant responded as expected EXCEPT the startup transformer feeder breaker to bus A-5 failed to close. The A-5 bus has been automatically energized from the shutdown transformer as designed.
Which ONE of the following describes the status/availability of the CRD pumps?
The B CRD pump is ...
A. running, the A CRD pump cannot be started due to load shed signal.
B. running, the A CRD pump can be started since no load shed signal was generated.
C. NOT running, the A and B CRD pumps CANNOT be started due to a load shed signal.
D. NOT running, the A and B CRD pumps can be started since no load shed signal was generated.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - The A CRD pump is powered from A-5, when the startup transformer failed to pick up the bus and a LOCA signal was generated a load shed occurred on the bus.
The A CRD pump cannot be restarted until the load shed signals are cleared. The B CRD pump is powered from bus A-6 and since this bus was powered 'from the startup transformer a load shed did not occur, consequently the B CRD pump is still running.
B. Incorrect - The A CRD pump is powered from A-5, when the startup transformer failed to pick up the bus and a LOCA signal was generated a load shed occurred on the bus.
The A CRD pump cannot be restarted until the load shed signals are cleared.
C. Incorrect - The B CRD pump is powered from bus A-6 and since this bus was powered from the startup transformer a load shed did not occur, consequently the B CRD pump is still running.
D. Incorrect - The B CRD pump is powered from bus A-6 and since this bus was powered from the startup transformer a load shed did not occur, consequently the B CRD pump is still running. The A CRD pump is powered from A-5, when the startup transformer failed to pick up the bus and a LOCA signal was generated a load shed occurred on the bus. The A CRD pump cannot be restarted until the load shed signals are cleared.
Technical Reference(s): 2.4.16, Att. 8, pgs 25 & 26 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None O-RO-02-06-11, EO-2c Learning Objective: (As available)
O-RO-02-09-08, EO-6 Question Source: Bank # TADs ID: 3310 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2
~.-- ..-- .--~.--
Group # 1 KIA # 264000 A3.03 Importance Rating 3.4 Ability to monitor automatic operations of the EMERGENCY GENERATORS (DIESEUJET) including: Indicating lights, meters, and recorders Proposed Question: RO Question # 18 A diesel generator (DIG) is supplying an electrical bus in parallel with the grid.
Assuming DIG terminal voltage does not change, how are the DIG KVAR and DIG Amps affected if the DIG governor is placed in the RAISE position for five (5) seconds?
DIG KVAR DIG Amps No change Rise A.
No change No change 8.
Rise Rise C.
Rise No change D.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - The DIG is loaded using the Governor Speed Control, increasing the speed setpoint will have a directly impact real power (kW) raising the output amps of the DIG.
Reactive loading (KVAR) is controlled using the Voltage Regulator Setpoint Adjuster which is not adjusted in this question.
- 8. Incorrect - The DIG is loaded using the Governor Speed Control, increasing the speed setpoint will have a directly impact real power (kW) raising the output amps of the DIG C. Incorrect - Reactive loading (KVAR) is controlled using the Voltage Regulator 8etpoint Adjuster which is not adjusted in this question.
D. Incorrect - The DIG is loaded using the Governor Speed Control, increasing the speed setpoint will have a directly impact real power (kW) raising the output amps of the DIG.
Reactive loading (KVAR) is controlled using the Voltage Regulator Setpoint Adjuster
which is not adjusted in this question.
Technical Reference(s): 2.2.8, Sect 7.5.1, pg 40 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-01-04-05, EO-19 (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TADs ID: 5126 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 262002 A4.01
-~---- ..
Importance Rating 2.8 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Transfer from alternative source to preferred source. (UPS)
Proposed Question: RO Question # 19 Given the following:
- The plant is at 30% power with a normal electrical distribution lineup;
- 480 VAC Load Center B-6 is lost when the supply breaker on B-1, B52-102, trips due to a breaker fault;
- Operators report the following indications regarding 120 VAC Vital Bus Y-2:
o Alarm Y-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER, C3RC-A2, has annunciated o The Y-2 potential indicating light on C3 extinguished briefly but is now lit.
Operators have stabilized the plant and are now making preparations to re-energize B6 from 480 VAC Load Center B-2.
Based on the above information which one of the following is correct regarding (1) The initial response of Y-2 to the transient AND (2) Any automatic response of Y-2 when B-6 is re-energized?
A. (1) Y-2 responded as designed (2) Y-2 will remain on its alternate power supply, B-15 B. (1) Y-2 did NOT respond as designed (2) Y-2 will remain on its alternate power supply, B-15 C. (1) Y-2 responded as designed (2) Y-2 will automatically transfer back to its preferred power supply, the Y-2 MG Set D. (1) Y-2 did NOT respond as designed (2) Y-2 will automatically transfer back to its preferred power supply, the Y-2 MG Set
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Y-2 is normally powered from a MG set that has both a DC and AC driver.
The AC driver, powered from B-6 is normally powering the MG set. If B-6 power is lost, the DC motor will then power the MG set. A large flywheel on the MG maintains Y-2 voltage and frequency as the drivers shift from AC to DC. If the MG set fails or DC power is not available and Y-2 de-energizes, Y-2 will transfer to its alternate source, B
- 15. In this case, Y-2 should not have de-energized and auto transferred indicating a failure of the DC motor to maintain the MG set energized.
B. Correct: Y-2 should not have transferred and should have remained energized during the transient via the DC supply to the MG set. Y-2 will not automatically transfer back to its preferred source when B-6 is re-energized. Any Y-2 automatic transfer to B-15 must be manually reset.
C. Incorrect: Y-2 should not have transferred and must be manually re-aligned to its preferred source following the automatic transfer.
D. Incorrect: Y-2 must be manually re-aligned to its preferred source following an automatic transfer. Plausible in that if the MG set is being powering by the DC motor following a loss of B-6 power, and B-6 is subsequently restored, the MG set will automatically shift back to AC power. Additionally Y-1 will also auto transfer back to its preferred source if an automatic transfer to the alternate has occurred.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.16, 120/240V AC VITAL (Attach if not previously provided)
SERVICES INSTRUMENT POWER SUPPLY (Y2), page 8 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RO-02-01-07, EO-5 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge
Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 259002 A4.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: FWRV lockup reset controls Proposed Question: RO Question # 20 The plant is at rated conditions. Feedwater Level Control is in Master Auto and set to control at
+30 inches. Then, operators note the following:
- "An Feed Line Flow (FI-640-24A) is 6 Mlbm/hr and slowly rising
- "8" Feed Line Flow (FI-640-248) is 3 Mlbm/hr and slowly towering
- Reactor water level remains at +30 inches.
Other feed water level control indications are as shown in the picture. Which one of the following is consistent with these indications?
OFF ON OFF ON
A. The "A" MIA Station has failed B. The "B" MIA Station has failed C. The "A" feed reg valve is locked up and is drifting open D. The "B" feed reg valve is locked up and is drifting closed Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - The MIA stations are operating however the "A" Feed Regulating Valve has locked up and slowly drifting open B. Incorrect - The MIA stations are operating however the "A "Feed Regulating Valve has locked up and slowly drifting open C. Correct - On a loss of air to the Feedwater Regulating Valve(s), the red FEED REG VLV LOCK-UP RESET light(s) will illuminate and the white FEED REG VLV A (B)
CONTROL CIRCUIT NORMAL light(s) will extinguish. The A Feed Regulating Valve has failed and lock up and is drifting open causing A feed line flow to rise, level will temporarily remain under control as the B feedwater How is lowered.
D. Incorrect - The A Feed Regulating Valve has failed and lock up and is drifting open causing A feed line flow to rise, level will temporarily remain under control as the B feedwater flow is lowered.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.49, pg 20, sect. 5.0, [6] (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-04-10, EO-18 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: No
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 212000 2.4.31 Importance Rating 4.2 Emergency Procedures I Plan: Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures (RPS)
Proposed Question: RO Question # 21 Given the following:
- PNPS is at rated conditions when an inadvertent MSIV isolation results in RPV pressure rising rapidly.
- All control rods automatically insert.
- While stabilizing the plant following the trip, the 905 panel operator observes the following:
- All "AI> RPS Group solenoid lights: ON
- All "8" RPS Group solenoid lights: OFF
- "AI> Recirc MG set: TRIPPED
- "8" Recirc MG set: 26% SPEED 8ased on the above (1) How many ARI valves actuated to cause control rod insertion AND (2) Did the ATWS DIVISION ONE circuitry respond as designed and If not, why not?
A. (1 ) Two (2) ATWS Division One circuitry responded as designed.
- 8. (1 ) Two (2) ATWS Division One circuitry failed to trip the "8" recirc MG set C. (1 ) One (2) ATWS Division One circuitry responded as designed.
D. (1 ) One (2) ATWS Division One circuitry failed to trip the "8" recirc MG set
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: One ARI valve is associated with each division. Only one ARI valve is required to depressurize the scram air header. Since only Division One tripped, only one ARI valve repositioned. Additionally, either division will trip both recirc pumps. The "B" MG set should have been tripped by the Division one logic.
B. Incorrect: Only one ARI valve repositioned.
C. Incorrect: The "B" MG set should have been tripped by the Division one logic.
D. Correct: Each division will energize its respective ARI valve which is sufficient to de energize the header. Each division will also trip BOTH recirc pumps. The "B" Recirc pump should have tripped.
Technical Reference(s): ATWS System Reference Text, (Attach if not previously provided) page 14 ARP C905L-A5 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # LOR Bank #359 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KJA# 206000 2.2.40 Importance Rating 3.4 Equipment Control: Ability to apply technical specifications for a system (HPCI).
Proposed Question: RO Question # 22 Given the following:
- The plant is operating at full power.
- The Condensate Storage Tank (CST) low level switches have just been declared inoperable.
Which one of the following is correct regarding the impact on HPCI and RCIC?
A. HPCI and RCIC remain operable, due to a redundant suction source.
B. Only HPCI is inoperable, due to HPCI suction valve interlock being inoperable.
C. Only RCIC is inoperable, due to RCIC suction valve interlock being inoperable.
D. HPCI and RCIC are inoperable, due to HPCI and RCIC suction valve interlocks being inoperable.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Both HPCI and RCIC have a redundant suction source using the Torus; however HPCI has an automatic suction transfer when water in the CST falls below a predetermined level. This suction interlock requires these CST low level switches be operable. RCIC does not have this automatic suction swap and therefore is unaffected by these switches becoming inoperable.
B. Correct - Both HPCI and RCIC have a redundant suction source using the Torus, however HPCI has an automatic suction transfer whein water in the CST falls below a predetermined level. This suction interlock requires these CST low level switches be operable.
C. Incorrect - RCIC does not have this automatic suction swap and therefore is unaffected by these switches becoming inoperable.
D. Incorrect - RCIC does not have this automatic suction swap and therefore is unaffected by these switches becoming inoperable.
Technical Reference(s): T.S. 3.2.B, Table 3.2.B, pg 3/4.2 16 (Attach if not previously provided)
PNPS 2.2.21, Sect 4.3, pg 8 and Sect. 5.2.[4], pg 16 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-03, EO-26 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New x Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross*reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 212000 A1.08 Importance Rating 3.4 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM controls including: Valve position Proposed Question: RO Question # 23 A turbine trip from full power has caused a reactor scram. RPV level lowered to *20 inches during the initial transient but has been restored to the normal operating band. The scram has NOT BEEN RESET.
Which one of the following correctly describes the status of the RPS Backup Scram valves in this plant condition?
Both Backup Scram valves should be ...
A. energized and aligned to vent the air header B. de*energized and aligned to vent the air header C. energized and NOT aligned to vent the air header D. de*energized and NOT aligned to vent the air header Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct* Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de*energized) are energized and instrument air is blocked and vented at this pOint.
B. Incorrect - Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de-energized) are energized.
C. Incorrect - Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de-energized) are energized and instrument air is blocked and vented at this point.
D. Incorrect - Whenever a Reactor Scram occurs, both Backup Scram Valve solenoids (normally de-energized) are energized and instrument air is blocked and vented at this point.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.79, Sect. 4.2 [2], pg 9 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-07-07, EO-3.f (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 12604 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 209001 A3.02 Importance Rating 3.8
Ability to monitor automatic operations of the LOW PRESSURE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM including: Pump start Proposed Question: RO Question # 24 A feedwater line break outside containment results in a lowering RPV level. Reactor Pressure is currently 800 psig and stable.
Which one of the following correctly describes the automatic response of the Core Spray System?
The Core Spray pumps will start ...
A. immediately after RPV level lowers to -46 inches.
B. if RPV level lowers and remains less than -46 inches for a minimum of 11 minutes.
C. if RPV level lowers and remains less than -46 inches for a minimum of 13 minutes.
D. once RPV level lowers to -46 inches AND RPV pressure is less than 400 psig AND 11 minutes have elapsed.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Given the current reactor pressure the Core Spray pumps will not start without a high drywell pressure signal or until the high Drywell pressure bypass timer times out.
B. Correct - The Core Spray System will start automatically in response to any of three signals:
(1) +2.22 psig Drywell pressure (valves will not open until Reactor pressure is less than 395 to 405 psig).
(2) -46.3 inches RPV water level and with RPV pressure below 395 to 405 psig.
(3) -46.3 inches RPV water level and expiration of the high Drywell pressure bypass timer (+9 to +15.4 minutes) (nominal setting is considered 11 minutes).
C. Incorrect: The pumps will start at the 11 minute point. Plausible in that this is the time delay associated with an ADS blowdown when utilizing the drywell high pressure
bypass feature.
O. Incorrect - The 11 minute timer is not required with the other conditions present.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.20, Sect. 4.2 [1], pg 8 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-09-02, EO-4 (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 720 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KJA# 218000 K3.01
---.
Importance Rating 4.4 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM will have on following: Restoration of reactor water level after a break that does not depressurize the reactor when required Proposed Question: RO Question # 25 PNPS is at rated power when a loss of 125 VDC panel 0-4 occurs. One of the many alarms that annunciate is the following ADS alarm:
While in this condition a small break LOCA inside the drywell results in drywell pressure rising to 3.4 psig and lowering RPV water level.
Given that the MSIVs have just closed on low vessel level and that no high pressure injection sources are available, which one of the following correctly states when RPV level will be recovered?
Low pressure ECCS will recover level when ADS ...
A. Initiates two minutes later. All four SRVs will open.
B. Initiates two minutes later. ONLY the "A" and "C" SRVs will open.
C. Initiates eleven minutes later. All four SRVs will open.
D. Initiates eleven minutes later. ONLY the "A" and "C" SRVs will open.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - A 105 second ADS timer is actuated by either a simultaneous occurrence of high drywell pressure (2.2 psig) and low-low RPV water level (-46 in.). Since the MSIVs also close at -46 inches, conditions have been met to start the timer. C903L-A 1 alarms when a loss of 125 VDC panel 0-4 occurs. This power loss disables ADS Logic Train "A"; however ADS Logic Train "B" is operable. The loss of any battery affects only one two minute timing circuit. Each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches. Therefore the ADS valves will open when the two
minute timer times out.
B. Incorrect - All four valves will open because each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches.
C. Incorrect - The loss of any battery affects only one two minute timing circuit. Each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches.
Therefore the ADS valves will open when the two minute timer times out.
D. Incorrect - The loss of any battery affects only one two minute timing circuit. Each relief valve is powered by DC from either station battery through auto-transfer switches.
Therefore the ADS valves will open when the two minute timer times out.
Technical Reference(s): ARP-903L-A-1 5.3.11 , Sect. 2.0, [5](i) pg 3 (Attach if not previously provided)
ADS System Description Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RE-02-09-05, EO-26 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New x Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 217000 K6.01 Importance Rating 3.4 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC): Electrical power Proposed Question: RO Question # 26 Given the following:
- RCIC is operating in Automatic at rated flow
- Then, an over-voltage transient on "A" 125 VDC syst'~m results in alarm RCIC INVERTER FAILURE, C904L A4.
- Three (3) seconds later, voltage on the "An 125 VDC system returns to normal.
(1) How does the INVERTER FAILURE impact the operation of the RCIC Flow Controller AND (2) How will the inverter respond when the voltage on the "An 125 VDC system returns to normal?
A. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MAXIMUM demand resulting in an increase in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will auto reset and the controller output will return to normal.
B. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MINIMUM demand resulting in a decrease in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will auto reset and the controller output will return to normal.
C. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MAXIMUM demand resulting in an increase in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will remain tripped until manually reset at the C904 panel.
D. (1 ) The output of the controller will fail to MINIMUM demand resulting in a decrease in RCIC speed (2) The inverter will remain tripped until manually reset at the C904 panel.
Proposed Answer: B
Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: The controller loses power and the output will fail to minimum, resulting in a reduction in turbine speed and flow.
B. Correct: The control circuitry for the RCIC System is 115V AC supplied by an inverter from the 125V DC Bus "A", A high voltage input condition (approximately 160V DC) will trip the inverter. The unit will automatically reset after the input voltage conditions return to normal with an approximately 3-second time delay, The loss of the 115V AC to the control circuitry will cause a reduction in the flow demand signal to the turbine.
C. Incorrect: The Inverter will auto reset. Plausible in that an earlier version of the inverter required a manual rest.
D. Incorrect: The Inverter will auto reset. Plausible in that an earlier version of the inverter required a manual rest.
Technical Reference(s): REACTOR CORE ISOLATION COOLING SYSTEM (RCIC)
System Reference Text, page 11. (Attach if not previously provided)
ARP for C904L-A4 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43
Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2
.. _
Group # 2 KIA # 215002 K1.03 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause- effect relationships between ROD BLOCK MONITOR SYSTEM and the following: Reactor manual control: BWR-3,4,5 Proposed Question: RO Question # 27 Given the following:
- Reactor power is 40%
- A central control rod is selected for withdraw Which one of the following will result in the Reactor Manual Control System imposing a rod withdraw block?
A. RBM A is indicating a value of 112%.
B. Five LPRMs currently feeding RBM B are bypassed.
C. RBM B switch S-2 is placed in the "COUNT" position.
D. Reference APRM to RBM A has drifted downward to 20%.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: At 40% power the RBM High trip setpoint is 120%. Plausible in that at a higher power, a value of 112% would cause a block (different setpoints based on reactor power).
B. Correct: A RBM INOP trip is generated when 50% of the LPRMs feeding the RBM are bypassed. Since this is a central control rod, there are 4 LPRM strings available and therefore 8 LPRMs are assigned.
C. Incorrect: The switch S-2 can be positioned without causing a rod block. Plausible in that switch S-1 cannot D. Incorrect: The APRM drifting downward will result in an automatic bypass of the RBM, not an INOP trip
Technical Reference(s): RBM Reference Text, Figure 2 (Attach if not previously provided) and pages 7 and 8 for LPRM assignments.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TAOS # 229 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 2 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 202002 A3.03 Importance Rating 3.1
Ability to monitor automatic operations of the RECIRCULATION FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM including: Scoop tube operation: BWR-2,3,4 KIA JustHication: The recirc flow controller controls the position of the scoop tube which in turn controls MG set speed. The #2 speed limiter initiates a runback by immediately changing the controller's output (demand signal to the scoop tube) to 44%. The operator monitors and verifies the response of the scoop tube via the Middle Bar Chart by observing changes in MG set speed.
Proposed Question: RO Question # 28 The "B" recirc MG set speed controller on the 904 panel is in MANUAL mode with the following initial indications on the controller:
- Left Bar Chart (Operator Setpoint): 70%
- Middle Bar Chart (MG Set Speed): 70%
- Right Bar Chart (Output): 70%
Given these initial conditions, which one of the following correctly describes the indications on the controller following a runback to the #2 speed limiter?
A. Left Bar Chart: 44%
Middle Bar Chart: 44%
Right Bar Chart: 44%
B. Left Bar Chart: 44%
Middle Bar Chart: 44%
Right Bar Chart: 70%
C. Left Bar Chart: 70%
Middle Bar Chart: 44%
Right Bar Chart: 44%
D. Left Bar Chart: 70%
Middle Bar Chart: 44%
Right Bar Chart: 70Q/o
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - The Left Bar is the Operator Set point and with the controller in Manual, will not automatically respond.
B. Incorrect - The Left Bar is the Operator Setpoint and with the controller in Manual, will not automatically respond. Additionally, the right bar chart is the output of the controller.
When the limiter is activated, the output of the controller will immediately drop to 44%.
This will in-turn reduce the MG set speed.
C. Correct - No.2 function will override controller output and will limit the speed demand signal to 44%, not subject to rate limiting. The left bar, the operator setpoint will not be changed by the runback to 44#. The center bar graph for controller indicates actual speed indication which would indicate 44% based on the #2 Speed Limiter. The right bar, indicating the controller output will indicate the new controller demand to the scoop tube, which would be 44% for the #2 Speed Limiter.
O. Incorrect - The right bar chart is the output of the controller. When the limiter is activated, the output of the controller will immediately drop to 44%. This will in-turn reduce the MG set speed.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.84, Sect. 4.2.4, pgs 16 (Attach if not previously provided)
& 17, Att. 7, pg 107 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-06-02, EO-16b (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 3236 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis
10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 259001 K3.06 Importance Rating 3.1
Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the REACTOR FEEDWATER SYSTEM will have on following: Core inlet subcooling Proposed Question: RO Question # 29 The plant is operating at 100% power when a partial loss of feedwater heating occurs.
Feedwater temperature lowers by 15 degrees and stabilizes.
Which one of the following is the effect on core inlet subcooling and what Immediate Action is required by PNPS 2.4.150, Loss of Feedwater Heating?
Core inlet subcooling Lower Reactor power to:
A. increases <25%
B. decreases <25%
C. increases <75%
D. decreases <75%
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect -It is not required to lower power to less than 25%.
B. Incorrect - Loss of feedwater heating reduces core inlet enthalpy which is an increase in inlet subcooling and it is not required to lower power to less than 25%.
C. Correct - Loss of feedwater heating reduces core inlet enthalpy, resulting in an increase in thermal power and a shift in thermal flux shape. By reducing Reactor thermal power by 25% of rated thermal power (Le., approximately 500MWth) below the pre-transient value, the margin to thermal limits will improve O. Incorrect - Loss of feedwater heating reduces core inlet enthalpy which is an increase in inlet subcooling.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.150, pgs 2,4 & 5.
O-RO-01-03-09, pages 33-37 of (Attach if not previously provided) 64 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-04-09 EO 3 (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 5296 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 216000 K4.09
~ ..-
Importance Rating 3.3 Knowledge of NUCLEAR BOILER INSTRUMENTATION design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Protection against filling the main steam lines from the feed system Proposed Question: RO Question # 30 With the REACTOR FEED PUMP HI WATER LEVEL TRIP CUTOUT SWITCH on the C905 panel in the "ON" position, which one of the following will prevent the feedwater pumps from filling the main steam lines following a Reactor scram?
The reactor feed water pumps will trip when:
A. Either Narrow Range U-263-1 OOA OR B indicates +60 inches or greater.
B. When both Narrow Range Instruments U-263-100A AND B indicate +60 inches or greater.
C. Either Feedwater Level Control Instrument U-640-29A OR B indicates +60 inches or greater.
D. Both Feedwater Level Control Instruments U-640-29A AND B indicate +60 inches or greater.
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Level indicators (U-640-29A1B) on panel 905 provide the feedwater pump trip level indication. Both level circuits must sense high level to trip the feedwater pumps.
B. Incorrect - Level indicators (U-640-29A1B) on panel 905 provide the feedwater pump trip level indication.
C. Incorrect - Both level circuits must sense high level to trip the feedwater pumps.
D. Correct - Reactor vessel water level is measured by two identical, independent sensing systems. Level transmitters (LT-646A1B). The level signals are fed to two level indicators (U-640-29A1B) on panel 905. Each level sensing analog instrument in the level sensing circuit system is equipped with a bistable device (640-44A1B) that provides a signal to trip the feedwater pumps and alarm at the main control room when extreme high water level is detected (+60"). Both level circuits must sense high level to trip the feedwater pumps.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.96, Sect. 4.3[5] pg 14 (Attach if not previously provided)
Feedwater Control SD pgs 8 & 9.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RO-02-06-01, EO-3e (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 201006 K5.10 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of ROD WORTH MINIMIZER SYSTEM (RWM) (PLANT SPECIFIC) design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: Withdraw error: P-Spec(Not BWR6)
Proposed Question: RO Question # 31 Given the following:
- A Reactor Startup is in progress with reactor power in the source range;
- The current and following steps of the Rod Withdrawal Sequence and associated rod positions are as shown below:
Group Step Rod Move FromlTo Current Position 8 27 14 - 39 08 to 12 12 38 -15 08 to 12 12 38 - 39 08 to 12 10 14 - 15 08 to 12 08 !
9 28 30 - 31 08 to 12 08 22 - 31 08 to 12 08 30 - 23 08 to 12 08 22 -23 08 to 12 08
- There are NO Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM) errors currently existing;
- Control Rod 38-39 is selected for withdraw and being notch withdrawn from position 10 to position 12.
When the rod is withdrawn, the rod "double-notches" and settles at position 14.
Which one of the following is correct regarding further control rod movement?
The RWM will automatically block ..... .
A. ANY control rods from being inserted or withdrawn. Rod 38-39 can ONLY be repositioned after bypassing the RWM.
B. Control Rod 38-39 from further withdraw but it can be inserted back to position 12. NO other rod movement is possible unless the RWM is bypassed.
C. Control Rod 38-39 from further withdraw but can be inserted back to position 12. The remaining rods in step 27 can ALSO be inserted or withdrawn provided movement is within the limits of the step.
D. ANY control rods 'from being withdrawn. ALL control rods can be inserted until three insert errors are created.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: The error rod can be inserted to correct the withdrawal error.
B. Correct: A withdrawal error was generated when rod 38-39 was withdrawn past it's withdraw limit. Until the error is corrected, all other rod motion is inhibited.
C. Incorrect: A withdrawal error was generated when rod 38-39 was withdrawn past it's withdraw limit. Until the error is corrected, all other rod motion is inhibited. Plausible in that the RWM does not enforce how the rods are withdrawn or inserted within the step provided the insert and withdrawal limits are not violated.
D. Incorrect: All rod movement is inhibited unless the withdraw error is corrected.
Plausible in that normally, operation can continue if an insert error is made provided that there are no more than three insert errors.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.90, Sect. 4, pgs 9-11 (Attach if not previously provided) and page 25 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # x Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6
55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 204000 K6.08 Importance Rating 3.S Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the REACTOR WATER CLEANUP SYSTEM: PCIS/NSSSS Proposed Question: RO Question # 32 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions;
- Reactor Water Cleanup is in service; Then, a loss of 120VAC Safeguard Bus Y-3 occurs.
Which of the following RWCU valves will automatically close?
- 1. RWCU Inboard Isolation Valve MO-1201-2
- 2. RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve MO-1201-S
- 3. RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve MO-1201-80 A 1 only B. 2 only C. 2 and 3 only D. 1 and 3 only Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - The Group VI isolation (RWCU) utilizes a two channel, normally energized, de energized to trip logic powered by 120 V essential service panels Y -3 and Y -4. Channel A, powered from Y -3, trips de-energize relay 16A-K26 which shuts the inboard supply valve to the RWCU system, MO-2. Channel B, powered from Y-4, trips de-energize relay 16A-K27 which shuts the outboard supply valve to the RWCU system, MO-S, and also shuts the RWCU system return valve to feedwater line "A" MO-80.
B. Incorrect - The S valve would close if Y-4 were lost.
C. Incorrect - This would be the response if Y-4 were lost.
D. Incorrect - Only the 2 valve will close.
Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided)
PNPS 5.3.18, LOSS OF 120V AC SAFEGUARD BUSES Y3 AND Y31, page 3 PCIS Reference Text, page 26 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-10, EO-12p (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowl,edge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2
Group # 2 KIA # 272000 A 1.01
- - - - _.. __ _..
Importance Rating 3.2 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters associated with operating the RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM controls including: Lig11tS, alarms, and indications associated with normal operations Proposed Question: RO Question # 33 With the plant operating at full power the following occur:
- Steam Jet Air Ejector Offgas monitor 1705-3A is inoperable
- The selector switch for 1705-3A has been placed in the INOP position
Based on these switch re-alignments which one of the following will cause Annunciator, 13 MIN TIMER INITIATED, CP600R-B3 and the subsequent Offgas isolation?
A. Steam Jet Air Ejector Offgas monitor 1705-3B exceeds its Hi - Hi setpoint only.
B. Post Treatment 011gas Rad Monitor 1705-5A OR 1705-5B exceed their Hi - Hi setpoints only.
C. Steam Jet Air Ejector 01fgas monitor 1705-3B exceeds its Hi - Hi setpoint or indicates downscale.
D. BOTH Post Treatment Offgas Rad Monitor 1705-5A AND 1705-5B exceed their Hi - Hi setpoints or indicate downscale.
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MON-1, then the post treat PRM (1705-5A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. The post treat PRM is measuring activity at the outlet 01 the charcoal vault. If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MON 2, then the pre treat PRM (1705-3A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. The pre treat PRM is measuring the activity at the air ejectors B. Incorrect: Both channels must exceed their Hi-Hi trip settings.
C. Incorrect: With the selector switch in the MON 1 position, the SJAE monitor does not input into the trip circuit.
D. Correct - If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MOI\l-1, then the post treat PRM (1705-5A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. If the OFFGAS ISOL CH PRM SEL switch is in MON-2, then the pre treat PRM (1705-3A1B) will start the 13 min. timer. To cause the alarm and isolation both channels of selected Rad Monitor must be upscale or both channels of selected Rad Monitor must be downscale Technical Reference(s): ARP-CP600R, B-3 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-03-02, EO-6c (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 288000 A2.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the PLANT VENTILATION SYSTEMS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: High radiation: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO Question # 34 The plant is operating normally at 100% power when the following occur:
- Annunciator 904CL-B-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarms
- Annunciator 904LC-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI - HI alarms Based on only these annunciators which one of the following is the status of Secondary Containment Ventilation and whether entry into EOP-4, Secondary Containment Control is required?
Secondary Containment has: EOP-4 entry is:
A. automatically isolated required B. automatically isolated NOT required C. NOT automatically isolated required D. NOT automatically isolated NOT required Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Neither annunciator 904CL-B-5 or 904CL-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI and HI HI are not tied to an automatic isolation of the Secondary Containment or SBGT start.
B. Incorrect - Neither annunciator 904CL-B-5 or 904CL-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI and HI HI are not tied to an automatic isolation of the Secondary Containment or SBGT start. REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarm (panel C904LC, B5) is an entry condition for EOP-4.
C. Correct - Neither annunciator 904CL-B-5 or 904CL-A-5, REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI and HI HI are not tied to an automatic isolation of the Secondary Containment or SBGT start. REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarm (panel C904LC, B5) is an entry condition for EOP-4.
D. Incorrect - REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI alarm (panel C904LC, B5) is an entry condition for EOP-4.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-04 (Attach if not previously provided)
ARP-904CL, A-5 and B-5 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-05 EO 14c (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowl 19dge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 239001 K2.01 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of electrical power supplies to the following: Main steam isolation valve solenoids Proposed Question: RO Question # 35 The plant is operating at 100% power when power is lost to 120V AC SAFEGUARD BUSES Y3.
Which one of the following is the effect on the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs)?
The AC solenoids for the ...
A. inboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves close B. outboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves close C. inboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves remain open D. outboard MSIVs are de-energized and the valves remain open Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Both pilots must be de-energized to allow air to the piston top to close the valve. This prevents inadvertent closing of MSIV if one solenoid power supply is lost.
B. Incorrect - Y3 powers the inboard solenoids. Both pilots must be de-energized to allow air to the piston top to close the valve. This prevents inadvertent closing of MSIV if one solenoid power supply is lost.
C. Correct - Inboard MSIV solenoids are powered from panel 0-6 for the 125 VDC solenoids, and from panel Y -3 for the 120 V solenoids. Outboard MSIV solenoids are powered from panel 0-5 for the 125 VOC solenoids and from panel Y -4 for the 120 V solenoids. Loss of anyone of these 4 power supplies will cause the amber logic lights on C-905 to extinguish. Loss of one power supply will not cause any MSIV to close. Loss of panels 0-6 and Y -3 will cause the inboard MSIVs to close. Loss of panels 0-5 and Y -4 will cause the outboard
MSIVs to close.
D. Incorrect - Y3 powers the inboard solenoids.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.92, Att. 3 (Attach if not previously provided)
Main Steam System Description, pg 31, Sect 14.a Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-02-08-10, EO-12j, k (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TADs ID: 3981 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2
~-.--
Group # 2 KIA # 245000 A4.02
._
Importance Rating 3.1
---~-~
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Generator controls Proposed Question: RO Question # 36 The plant is operating at 20% power with Main Generator voltage control in AUTO when a faulty generator output voltage signal causes the Generator output voltage to rise to the Maximum excitation limit.
Which one of the following describes the plant response?
A. The main generator will trip initiating a turbine trip and reactor scram B. The main generator will trip initiating a turbine trip, the reactor will NOT scram.
C. The voltage regulator will transfer automatically back to the MANUAL mode at the last operator set manual setting D. The voltage regulator will transfer automatically back to the MANUAL mode at the last automatic setting prior to the failure.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - The voltage regulator shifts to manual no generator/turbine trips or scrams occur B. Incorrect - The voltage regulator shifts to manual no generatorlturbine trips or scrams occur C. Correct - the voltage regulator will transfer automatically back to the MANUAL mode should anyone of these conditions occur:
(a) Exciter field breaker trip (b) Main Generator field breaker trip (c) Generator voltage unbalanced (d) Maximum excitation limit (e) Rectifiers overcurrent (f) Excessive volts per cycle
D. Incorrect - The manual voltage regulator does not follow the auto regulator and will remain at its last setting Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.2, Sect. 4.2 [6], pg 10 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # 2009 Audit #30 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 201001 2.2.25 Importance Rating 3.2 Equipment Control: Knowledge of bases in technical specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. (CRD Hydraulic)
Proposed Question: RO Question # 37 Given the following:
- A reactor plant startup is in progress
- Reactor pressure is 750 psig
- Annunciator CRD PUMP A TRIP C905R-A5 alarms
- Two minutes later, annunciator ACCUMULATOR TROUBLE C905R-F6 also alarms
- The ACCUM Trouble light on the full core display for rod 18-41 is ON
- Rod 18-41 is at position 24 Tech Specs require that _ _ (1) _ _ _. The bases for this action is because
_ _ (2) _ _.
A. (1) an immediate reactor scram be inserted.
(2) there is insufficient reactor pressure to fully insert the control rod should a reactor scram occur.
B. (1) an immediate reactor scram be inserted.
(2) although the rod will insert should a scram occur, normal scram times may be exceeded.
C. (1) if a charging water flow is not restored within 20 minutes an immediate manual scram shall be inserted.
(3) there is insufficient reactor pressure to fully insert the control rod should a reactor scram occur.
D. (2) if a charging water flow is not restored within 20 minutes an immediate manual scram shall be inserted.
(3) although the rod will insert should a scram occur, normal scram times may be exceeded.
Proposed Answer: B
Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: AT 750 psig there is still sufficient reactor pressure to insert the control rod.
B. Correct: Per Tech Spec 3.3. C.D, with reactor pressure less than 950, an accumulator trouble alarm on a non fully inserted control rod, an immediate manual scram is required. The bases for this action is that normal scram times may be exceeded. Per the bases of section 3.3.D, "Below 800 psig reactor pressure, the scram accumulators are necessary to scram the control rods within the required insertion times of LCO 3.3.C, "Scram Insertion Times."
C. Incorrect: Per Tech Spec 3.3. C.D, with reactor pressure less than 950, an accumulator trouble alarm on a non fully inserted control rod, an immediate manual scram is required. Plausible in that this is the required action at pressures> 950 psi in conjunction with two inop accumulators.
D. Incorrect: Per Tech Spec 3.3. C.D, with reactor pressure less than 950, an accumulator trouble alarm on a non fully inserted control rod, an immediate manual scram is required.
Technical Reference(s): T.S 3.3. C and 0 (Attach if not previously provided)
Tech Spec bases page 3 / 4.3-22 CRDM Reference Text, figure 25 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 2 KIA # 290003 K4.01 Importance Rating 3.1 Knowledge of CONTROL ROOM HVAC design feature(s) and/or interlocks which provide for the following: System initiations/reconfiguration: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO Question # 38 The Control Room Ventilation System is operating in the "normal" configuration. The alignment of the CRHEAF system is as follows:
- CRHEAF SUPPLY FAN A is in AUTO
- CRHEAF SUPPLY FAN B is in AUTO While operating in this configuration, what will be the effect of a Halon discharge in the Cable Spreading Room?
A. Normal supply and recirculation fans trip, only one CFlHEAF supply fan starts.
B. Normal supply and recirculation fans trip, both CRHEAF supply fans start.
C. Normal supply fans continue to run, recirculation fan trips, only one CRHEAF supply fan starts.
D. Normal supply fans trip, recirculation fan remains running, both CRHEAF supply fans start.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Both fans start B. Correct - During discharge of the Halon into the Cable Spreading Room, the supply fans (VAC-104A and VAC-104B) and recirculation fans (VRF-1 01 A and VRF-1 01 B) are shut down and the Control Room environmental air system fans (VSF-1 03A and VSF-103B, CRHEAF SUPPLY FANS A and B) are started. This provides fresh filtered air to Control Room personnel while the normal HVAC is shut down. It also pressurizes the Control Room pursuant to FSAR Section 10.17.
C. Incorrect - Normal supply fans and recirculation fans stop O. Incorrect - Normal supply fans and recirculation fans stop Technical Reference(s): 2.2.46, Sect. 4.2 [6], pgs 9 & 10 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: O-RO-03-08-03 EO-5 (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TAOs 10: 3166 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Not used Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 8 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295037 EK1
~ .. -~ ........ ------
Importance Rating 4.2 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to SCRAM CONDITION PRESENT AND REACTOR POWER ABOVE APRM DOWNSCALE OR UNKNOWN: Boron effects on reactor power (SBLC)
Proposed Question: RO#39 Given the following conditions:
- The plant was at rated conditions when a complete loss of normal feed resulted in a reactor scram.
- Control rods failed to insert and EOP-02, Failure to Scram, is being executed.
- RPV level has been intentionally lowered and is now being controlled between -150" and -125 inches (Actual)
NOT UNTIL. ....
A. Reactor Power is below the APRM downscales.
B. The Hot Shutdown Boron Weight has been injected C. The Cold Shutdown Boron Weight has been injected D. Reactor Power is on IRM range 7 or lower, and continuing to lower.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Reactor level cannot be restored until the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight has been injected. Plausible in that this is one of the criteria for stopping the intentional lowering of level.
B. Correct: EOP-02, Step L-7 specifies that when the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight (HSBW) has been injected than the "R" leg of EOP-02 is to be executed. This leg directs that RPV level be restored to normal via step L-23.
C. Incorrect: Level can be restored when the HSBW has been injected. Delaying the level
restoration may delay the reactor shutdown due to the imperfect boron mixing that may have occurred when level was lowered and core flow dropped.
D. Incorrect: Level can be restored when the HSBW has been injected. Plausible in that this is the EOP-02 definition of reactor shutdown.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-02, Failure to Scram. (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295005 .03 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR TRIP: Pressure effects on reactor level Proposed Question: RO#40 The reactor is at steady-state, rated power conditions at the beginning of the fuel cycle (BOC).
All systems are operable.
Then, a spurious Main Turbine trip occurs. Reactor water level will _ _
(Assume NO operator action)
A. initially shrink until HPCI/RCIC automatically initiates to restore reactor level.
B. initially swell until feedwater control automatically stabilizes level at the original level.
C. shrink and swell continuously due to SRV cycling until feedwater control automatically stabilizes level at the original level.
D. shrink and then swell following momentary SRV cycling and then continue to rise until the feedwater pumps trip on high RPV level due to the feed reg valve leakage.
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - A main turbine trip would not result in a level decrease to the extent of initiation of HPCI or RCIC systems. This is characteristic for Loss of Vacuum or MSIV Closure events.
B. Incorrect - Level will shrink due to the reactor pressure rise resulting from the turbine trip. The level will not stabilize at the original level without operators taking manual control of the feedwater C. Incorrect - SRV cycling is indicative of a main turbine trip without bypass capability.
D. Correct - level will shrink due to the reactor pressure rise resulting from the turbine trip, as well as due to the loss of void production and core flow
sweeping out the pre-scram voids. Feedwater restores level until the feedwater pumps trip on High RPV level unless the operators take manual control of the system. PNPS 2.1.6 step [5] requires the operators to take manual control of the Feed Reg Valves and Trip the feedwater pumps as required to maintain level.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.1.6 step [5]b. (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # WTS4623 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295018 AK1.01 Importance Rating Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING WATER: Effects on component/system operations Proposed Question: RO#41 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions
- RCIC is in service for Quarterly Operability Testing
- "A" CRD Pump is in service
- R8CCW valve MO-4085A, R8CCW Loop "A" Non-Essential Loop Inlet Valve fails full CLOSED Assuming no operator action is taken, which one of the following will occur?
A. RCIC will isolate on high area temperature.
B. "AI! CRD pump will seize due to loss of cooling to its bearings.
C. 80TH "A" AND "8" Recirc MG sets will trip on high oii temperature.
D. RWCU will isolate on high Non Regenerative Heat Exchanger outlet temperature.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: RCIC will not isolate. Plausible in that RCIC area coolers are cooled by "A" R8CCW. However these coolers are essential loads that were not isolated by the valve closure.
C. Correct: The MG set oil coolers for BOTH Recirc MG sets are non-essential loads off the "A" loop. The MG Sets will trip when lube oil temperatures reach 210 degrees.
D. Incorrect: RWCU is cooled by the "B" RBCCW loop.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.30, RBCCW page 9 (Attach if not previously provided)
PNPS 2.2.84, REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM, page 19 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295006 AK2.06 Importance Rating 4.2
- _...._
Knowledge of the interrelations between SCRAM and the following: Reactor Power Proposed Question: RO#42 Given the following:
- A Reactor Startup is in progress
- The reactor mode switch is in the STARTUP position, about to be transferred to RUN
- The Main Turbine is on the turning gear with all stop valves open
- Reactor pressure is 940 psig
- Reactor power is 25 on Range 10 of the IRMs Then ...... .
- An inadvertent HPCI injection occurs
A. Reactor power exceeded the IRM Hi-Hi setpoint B. Reactor power exceeded the APRM Hi-Hi setpoint C. Water level exceeded the high Main Turbine trip setpoint D. Water level exceeded the high MSIV Closure I isolation setpoint Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: The IRMs will generate a scram when they exceed 120/125ths of scale. A reading of 100 on range 10 equates to - 32% power. Therefore the IRMs will not reach their high-high setpoint until power is somewhat greater than 32%. The APRM Hi-Hi will occur at 15% before power can reach that level.
B. Correct: With the mode switch in Startup, the APRM set down setpoints are in effect.
This will cause a scram when power exceeds 15%. Therefore the reactor will scram on
APRM Hi-Hi.
C. Incorrect: Although the turbine may trip when level reaches +45 inches, the main turbine trips are bypassed due to the low 1s1 stage pressure in this condition (on the turning gear)
D. Incorrect: HPCI will trip at +45 inches. The Group I high level setpoint is + 55 inches.
Additionally, reactor pressure is too high to cause an isolation even if level reached
+ 55.
Technical Reference(s): TS Table 3.1.1 and associated (Attach if not previously provided) notes.
IRM Reference Text, page 10 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295016 AK2.02 Importance Rating 4.0 Knowledge of the interrelations between CONTROL ROOM ABANDONMENT and the following: Local control stations: Plant-Specific Proposed Question: RO#43 The plant was operating at rated power.
Following a loss of feedwater and a subsequent control room evacuation, HPCI automatically initiated at -46 inches. System control is now taken at the alternate shutdown panel (ASP) by aligning all HPCI LOCAUREMOTE control switches for local operation.
How will HPCI respond if RPV level continues to rise above +45"?
A. HPCI will trip B. HPCI will continue to inject.
C. HPCI will isolate.
D. HPCI will be operating on minimum flow.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - HPCI will continue to inject because trips are bypassed with control at the ASP B. Correct -lAW PNPS 2.4.143, APP.A, Transfer of HPCI control to the ASP along with breaker manipulations performed in Appendix F bypasses all HPCI initiation, trip, and interlock functions except the Turbine overspeed trip C. Incorrect - HPCI will continue to inject D. Incorrect - HPCI will continue to inject Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.143 App. A Step 2.0[2] (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TAD 10 - 2369 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowh~dge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295028 EK2.02 Importance Rating 3.2 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURE and the following:
Components internal to the drywell Proposed Question: RO#44 The drywell has a maximum internal design temperature of __ (1) _ and the ADS SRV solenoids are designed to operate up to an ambient drywell temperature of _ (2) _.
(1) Maximum Drvwell (2) Maximum SRV Internal Temperature Solenoid Temperature A. 215°F 281°F B. 215°F 330°F C. 281°F 281°F D. 281°F 330°F Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect -215°F is the limiting drywell temperature to guarantee that ECCS trips occur on/or before present T.S. values and requires a shutdown be initiated if drywell temperature cannot be restored to less than 215°F within 30 minutes. 281°F is the maximum internal design temperature of the drywell.
B. Incorrect -215°F is the limiting drywell temperature to guarantee that ECCS trips occur on/or before present T.S. values and requires a shutdown be initiated if drywell temperature is restored less than 215°F within 30 minutes.
C. Incorrect - The ADS SRV solenoids are designed to operate up to an ambient drywell temperature of 330°F.
D. Correct- lAW Primary Containment reference text Section C.1. , the maximum internal design temperature of the drywell is 281 degrees F. The ADS SRV solenoids are designed to operate up to an ambient drywell temperature of 330°F. Main Steam System reference text page 16 - Engineering determined that the ambient temperature
inside the drywell during a main steam line break may rise to 330°F The design basis MSLB is the most limiting break. This would cause the nitrogen inside the accumulator to increase in pressure due to the lack of area for expansion. The pressure would continue to rise to 160 psi. The 160 psi pressure exceeds the design rating of the previous accumulator (135 psi) solenoid valves. For this reason, new solenoid valves and relief valves designed to operate with a maximum Nitrogen pressure of 160 psid were installed on the accumulators. The maximum internal design temperature of the drywell is 281°F.
Technical Reference(s): Main Steam System reference text (Attach if not previously provided) page 14 Primary Containment Structure reference text page 8 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 9 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 700000 AK3.02 Importance Rating 3.6 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to GENERATOR VOLTAGE AND ELECTRIC GRID DISTURBANCES: Actions contained in abnormal operating procedure for voltage and grid disturbances.
Proposed Question: RO#45 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions;
- A degraded voltage condition exists
- PNPS, 2.4.144, DEGRADED VOLTAGE has been entered PNPS 2.4.144 states, DO NOT operate Core Spray or RHR Pump(s) with the EDG in parallel with the Startup or Unit Aux Transformers.
The reason for this is to _ __
A. ensure EDG loading is consistent with the engineering analysis.
B. prevent a reverse power trip of the EDG.
C. prevent an overvoltage condition from occurring on the EDG.
D. ensure that the EDG will trip with an overcurrent condition while in the Isochronous mode.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - lAW PNPS 2.4.144, Step 4.0[6]
B. Incorrect - total EDG loading is the concern C. Incorrect - voltage will be approximately at rated however, current will be lower than normal D. Incorrect- total EDG loading is the concern
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.1.144, Step 4.0[6] (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295026 EK3.05 Importance Rating 3.9 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to SUPPRESSION POOL HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE: Reactor SCRAM Proposed Question: RO#46 Given the following:
- The reactor is at 10% power
- EOP-03, Primary Containment Control has just been entered due to rising torus water temperature.
Based on the above EOP-03 requires that EOP-01, RPV Control, be entered before torus water temperature exceeds the _ _ (1) . The basis for this action is to __ (2) ?
A. (1) Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (2) ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and RPV pressure and level control are established prior to commencing an Emergency Depressurization B. (1) Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (2) ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed in order to limit additional heat input to the torus to prevent incomplete steam condensation following a blowdown.
C. (1) Boron Injection Initiation Temperature Limit (2) ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before the requirement for boron injection is reached. If rods fail to insert, sufficient boron can be injected before torus water temperature exceeds the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit.
D. (1) Boron Injection Initiation Temperature Limit (2) ensure that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before the requirement for boron injection is reached. If rods fail to insert, sufficient boron can be injected before torus water temperature exceeds low pressure ECCS NPSH requirements.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Per EOP-03, step TT-9, EOP-01 is entered before the torus water temperature exceeds the Boron Injection Initiation Temperature limit. Emergency Depressurization is required when the HCTL is exceeded which is much higher than the BIIT limit.
B. Incorrect: Per EOP-03, step TT-9, EOP-01 is entered before the torus water temperature exceeds the Boron Injection Initiation Temperature limit.
C. Correct: Per EOP-03, step TT-9, EOP-01 is entered before the torus water temperature exceeds the Boron Injection Initiation Temperature limit. Per the EOP-03 LP, Entering EOP 01 at Step R-1 assures that, if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before the requirement for boron injection is reached. Conditions requiring entry into EOP-03 do not necessarily require entry into the RPV Control guideline.
Therefore, a scram may not have yet been initiated. Also at 10% power the BIIT is 121 degrees. This is, the temperature at which initiation of boron injection will permit injection of the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight (HSBW) before torus water temperature exceeds the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL).
D. Incorrect: The BIIT curve It is the greater of either the highest torus water temperature at which initiation of boron injection will permit injection of the Hot Shutdown Boron Weight (HSBW) before torus water temperature exceeds the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL) or the torus water temperature at which a reactor scram is required by Technical Specifications (11 OQF). At 10% power the temperature the HCTL is limiting.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-03, step TT-9 (Attach if not previously provided)
EOP-03 LP Section VIIII.B.10 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6
55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295024 EK3.07 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE: Drywell venting Proposed Question: RO#47 The plant was operating at rated power when a LOCA occurred. Conditions have deteriorated to the point where the primary containment pressure limit has been reached.
Torus Water Level is pegged high at greater than 300 inches.
The EOPs require emergency venting through the A. torus vents to ensure that some scrubbing action of the discharge stream will occur.
B. torus vents because the drywell vents provide an unfiltered release path C. drywell vents to ensure an elevated release point.
D. drywell vents because the torus vents are covered.
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - with torus level above 300 inches, the torus vents are covered B. Incorrect - with torus level above 300 inches, the torus vents are covered C. Incorrect - although this an elevated release point, the reason drywell vents are used is because the torus vents are covered D. Correct - EOP-03 LP Section X.B.7.d., discussion of EOP step P-7. If the torus water level is above 300", And below 77', the operator is directed to vent through the drywell vents because the torus vents are submerged.
Technical Reference(s}: EOP-03 LP Section X.B.7.d., (Attach if not previously provided) discussion of EOP step P-7
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295023 AA 1.04 Importance Rating 3.4
--~ ..
Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to REFUELING ACCIDENTS:
Radiation monitoring equipment.
Proposed Question: RO#48 The plant is shutting down for refueling. The Refuel Floor Ventilation Exhaust monitors have not yet been setup to their refueling values.
The "A" Channel Refuel Floor Ventilation Exhaust (RFVE) Radiation Monitor is failed downscale. The other channels are operable.
A new fuel movement accident on the refuel floor results in the following
- At T =0 minutes:
o "B" Channel RFVE reading 13 mR/hr o "C" Channel RFVE reading 14 mR/hr o "0" Channel RFVE reading 17 mR/hr
- At T =1 minute: "C" Channel RFVE fails downscale
- At T=2 minutes: "B" Channel RFVE reading increased to 16 mR/hr Which one of the following describes if/when a Reactor Building (RB) Isolation occurred?
An RB Isolation _ __
A. has not occurred.
B. occurred BEFORE the "C" RFVE channel failed downscale.
C. occurred WHEN the "C" RFVE channel failed downscale.
D. occurred WHEN the "B" RFVE increased to 16 mR/hr.
Proposed Answer: C
Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - an isolation occurred when the "C" channel failed downscale B. Incorrect - the 1 out of 2 twice logic has not been met C. Correct lAW PRM Reference text - page 19 - component descriptions - To eliminate the possibility of a faulty detector unnecessarily isolating the Reactor building and primary containment atmosphere control systems but still provide protection should all four detectors fail, the protection logic will initiate the isolations under any of the following conditions: One rad monitor in each channel senses a high radiation condition, OR; All four rad monitors are downscale, OR; Both rad monitors in one channel are downscale, while one of the rad monitors in the other channel senses a refuel floor high radiation condition. (16 mR/hr)
D. Incorrect - the isolation occurred prior to that time Technical Reference(s): PRM Reference text - page 19 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or AnalYSis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 600000 AA 1.06 Importance Rating 3.0
- .. ~"""----- ..
Ability to operate and lor monitor the following as they apply to PLANT FIRE ON SITE: Fire alarm Proposed Question: RO#49 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions with a normal configuration on electrical distribution system
- The alarm is determined to be due to a trip of a Heat Actuated Device associated with the Startup Transformer.
- No other alarm signals are present for the Startup Transformer lAW PNPS 5.5.2, Special Fire Procedure, verify that ...
A. deluge has automatically initiated.
B. deluge automatically initiates if there is a concurrent Startup Transformer lockout condition present.
C. deluge automatically initiates if there is a concurrent Startup Transformer Sudden Pressure condition present.
D. the Startup Transformer has automatically locked out and manually initiate deluge.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Deluge will not initiate unless there is a concurrent Startup Transformer Lockout signal. Plausible in that deluge will initiate for the Shutdown or the Unit Aux transformers if only the HAD actuates.
B. Correct: Automatic Deluge initiation requires concurrent signals of Startup transformer lockout and HAD actuation.
C. Correct - Incorrect. The sudden pressure condition lalarm will not result in deludge actuation.
D. Incorrect - HAD actuation will not cause a startup transformer lockout.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.26, DELUGE, (Attach if not previously provided)
SPRINKLER, AND SPRAY SYSTEMS Page 13 ARP C7R-B1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295003 AA 1.03 Importance Rating 4.4 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF A.C. POWER: Systems necessary to assure safe plant shutdown Proposed Question: RO#50 The plant was operating at rated power. Given the following conditions:
- A Loss of Off-Site Power has occurred.
- An electrical fault on bus A5 results in a bus A5 lockout.
- Drywell pressure rises to 25 psig.
- Reactor pressure has lowered to 45 psig.
Which of the following describes pumps that will be injecting into the RPV?
A. HPCI, 2 RHR Pumps and 1 Core Spray Pump B. 1 RHR Pump and 1 Core Spray Pump C. RCIC, 1 RHR Pump and 1 Core Spray Pump D. 2 RHR Pumps and 1 Core Spray Pump Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - HPCI isolates at RPV pressure of 80 psig - HPCI reference text page 44 B. Incorrect - 2 RHR pumps would be running - A & C are powered from A5 and would not be running - RHR reference text page 23 C. Incorrect - RCIC isolates at RPV pressure of 50 psig - RCIC reference text page 8.
2 RHR pumps would be running - A & C are powered from A5 and would not be running - RHR reference text page 23 D. Correct - The loss of A5 results in only 2 RHR pumps in service from A6 and one core spray pump running powered from A6 - 4160 V reference text, att.1 table
Technical Reference(s): HPCI, RCIC, RHR, CS, 4160V (Attach if not previously provided)
Reference Texts Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # Pilgrim NRC 2003 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295038 EA2.04 Importance Rating 4.1 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH OFF-SITE RELEASE RATE: Source of off-site release Proposed Question: RO#51 The plant is operating at rated power when Annunciator CP600R, MAIN STACK RAD HI-HI alarms.
Which one of the following describes a source that would cause the above condition?
A. A Recirc Pump seal failure.
B. Main Condenser Offgas high radiation levels.
C. HPCI steam leak in the HPCI Turbine Area D. A Radwaste effluent leak into the equipment drain system.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - this would result in rising DW pressure and temperature. Containment rad levels would rise B. Correct - lAW PRM reference text, page 20, Main stack effluent is the combined effluent from:
- Main condenser off-gas system
- Primary containment atmosphere control (in purge or inerting mode)
- Control room HVAC
- Standby Gas Treatment discharge C. Incorrect - HPCI steam leak would be monitored by the Reactor Building Ventilation Exhaust PRMs D. Incorrect - this system is not tied to the Main Stack PRM system
Technical Reference(s): PRM Reference Text page 20 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 11 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier #
Group #
KIA # 295019 AA2.02 Importance Rating 3.6 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF INSTRUMENT AIR: Status of safety-related instrument air system loads (see AK2.1
- AK2.19)
Proposed Question: RO#52 Instrument Air Pressure is slowly being lost. The K-117 air compressor fails to start and header pressure continues to lower.
RBCCW system temperature (1) _ and RBCCW surge tank level_ (2)_.
A. (1) Increases (2) Increases B. (1) Increases (2) Decreases C. (1) Decreases (2) Decreases D. (1) Decreases (2) Increases Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Temperature decreases B. Incorrect - Temperature decreases and level increases C. Incorrect -level increases D. Correct -lAW PNPS 5.3.8 Att.1 , RBCCW TCV (bypasses heat exchanger) fails closed giving maximum cooling to RBCCW, RBCCW surge tank LCV fails open, raising level Technical Reference(s): PNPS 5.3.8 Att.1 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # NRC 2002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295031 EA2.04 Importance Rating 4.6 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Adequate Core Cooling Proposed Question: RO#53 Given the following:
- A LOCA has occurred.
- Actual RPV Water level is -170 inches and steady Sased on the above which one of the following will satisfy adequate core cooling requirements lAW EOP-01? Assume there are no other injection sources available.
A. Core Spray "A" injecting at 4000 gpm RHR Pump "C" injecting at 3000 gpm S. Core Spray "N' injecting at 2000 gpm Core Spray "S" injecting at 3000 gpm C. RHR Pump "CH injecting at 4000 gpm Core Spray "S" injecting at 3000 gpm D. Core Spray "8" injecting at 3000 gpm All four LPCI pump injecting with a total flow of 16,000 gpm Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct: Spray cooling is satisfied when RPV level is ;;:: -175 inches and at least one core spray pump is injectil1g at ;;:: 3600 gpm.
S. Incorrect: Neither core spray subsystem is ;;:: 3600 gpm. Plausible in that when combined, total flow is;;:: 3600 gpm.
C. Incorrect: With level less than -150 inches, core cooling is satisfied by spray cooling with a spray flow rate from one system at ;;:: 3600 gpm. Plausible in that the RHR pump is greater than the required spray flow rate.
D. Incorrect: With level less than -150 inches, core cooling is satisfied by spray cooling with a spray flow rate from one system at ;:: 3600 gpm. Plausible in that LPCI is injecting at maximum flow rate.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-01 Reference text (Attach if not previously provided) descriptions of EOP steps L-15 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295025 2.4.18
- _....... - - - - - - -
Importance Rating 3.3 Emergency Procedures I Plan: Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs. (High reactor pressure)
Proposed Question: RO#54 Given the following:
- ATWS conditions exist
- EOP-02, Failure to Scram, is being executed
- All three main turbine bypass valves are open
- SRVs are lifting and pressure is cycling between - 1060 and 1120 psig EOP-02, Step P-3 shown below directs that SRVs are to be manually opened and pressure lowered to 940 psig. Which one of the following describes the bases for this step?
YES Manually open SRVs until RPV pressure drops to 940 psig This step is intended to lower RPV pressure in order to A. Minimize the SRV cycling and allow the scram to be reset B. Preserve drywell pneumatic supply by terminating the SRV cycling C. Minimize the SRV cycling and maximize heat rejection to the main condenser D. Provide margin to the SRV lift point but not so low as to exceed the low pressure high power safety limit Proposed Answer: C
Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - This step is intended to reduce SRV cycling and maximize heat rejection to the main condenser. Step P-5 directs that pressure be controlled < 1060 psig which allows the scram to be reset.
B. Incorrect: Although preserving drywell pneumatics is an issue if the continuous drywell pneumatic supply is lost, pneumatics are not used when the SRVs are cycling on high pressure.
C. Correct: This step is intended to reduce SRV cycling and maximize heat rejection to the main condenser. Lowering pressure further will result in bypass valve closing and reducing the amount of heat going to the main condenser.
D. Incorrect - Maintaining margin to the safety limit is not the bases of this step. Plausible in that safety limits may be exceeded during ATWS events.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-02 LP, Step P-3 description, (Attach if not previously provided) page 42 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295021 1.7 Importance Rating 4.4 Conduct of Operations: Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation. (shutdown cooling)
KA Match Justification - with the reactor in shutdown cooling, reactor behavior is not a concern. This question does involve evaluating the plant and assessing when to take appropriate actions based on operating characteristics Proposed Question: RO#55 Given the following conditions:
- The plant is depressurized with coolant temperature at 150 degrees F.
- MO-1 001-50 Valve (Shutdown Cooling Suction) fails closed and cannot be opened by any means.
- Both Reactor Recirc Pumps are tagged out.
Under these conditions, PNPS 2.4.25, "Loss of Shutdown Cooling" requires reactor water level be _ _
A. maintained below the Group I isolation setpoint to ensure that Bypass Valves are available for use in the event that the plant becomes pressurized.
B. maintained below the HPCI Hi Level trip pOint to ensure that HPCI is available for use in the event that the plant becomes pressurized.
C. raised above +60 inches to promote natural circulation.
D. raised above +60 inches in preparation for initiating cooling by feed and bleed.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - must be maintained> +60 inches B. Incorrect - must be maintained> +60 inches
C. Correct - Per PNPS 2.4.25, Loss of Shutdown Cooling if forced the reactor is NOT pressurized or if no heat sink is available, you must raise level above +60 inches in order to promote natural circulation or start a recirc pump to promote natural circulation.
D. Incorrect - feed and bleed is performed with the reactor pressurized Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.25 Step 4.0[6]b. (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # NRC 2003 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KfA# 29S004 AK3.03 Importance Rating 3.1 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER :Reactor scram Proposed Question: ROIS6 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated power
- 12S VDC bus D-S is lost
- Two minutes later the reactor operator reports that current on the "B" Recirc MG set is pegged high and that P22SB is not running Which one of the following actions is required by PNPS S.3.12, LOSS OF ESSENTIAL DC 8US D17 OR DS AND D37, AND why?
A. Manually trip 4KV bus A4 at panel C3. This will de-energize the "B" Recirc MG set.
- 8. Locally trip the "B" Recirc MG Drive motor breaker at 4KV bus A4. The Recirc MG set is seized due to a loss of lube oil.
C. Locally start the "8" Recirc System DC Emergency Bearing Oil Pump at 250 VDC panel D9. The Recirc MG set is seized due to a loss of lube oil.
D. Manually scram the reactor. Scramming the reactor will cause the turbine to trip, resulting in a loss of 4KV bus A4, de-energizing the "8" Recirc MG set Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: P22SB tripped as expected following the loss of DS. With no AC lube oil pumps running the MG set is seizing. However with the loss of DS, bus A4 is also without control power.
B. Incorrect - The procedure directs that the MG set be tripped locally but only if the current is NOT pegged high due to the electrical hazard of tripping the breaker under such a high load.
C. Incorrect: Starting the DC pump will not alleviate the condition as it only supplies oil to the coupler bearings and not the motor and generator bearings.
D. Correct - Per the procedure, if there is indication of severe bearing damage (locked rotor condition), then a Scram is initiated and the resulting Turbine trip will de-energize the Unit Auxiliary Transformer, which in turn results in de-energizing Bus A4 and thereby securing the "B" Recirc MG Set.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 5.3.12 LOSS OF (Attach if not previously provided)
ESSENTIAL DC BUS D17 OR D5 AND D37, discussion section, item
[3]
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295030 .01 Importance Rating 3.8 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to LOW SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Steam condensation Proposed Question: RO#57 EOP-03, Primary Containment Control, directs that Emergency RPV Depressurization be performed if Torus water level cannot be maintained above 90 inches.
What is the concern if emergency depressurization is not performed at that point in the EOPs?
A. Suppression pool temperature indication becomes invalid.
B. Condensation of steam from the SRVs cannot be assured.
C. Condensation of steam from the drywell to torus cannot be assured.
D. Vortexing at the suction ECCS pumps can begin and result in air binding of the Pumps and loss of all ECCS.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Suppression pool temperature is still valid at this level B. Incorrect: - SRV T- quenchers begin to be become uncovered at - 50 inches.
C. Correct - lAW EOP-3 reference text discussion of steps TL-12 thru 15 - Emergency RPV depressurization is required at this point. Depressurizing the RPV before torus water level reaches 90 in. will help ensure that the pressure suppression feature of the torus is maintained. This is the elevation corresponding to the bottom of the downcomer vent openings.
D. Incorrect - Vortexing is an issue at torus levels from 30 -50 inches per EOP-11 graph 15 Technical Reference(s): EOP-3 reference text discussion of (Attach if not previously provided) steps TL-15
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # WTS3323 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1
- - -..
KIA # 295001 2.2.37
- - _ . _ - - _.....
Importance Rating 3.6 Equipment Control: Ability to determine operability andlor availability of safety related Equipment (Partial or Complete Loss of Forced Core Flow).
Proposed Question: RO#58 The plant was operating at rated power The following parameter changes are noted:
- Net MWe lowers by 55 MWe
- The Turbine Control Valves throttle closed
- Reactor pressure lowers 12 psig
- Core Plate dip lowers 2 psid
- Total Core Flow rises approximately 1.5 Mlbm/hr These parameter changes are indicative of:
A. EPR failure B. Jet Pump Failure C. An SRV failing open D. An upscale failure of a recirculation flow controller Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Reactor pressure would be higher B. Correct - lAW PNPS 2.4.23 - these are indications of a Jet pump failure C. Incorrect - Reactor pressure would remain relatively stable D. Incorrect - Power would increase
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.23 discussion (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # WTS2048 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # -1 Group # 2 KIA # 295029 EK1.01 Importance Rating 3.4 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL WATER LEVEL: Containment integrity Proposed Question: RO#59 A Loss of Coolant Accident inside the Orywell is in progress.
Which one of the following failures or conditions could result in exceeding the NEGATIVE design pressure rating of the containment?
A. Torus to drywell vacuum breaker failing open.
B. Torus level rising to 190 inches with drywell sprays in service.
C. Torus level rising to 175 inches with torus sprays in s!3rvice.
O. SRV tailpipe vacuum breaker failing closed.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - This event would challenge the over pressure rating of the containment as steam would bypass the suppression pool.
B. Correct: At 180 inches the Torus to Drywell Vacuum Breakers begin to be covered.
With drywell sprays in service, the vacuum breakers would be unable to relieve back to the drywell, resulting in the drywell going negative in pressure. EOP-03, step TL-10 directs that drywell sprays be secured at this level C. Incorrect -175 inches is the point at which the SRVTPLL becomes limiting. If the SRVTPLL failed, a potential loss of pressure suppression might occur which is a ~Iigh pressure challenge to the containment.
D. Incorrect - A SRV Tailpipe vacuum breaker failing closed would result in a vacuum drag of water up the tailpipe. Subsequent SRV lifts would result in large hydro dynamic forces on the tailpipe with possible failure. At most this would result in a high pressure condition if the tail pipe failed.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-03 Discussion of Step TL-8, (Attach if not previously provided)
DS-2 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # LOR Exam Bank #
35 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295032 Importance Rating 3.5 Knowledge of the interrelations between HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE and the following: Area/room coolers Proposed Question: RO#60 Which one of the following describes the operation of the Reactor Building Quadrant Area Coolers?
RCIC Quadrant area temperature is 95 degrees and rising.
Given this temperature and with BOTH Area Cooler control switches positioned to __
A. run, BOTH Area Coolers are operating B. test, the "A" Area Cooler will start and the "B" Area Cooler will start if area temperature continues to rise C. run, NO Area Coolers will be in operation D. test, BOTH Area Coolers will be in operation Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - in run, only the "A" unit would be in operation B. Incorrect - in test, they would both be operating C. Incorrect - The A unit would be running due to the high temperature. The B unit would start at - 103 degrees.
D. Correct - PNPS 2.2.48 Note at step 7.1 - All CRD, RCIC, or RHR area coolers can be run continuously, regardless of quadrant ambient temperatures, by placing the respective control switch on Panels C61, C61 A or B to "TEST".
Step 4.2 - Train "A" or "C" fan-coil unit(s) in any quadrant will automatically start at approximately 93°F when control switches are in "RUN". If additional cooling is
required, Train "B" or "0" of any quadrant will start cycling at approximately 103°E Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.48 step 4.2 and 7.1 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295015 AK3.01 Importance Rating 3.4 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to INCOMPLETE SCRAM
- Bypassing rod insertion blocks Proposed Question: RO#61 The plant was at rated power when an event occurred and a scram was required. Given the following:
- Panel C905 Rod Display Group Scram Logic White Lights are extinguished
- Panel C905 Rod Display Blue Scram Lights are lit
- Annunciator C905-F1 "SPVAH PRESSURE LO" lit
- Reactor power is 20%
- The Immediate Actions of PNPS 5.3.23, Incomplete Scram have been completed Which one of the following describes the status of the scram and actions required to insert control rods lAW PNPS 5.3.23, Incomplete Scram?
A. A hydraulic ATWS has occurred; de-energize the scram solenoids to allow rod insertion using the scram timing test switches.
B. A hydraulic ATWS has occurred; bypass the RWM to permit RPR insertion using the Reactor Manual Control System.
C. An electrical ATWS has occurred; de-energize the scram solenoids to allow rod insertion using the scram timing test switches.
D. An electrical ATWS has occurred; bypass the RWM to permit RPR insertion using the Reactor Manual Control System.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - The scram solenoids are already de-energized.
B. Correct: A hydraulic ATWS has occurred. The Group Scram and blue lights indicate that that RPS has tripped and the scram valves have re-positioned. In order to insert the rods manually the RWM must be bypassed due to the insert block.
C. Incorrect - An electrical ATWS has not occurred.
D. Incorrect - An electrical ATWS has not occurred.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 5.3.23 Section 3.0 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295033 EA 1.08 Importance Rating 3.6 Ability to operate andlor monitor the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA RADIATION LEVELS: Control room ventilation Proposed Question: RO # 62 The following high radiation annunciators have alarmed:
- REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI (904LC-B5)
- REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI (904LC-A5)
- CONTROL ROOM AIR INLET RAD HI (904LC-D6)
- CONTROL ROOM RAD HI (904LC-B7)
Based on the above:
(1) What effect (if any) will these alarms have on the Main Control Room HVAC system AND (2) what (if any) actions are required by control room personnel?
A. (1) The normal system suction automatically isolates and air is circulated through the high efficiency filtration system.
(2) None B. (1) There is no automatic response to these alarms (2) Manually initiate one train of the high efficiency filtration system.
C. (1) The normal system suction isolates and the other recirculation fan will automatically start if the CIS is in "STANDBY".
(2) None D. (1) There is no automatic response to these alarm, (2) Manually secure the normal system suction and place both recirculation fans in "RUN".
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - The system does not respond to high intake radiation the high efficiency filtration system must be manually started.
B. Correct - The Control Room must manually initiate high efficiency filtration of the outside air supplied to the Control Room. Initiation of either of the filtration fans (VSF 103A or VSF-103B, CRHEAF SUPPLY FAN A or B) closes a damper in the normal outside air intake duct and opens the inlet filtration system damper.
C. Incorrect - The system does not respond to high intake radiation the suction does not isolate, the standby fan starts on low flow if the CIS is; in "STANDBY".
D. Incorrect - The high efficiency filtration system must be manually started there is no direction or benefit of starting both recirculation fans particularly with their suction damper closed.
Technical Reference(s): ARP CONTROL ROOM RAD HI (Attach if not previously provided)
(904LC-B7)
LP O-NL Control Room Ventilation pages 84 and 85 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # x Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier #
Group #
---:--c---,--,....._ - ----
KIA # 295013 AA2.01 Importance Rating Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE :Suppression pool temperature Proposed Question: RO#63 Given the following conditions:
- The plant is operating at 90% power.
- HPCI is being tested.
- The 'A' Loop of RHR is in Torus Cooling.
- Torus temperature is 86 degrees F and continuing to rise.
lAW PNPS Technical Specifications, if torus temperature reaches 90 degrees F, you will be required to:
A. terminate HPCI testing.
B. immediately scram the reactor.
C. immediately commence a plant shutdown.
D. begin continuously monitoring torus temperature and logging it every 5 minutes.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct -lAW TS 3.7.A.1.f. If the suppression pool bulk temperature exceeds the limits of Specification 3.7.A.1 .d (S90°F) , RCIC, HPCI or ADS testing shall be terminated and suppression pool cooling shall be initiated.
B. Incorrect - not required until >110 degrees C. Incorrect - shutdown is not required D. Incorrect - temperature is logged prior to starting testing
Technical Reference(s): TS 3.7.A.1.f. (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # WTS Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier #
Group #
KIA # 295009 2.1.20 Importance Rating 4.6 Conduct of Operations: Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. (Low Reactor Water Level)
Proposed Question: RO#64 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions
- The output of the "B" Feedwater MIA Station fails to zero
- When RPV level begins to lower, the "B" Feedwater MIA Station is placed in manual but the output remains at zero.
- Recirc Flow is reduced to 43 Mlbmlhr and power stabilizes at - 75%
- RPV level is at 16 inches and slowly lowering.
Which one of the following is required by PNPS 2.4.49, Feedwater Malfunctions?
A. Scram the reactor and enter PNPS 2.1.6 Reactor Scram B. Trip one Recirc pump to lower power further and enter PNPS 2.4.17, RECIRC PUMP TRIP.
C. Reduce Recirc Pump speed to minimum and enter PNPS 2.4.165, REACTOR CORE INSTABILITY.
D. Open the Startup Feedwater Regulating Valve and increase feed flow lAW PNPS 2.2.96 CONDENSATE AND FEEDWATER SYSTEM.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct: Per the immediate actions of PNPS 2.4.49, if RPV level is approaching the low RPV level Scram setpoint and unable to reverse the lowering trend then the operator is directed to insert a manual scram. Power has already been lowered to 43 Mlbm/hr so flow cannot be lowered any further. Inserting the RPR will not lower power fast enough.
Opening the SIU Feed Reg valve is not allowed if the feedwater heaters are in service.
Since power was initially 100%, they must be in service.
B. Incorrect: This action is not authorized by PNPS 2.4.49. Plausible in that it would reduce power quickly.
C. Incorrect: This action is not authorized by PNPS 2.4.49. Plausible in that it would reduce power quickly.
D. Incorrect: Although this action is addressed in PNPS 2.4.49, it is only allowed if the feedwater heaters are not in service. Since power was initially 100%, they must be in service.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.49, Feedwater (Attach if not previously provided)
Malfunctions Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group #
KIA # 295022 AA2.02
~----~.--
Importance Rating 3.3 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to LOSS OF CRD PUMPS:
CRD system status Proposed Question: RO#65 The plant is at rated power when the in-service CRD pump trips.
This would result in which of the following?
(1) heatup of CRD mechanisms (2) Recirc pump seal pressures will equalize (3) closing of the CRD Flow Control valve (4) gradual depressurization of the HCU scram accumulators A. (1) and (2)
B. (1) and (4)
C. (2) and (3)
D. (3) and (4)
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - Seal pressures are controlled by the status of the seals and by controlling seal staging leak off flow. Plausible in that CRD provides seal purge via the #1 seal cavity, which operates at the higher of the two seal pressures.
B. Correct - lAW PNPS 2.4.4 discussion section 5.0[3]
C. Incorrect - Seal pressures are controlled by the status of the seals and by contrOlling seal staging leak off flow. Plausible in that CRD provides seal purge via the #1 seal cavity, which operates at the higher of the two seal pressures. Also the flow control valve would open in an attempt to maintain system flow D. Incorrect - The flow control valve would open in an attempt to maintain system flow
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.4 discussion section (Attach if not previously provided) 5.0[3]
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 1 KJA# 2.1.2 Importance Rating 4.1 Conduct of Operations: Knowledge of operator responsibilities during all modes of plant operation.
Proposed Question: RO#66 Given the following:
- The plant has been operating at 2028 MWt for the past week.
- A complete loss of the process computer now occurs.
- Operators perform a manual heat balance as directed by PNPS 2.1.10 COMPUTER DATA AND ALARMS
- The heat balance indicates that the reactor is operating at 2040 MWt Which one of the following is correct as prescribed in PNPS 2.1.10 COMPUTER DATA AND ALARMS?
A power reduction is ..... .
A. currently required to maintain thermal power less than the licensed power level of 2028 MWt.
B. not currently required. Provided that future heat balances do not exceed 2040 MWt a power reduction will not be required.
C. not currently required. Provided that future heat balances do not exceed 2055 MWt a power reduction will not be required.
D. currently required to lower thermal power to less than 1998 MWt due to loss of the AMAG computer.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: A power reduction is not required. As discussed in PNPS 2.1.10, a manual heat balance may be up to 3% off from that calculated by the Process computer.
B. Correct: As discussed in 2.1.10, the result of the heat balance is known to be up to 3%
high. The initial heat balance done following the computer loss considered to be equal to the preloss computer value.
Example: Prior to computer loss, 3DM Core Power And Flow Log power =1995, manual heat balance power = 2024, and no system changes have taken place. Since a difference is known to exist in the manual heat balanc:e due to data inaccuracies and no system changes have occurred, then 3DM power is the same as heat balance power and the baseline difference is set equal to 29 MWth. Future heat balances that indicate greater than this 29 MWth difference would require power reductions equal to the amount that is greater than the baseline difference.
C. Incorrect: A power reduction would be required if calculated power exceeded 2040 MWt. Plausible in that PNPS 2.1.14 requires operator action be taken if instantaneous power exceeds 2055 MWt.
D. Incorrect: Plausible in that the AMAG computer is what allows the plant to reach 2028.
If the plant was being maneuvered, power could not exceed 1998. (ARP 905R-F8) Note that the AMAG computer has also been lost.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.1.10 COMPUTER DATA (Attach if not previously provided)
AND ALARMS Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 1 KIA # 2.1.3 Importance Rating 3.7 Conduct of Operations: Knowledge of shift or short-term relief turnover practices.
Proposed Question: RO#67 Shift turnover is in progress. While offgoing personnel are conducting the required control room panel walkdowns with their reliefs, who is normally responsible for maintaining parameter control and control room oversight lAW PNPS 1.3.34, Operations Administration Policies and Processes?
A. Parameter Control - Offgoing BOP Control room oversight - Offgoing 3RD SRO B. Parameter Control - Offgoing BOP Control room oversight - Offgoing Shift Manager C. Parameter Control- Offgoing 905 Panel Operator I ATC Control room oversight - Off going 3 RD SRO D. Parameter Control- Offgoing 905 Panel Operator I ATC Control room oversight - Offgoing Shift Manager Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: The BOP leads the oncoming ROs in the control room walkdown.
B. Incorrect: The BOP leads the oncoming ROs in the control room walkdown. The off going SRO relieves the off-going CRS and assumes control room oversight.
C. Correct: Per 1.3.34, the offgoing Third SRO should normally relieve the offgoing CRS and assume responsibility for oversight of the Control Room. The offgoing C905 Operator will normally maintain parameter control during the Control Room panel walkdown.
D. Incorrect: The off-going SRO relieves the off-going CHS and assumes control room oversight.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 1.3.34 Section 6.7.3.5 (Attach if not previously provided)
Control Room Panel Walkdown Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 2 KIA # 2.2.44 Importance Rating 4.2 Equipment Control: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
Proposed Question: RO#68 During ATWS conditions the following conditions exist:
- The Standby Liquid Control (SLC) Switch is in the SYS "A" position
- The Standby Liquid pump discharge pressures is 1400 psig
- The "A" amber Squib Valve Continuity Light, 1106A, is LIT.
In accordance with PNPS 2.2.24, Standby Liquid Control System, and with these indications, SLC_ (1) _ injecting into the RPV and _ (2)
A. (1) IS (2) the SLC control switch shall then be placed in the "8" position to obtain SLC flow to the RPV at rated capacity.
- 8. (1) IS NOT (2) the SLC control switch shall then be placed in the "8" position which should result in SLC flow to the RPV at the rated capacity.
C. (1) IS (2) No further action is required to obtain full SLC flow to the RPV at rated Capacity.
D. (1) IS NOT (2) the SLC control switch shall then be placed in the "8" position which should result in SLC flow to the RPV but only at half the rated capacity.
Proposed Answer: 8 Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - SLC is not injecting. The switch is placed in "8" if it has been determined that SLC is not injecting
B. Correct - With the Squib Valve Continuity L~ght, 11 06A, LIT, the valve has not fired and there is no flow. Also, discharge pressure should be slightly higher than reactor pressure (not 1400 psig). By procedure, the control switch is moved to the "B" position and SLC should inject at rated.
C. Incorrect - SLC is not injecting D. Incorrect - The systems are redundant 100% capacity systems Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.24 Section 7.2 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 2 KIA # 2.2.12 Importance Rating 3.7 Equipment Control: Knowledge of surveillance procedures Proposed Question: RO#69 Given the following:
- Turbine testing is being conducted lAW PNPS 8.A.9-1, "Turbine Test Weekly";
- Exercising of the Emergency Governor from the control room is being performed;
- The EMER TRIP SYS TEST CIS on Panel C2 has just been moved to the RESET position after previously tripping the Emergency Trip System (ETS).
Prior to pushing down on the EMER TRIP SYS TEST CIS and completing the exercising, a Caution in the surveillance requires you to re-verify that:
- The red EMER TRIP RESET light remains ON.
- The green ETS TRIPPED light remains OFF.
Which one of the following describes the reason for this Caution?
If the operator pushes down on the EMER TRI P SYS TEST CIS and the appropriate indications were not present then _ __
A. the turbine will immediately overspeed and trip.
B. the turbine will immediately trip because the Emergency Trip Oil (ETO) header becomes depressu rized C. the turbine overspeed trip function will remain disabled, although no annunciation warns the operator of this condition. The turbine will not trip D. ONLY the mechanical turbine overspeed function will still operate normally because the controls at the Front Standard are in their normal positions.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - the turbine will trip but not overspeed B. Correct -lAW MHC Reference Text - Not clearing the trip condition prior to restoring the switch to its normal position will immediately drain the ETO, causing the Steam Admission valves to close and the turbine to trip immediately.
C. Incorrect -there is an associated annunciator (C2L-A2- "OVERSPEED TRIP") and it should be clear D. Incorrect -IF the Annunciator is not clear the turbine will trip regardless of the overspeed trip function availability Technical Reference(s): MHC reference Text pages 10 & (Attach if not previously provided) 11 PNPS 8.A.9 section 8.1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # Pilgrim NRC 2002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 3 Group # 1 KIA # 2.1.32 Importance Rating 3.8
_ .. _ .. _
Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.
Proposed Question: RO#70 Given the following:
- RCIC is injecting and maintaining adequate core cooling;
- Current RCIC operating parameters are as follows:
o RCIC Controller position: Auto o RCIC injection flow: 200 gpm o RCIC Turbine speed: 1500 RPM lAW PNPS 2.2.22.5, RCIC INJECTION AND PRESSURE CONTROL, which one of the following actions is required and why?
A. Increase injection flow. Flow is too low for stable flow indication.
B. Shift controller to manual. Flow is too low for stable, automatic flow control.
C. Increase turbine speed by increasing injection flow. There is inadequate turbine oil pressure at this RPM.
D. Change turbine speed by increasing or decreasing injection flow. The turbine is operating at a critical speed causing excessive vibration.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Per PNPS 2.2.22.5 precaution [5], oscillations in flow indication do not occur till 100 gpm.
B. Correct: Per PNPS 2.2.22.5, precaution [2], if flow rate is to be less than 225 GPM, the flow controller should be in manual mode due to oscillations of the flow controller at low system flows. Page 15 of the procedure directs that if flow is to be operated less than 225 GPM, the controller is to be placed in manual.
C. Incorrect: Per PNPS 2.2.22.5, precaution [4], adequate oil pressure is ensured down to a speed of 1000 RPM.
D. Incorrect: There is no precaution regarding critical speeds of the turbine. There is a precaution regarding operation less than 2000 RPM involving the potential for water hammer in the exhaust line. However this operation is allowed if required for adequate core cooling and speed is maintained above 1000 RPM.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.22.5, RCIC INJECTION (Attach if not previously provided)
AND PRESSURE CONTROL, Precautions and also page 15.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 8,10 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 3 KIA # 2.3.11 Importance Rating 3.8 Radiation Control: Ability to control radiation releases.
Proposed Question: RO#71 Which one of the following describes the EOP-05, Radioactivity Release Control, actions taken by the operators to mitigate the consequences of an unmonitored release?
A. Initiate CRHEAFs Start all available Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans B. Start all available Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Secure the Turbine Basement Exhaust Fans C. Start all available Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Start all available Turbine Basement Exhaust Fans D. Place Control Room Ventilation in recirculation mode.
Secure the Turbine Building Roof Exhaust Fans Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - lAW EOP-05 steps RR2 and RR3 B. Incorrect - securing TB basement exhaust fans is not referenced in the EOP and would not mitigate an unmonitored release C. Incorrect -These fans should already be in service and this is not an action listed in EOP-05 D. Incorrect - Placing CR ventilation in recirculation mode is permitted to prevent outside air from entering which may contain fumes and/or smoke but this is not appropriate during a radioactive release. The roof exhausters are started, not secured.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-05 steps RR2 and RR3 (Attach i'f not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.1 Importance Rating 4.6 Emergency Procedures/Plan: Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps.
Proposed Question: RO#72 The plant has scrammed from rated power with the following conditions:
- Drywell pressure is 2.4 psjg and rising due to a small coolant leak
- Bulk Drywell temperature is 162°F and rising slowly
- RPV level dropped to +8 inches and is now riSing
- Secondary Containment aP is at +0.6 inches water
- All control rods are at position 00 EXCEPT control rod 26-35 which is at position 48 Which of the following EOP entries are required?
(1) EOP-01, RPV Control (2) EOP-02, RPV Control- Failure To Scram (3) EOP-03, Primary Containment Control (4) EOP-04, Secondary Containment Control A. (1), (2) and (3) ONLY B. (1), (3) and (4) ONLY C. (2), (3) and (4) ONLY D. (1), (2), (3) and (4)
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - EOP-02 is not entered as the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions with just one rod out. EOP-04 is also entered B. Correct: EOP-01 is entered due to RPV Level and drywell pressure, EOP-03 is entered on High drywell pressure and temperature, EOP-04 is entered due to high Secondary Containment aP
C. Incorrect - EOP-01 is also entered. Plausible in that if EOP-02 is entered, EOP-01 is exited.
D. Incorrect: EOP-02 is not entered as the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions with just one rod out.
Technical Reference(s): EOPs 01,02,03 and 04 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # WTS 9625 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowh~dge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.29 Importance Rating 3.1 Emergency Procedures/Plan: Knowledge of the emergency plan.
Proposed Question: RO#73 An Unusual Event has been declared following a complete loss of off-site power during a winter snow storm.
In accordance with EP-IP-100, Emergency Classification and Notification, which one of the following describes the maximum time limitation for notifications?
The Commonwealth and Local Authorities must be notified __(1 and the NRC must be notified ~_(2) __.
A. (1) within 15 minutes after event declaration.
(2) no later than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after event declaration.
B. (1) no later than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after event declaration.
(2) within 15 minutes after event declaration.
C. (1) within 15 minutes after event declaration.
(2) within 15 minutes after event declaration.
D. (1) no later than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after event declaration.
(2) no later than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after event declaration.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct -lAW EP-IP-100 Att.4 sheets 5 and 7.
B. Incorrect - NRC notification is no later than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after event declaration.
Commonwealth is within 15 minutes.
C. Incorrect - NRC notification is no later than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after event declaration.
D. Incorrect - The commonwealth must be notified within 15 minutes.
Technical Reference(s): EP-IP-100, Att. 4 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: EP-IP-100 Att.4 sheets 5 and 7 (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 3
- _ _.........
KIA # 2.3.12 Importance Rating 3.2 Radiological Control: Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
Proposed Question: RO#74 An operator must enter an area with a dose rate of 1200 MR/hr to perform a task.
In accordance with EN-RP-1 01, Access Control For RCAs, which one of the following describes the MINIMUM monitoring and radiological controls when accessing the area?
A DLR / TLD, an Electronic Dosimeter, approved RWP and ...
(1) Continuous guarding of the entrance to prevent unauthorized entry (2) Radiation Protection Supervision OR Lead Technician approval (3) Continuous RP coverage A. (2)
B. (1) and (3)
C. (2) and (3)
D. (1), (2) and (3)
Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - A continuous door guard and RP coverage is also required.
B. Incorrect: Radiation Protection Supervision OR Lead Technician approval is also required C. Incorrect - A continuous door guard is also required.
D. Correct - An area that has a dose rate of 1200 mr/hr is classified as a Locked High Rad Area (LHRA). Per EN-RP-101, Section 5.5, in order to access a LHRA, each person entering a Locked High Radiation Area SHALL have a DLR, an alarming direct reading dosimeter (Electronic Dosimeter), approved RWP, RP Lead technician or RPS approval
and continuous RP coverage. This procedure also specifies that while LHRAs are open, the access to the LHRA SHALL be controlled in accordance with site-specific Technical Specifications. PNPS Tech Specs specify that LHRA areas shall be locked or continuously guarded to prevent unauthorized entry.
Technical Reference(s): EN-RP-101, Section 5.5 (Attach if not previously provided)
Tech Specs Administrative Controls 5.7.2, Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 12 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.49 Importance Rating 4.6 Emergency Procedures/Plan: Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate operation of system components and controls.
Proposed Question: RO#75 Given the following conditions:
- A loss of feedwater heating results in minor fuel damage
- The 13 minute Off-Gas timer has started but has NOT timed out
- Annunciator "RECOMBINER TEMP HIILO" CP-600L-A4 alarms
- Recombiner Temperature is 1020°F and rising Which one of the following actions is required by plant procedures?
A. Manually scram the reactor and enter PNPS 2.1.6, Reactor Scram B. Commence a normal plant shutdown lAW PNPS 2.1.5, Controlled Shutdown From Power C. Lower power using Reactor Recirc Pumps and Reverse Order of the Pull Sheet (ROPS) rods until Recombiner Temperature lowers below the alarm setpoint lAW PNPs 2.4.55, Augmented Offgas Explosion.
D. Lower power using Reactor Recirc Pumps and Rapid Power Reduction Rods (RPR) rods until Recombiner Temperature lowers below the alarm setpoint lAW PNPS 2.4.141, Abnormal Recombiner Operation.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - lAW PNPS 2.4.141 immediate action step B. Incorrect - a scram is required C. Incorrect - although this action may lower recombiner temperature, a scram is required lAW 2.4.141
D. Incorrect - although this action may lower recombiner temperature, a scram is required lAW 2.4.141 Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.141, Sect 3.0 ['1] pg 3 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # Pilgrim NRC 2002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2002 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295031 EA2.01 Importance Rating 4.6 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to REACTOR LOW WATER LEVEL: Reactor water level Proposed Question: SRO Question # 76 EOP-01 and EOP-04 execution is in progress due to an un-isolable steam leak on the 51' of the reactor building. The following conditions exist:
- Reactor pressure is being maintained in a band of 450-550 psig
- Reactor level as indicated on Narrow Range Level Indicators U-263-100A and B is -42 inches and slowly rising
- Reactor level as indicated on Fuel Zone Level Indicators U-263-106A and B is -155 inches and slowly lowering
- RCIC is the only high pressure systems available and is injecting
- Torus water temperature is 100 degrees and rising
- RHR Pumps A & B are running on minimum flow.
- Torus cooling valves isolated 1 minute ago.
- Both Recirc Pumps are tripped
- The reactor building cannot be accessed due to high temperature conditions throughout.
Given the above:
ACTUAL RPV Level _ _ (1) ___ and the required action is _ _ (2) _ _ ?
(1) Actual Level (2) Required Action A. is -42 inches Place both RPV LEVEL OVERRIDE keylock switches in override and re-establish torus cooling. Restore RPV level to +12 and +45 inches using RCIC.
B. is -125 inches Align all available low pressure ECCS for injection with their pumps running and if level continues to lower, enter EOP-17, Emergency RPV Depressurization.
C. cannot be determined Immediately enter EOP-17, Emergency RPV Depressurization and restore level using RHR "A" and
"B".
D. cannot be determined Exit EOP-01 and enter EOP-16, RPV Flooding and commence flooding the RPV using all available low pressure systems.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Per EOP Caution 1, the minimum useable level for the Narrow Range Instruments is -35 inches. Due to the high Rx Building temperatures (Rx Building not accessible) it must be assumed that level is below the variable leg tap and that the instrument is showing a rising level due to reference leg heatup. The fuel zone instrument is not susceptible to this issue and is reflecting actual level changes. If actual level was -42 inches and the fuel zones were deemed not reliable, this would be the action.
B. Correct: The fuel zone instruments are still reliable. Even though there are high reactor building temperatures there is no indication of flashing. However, they are still off calibrated conditions. Using PNPS 2.2.80, Attachment 8, Figure 2, and given a pressure of 450 - 550 psig, TAF is -155 inches. Therefore actual level is at TAF or, -125 inches. Per EOP-01 the direction is to line up systems for emergency depressurization.
EOP-17 must be entered when level cannot be restored and maintained above -150".
Per PNPS 5.3.35.2 the direction is to Enter EOP-17 as soon as level drops below TAF and there is reasonable assurance that the low pressure systems can recover level.
C. Incorrect: Actual water level can be determined and is -125 inches.
D. Incorrect: Actual water level can be determined and is -125 inches.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.80, Attachment 8, (Attach if not previously provided)
Figure 2 EOP-01, Level leg and EOP Caution 1.
Figure 2 of Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: Attachment 8 of PNPS 2.2.80 Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295004 AA2.03 Importance Rating 2.9 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE LOSS OF D.C. POWER: Battery voltage Proposed Question: SRO Question # 77 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions
- 250 VDC Backup Charger D15 is out of service
- "A" EDG is out of service for scheduled maintenance. The plant is on day 2 of a 14 day LCO in accordance with Tech Spec 3.5.F.1 Then..
- The supply breaker to 250 VDC Normal Charger D13 trips
- Alarm 250V DC UNDERVOLTAGE, C3RC-A6, annunciates
- 250 VDC battery voltage is reported as 208 VDC
- Action is immediately initiated to repair the Normal Charger supply breaker AND HPCI is manually isolated.
Assuming conditions do not improve how long can the plant continue to operate?
A. 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> B. 3 days C. 7 days D. 12 days Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Plausible in that this would be correct if TS 3.5.F was not met. Although HPCI is inoperable and is a Core Cooling System it is not a low pressure system. 3.5.F states that during any period when one emergency diesel generator (EDG) is inoperable, continued reactor operation is permissible only during the succeeding 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> unless such EDG is sooner made operable, provided that all of the low pressure core and containment cooling systems shall be operable, and the remaining EDG shall be operable in accordance with 4.5.F.1. If this requirement cannot be met, an orderly shutdown shall be initiated and the reactor shall be placed in the Cold Shutdown Condition within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.
B. Correct: The 250 VDC battery is inoperable. Per Tech Spec bases, battery voltage must be greater than 210 VDC for the battery to be operable. Tech Spec 3.9.B.5 specifies that from and after the date that the 250 volt battery system is made or found to be inoperable for any reason, continued reactor operation is permissible during the succeeding three days provided repair work Is initiated in the most expeditious manner to return the failed component to an operable state, and Specification 3.5.F is satisfied.
3.5.F remains satisfied.
C. Incorrect: The 250 VDC battery is inoperable. Tech Spec 3.9.B.5 allows continued operation for only three more days. Plausible if the candidate thinks that a loss of the 250 VDC system affects the RHR system which is a 7 day LCOs. Although 250 VDC is the power supply to RHR valve MO-1001-47, a loss of power does to this valve does not render RHR inoperable.
D. Incorrect: The 250 VDC battery is inoperable. Plausible in that if the battery was considered operable, the EDG LCO would be limiting.
Technical Reference(s): Tech Spec 3.9.B and associated (Attach if not previously provided) bases.
Tech Spec 3.5.F 3.9.B -No bases Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination:
3.5.F - No Bases.
Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge
Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1
- - - _...
Group # 1 KIA # 295003 AA2.04 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to determine and/or interpret the following as they apply to PARTIAL OR COMPLETE-~
LOSS OF AC. POWER: System lineups Proposed Question: SRO Question # 78 Given the following:
- A large break LOCA has occurred
- Electric plant status is as follows:
- All offsite power has been lost
- 4160 VAC Bus A5 has locked out
- 4160 VAC Bus A6 is energized via the "B" EDG
- RHR Pumps B & D are injecting at full capacity
- Core Spray Pump B is injecting at full capacity
- RPV Level is being maintained at -100 inches
- Torus water temperature is at 135°F and rising slowly.
Which one of the following RHR system lineups is required to mitigate the rising torus temperature?
A In accordance with PNPS 2.2.19.5, RHR Modes of Operation for Transients. close RBCCW nonessential block valves to maximize RBCCW flow to the RHR heat exchanger.
B. In accordance with PNPS 2.4.A5, Loss Electrical Bus A5. secure RHR injection and place RHR loop B in 2 pump torus cooling mode to maximize heat rejection to RHR heat exchanger C. In accordance with PNPS 2.4.A5, Loss Electrical Bus A5, secure RHR injection and place RHR loop B in single pump torus cooling mode to maximize heat rejection to RHR heat exchanger.
D. In accordance with PNPS 2.2.19.5, RHR Modes of Operation for Transients, close the heat exchanger bypass valve on RHR loop B and maintain both RHR Pumps running to maximize heat transfer to the RHR heat exchanger.
Proposed Answer: A
Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - 2.2.19.5 and EOP-03 direct that if only one loop of RHR and/or RBCCW is available, then RBCCW 'flow is to be maximized for the available loop when torus temperature exceeds 130 degrees and a "major" LOCA is in progress. This is done by isolating the non-essential loads.
B. Incorrect - RHR injection is required to maintain level C. Incorrect - RHR injection is required to maintain level D. Incorrect - The RHR HIX only has the capacity for one pump.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.19.5, RHR Modes of Operation for Transients, pages 18 (Attach if not previously provided) and 19 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TADS 6579 Modified Bank #
New Question History: Last I\IRC Exam: Question #79, 2009 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 600000 2.4.41 Importance Rating Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (Plant Fire On-site)
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 79 Given the following:
- The plant is shutdown and cooling down for a refuel outage
- Reactor pressure is 500 psig and lowering.
The following sequence then occurs:
Time 00:00:
- Startup transformer locks out due to an electrical fault
- "A" Diesel Generator starts and re-energizes A5
- "B" Diesel Generator fails to start and the Shutdown Transformer Re energizes A6 Time 00:05:
- The Shift Manger reviews EALs Time 00:30:
- Fire alarms received for upper switchgear room
- Bus A5 locks out
- Fire Brigade Chief reports fire in bus A5 and that the Brigade is actively fighting the fire. The Chief requests Plymouth Fire Fighting assistance.
Time 00:35:
- The Shift Manager calls Plymouth Fire and reviews EALs Time 00:45:
- Fire Brigade Chief reports that Plymouth Fire is on scene and fighting the fire.
Time 00:50:
- The Shift Manager reviews EALs Time 00:60:
- Fire extinguished. Chief reports fire was limited to A5 which is damaged extensively.
- The Shift Manager reviews EALS The Shift manager was required to declare ...
A. An Unusual Event at time 00:05 An Alert at time 00: 50 B. An Unusual Event at time 00:35 A Site Area Emergency at time 00: 60 C. An Unusual Event at time 00:35 No other declarations were required
D. An Alert at time 00: 50 A Site Area Emergency at time 00: 60 Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: An EAL has not yet been exceeded at time 00:05. Plausible in that a UE is required if all off-site power is lost. However the Shutdown Transformer is still an available off-site power source negating the necessity to declare the UE. An Alert is also not required. Plausible in that an Alert would be required if the fire was burning out of control. There was no evidence that the fire was "out of control" and spreading.
B. Incorrect: A UE was exceeded when off-site fire fighting assistance was requested per EAL 7.2.1.1. However a SAE was never exceeded during the event. Plausible in that "any fire which has affected the ability of two or more safety systems (Table 7-1) to perform their intended function and poses a significant potential for release of radioactivity" would result in a SAE per EAL 7.2.1.3. Although multiple safety systems are affected (Core Spray, RHR, SBGT etc.) the plant can still achieve cold shutdown and there is no significant potential for a release.
C. Correct: The SM was required to declare UE when off-site fire fighting assistance was requested per EAL 7.2.1.1 at time 00:35. No other EALs were exceeded.
D. Incorrect: The SM was required to declare UE when off-site fire fighting assistance was requested per EAL 7.2.1.1 at time 00:35. An Alert was also not required as discussed above. A SAE was also never exceeded as discussed above.
EP-IP-100.1 EMERGENCY Technical Reference(s): ACTION LEVELS (EALs), (Attach if not previously provided)
Attachment 1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: EP-IP-100.1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs),
Attachment 1 Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KJA# 295026 2.4.47 Importance Rating Emergency Procedures I Plan: Ability to diagnose and recognize trends in an accurate and timely manner utilizing the appropriate control room reference material. (Suppression Pool High Water Temp)
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 80 During severe accident conditions the following conditions exist:
- Drywell Spray has just been initiated using "A" and "B" RHR pumps
- "C" and "0" RHR pumps are secured
- RHR flow in each loop is 5000 gpm.
- RPV Pressure: 700 psig
- Torus Bottom Pressure: 18 psig and lowering
- Torus Water Level: 110 inches and steady
- Torus Water Temperature: 190 degrees and steady What is the status of the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL) and the RHR NPSH limitations based on the above parameters?
Heat Capacity Temperature Limit RHR NPSH Limit Torus Watll!ir Levels ..... 127 in.
SPDS038 RHR NPSH LIMIT SPDS040 200 i'.," 220
! 200 I--'-""-~""""'
Iii J 1I!0 fm-~--+-_-
g F lOOr----+----~----r---_r--~~
50~--~---~--~--~~--~--~
1 P'l1'1\p 0 H!:X) 2000 3000 4000 ~>DOO!lOOO 200 400 000 800 1000 2 pu",,,, 0 ::rooo 4000 6(.00 0000 HtDOO 12.000 R?V P'ni!55U1l> ipsi,g) Pump Row (gpm)
A. The HCTL IS being exceeded. The RHR NPSH will be exceeded when Torus bottom pressure lowers to below 5 psig.
B. The HCTL IS being exceeded. The RHR I\JPSH will NOT be exceeded provided there is no further degradation in Torus Water Temperature or Torus Water Level.
C. The HCTL Is NOT being exceeded. The RHR NPSH will be exceeded when Torus bottom pressure lowers to below 5 psig.
D. The HCTL Is NOT being exceeded. The RHR NPSH will NOT be exceeded provided there is no further degradation in Torus Water Temperature or Torus Water Level.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct: At an RPV Pressure of 700 PSIG and a Torus level of 110 inches the HCTL is exceeded when torus water temp exceeds 185 degrees. The NPSH for each pump per loop running at 5000 gpm and 190 degrees torus water temperature will be exceeded when torus bottom pressure lowers to less than 5 psig. Given a torus water level of 110 inches, torus bottom pressure will lower as low as - 4 psig following drywell spray initiation.
B. Incorrect: The RHR pump NPSH limit will eventually be exceeded as drywell sprays lower the pump over pressure. Plausible in that if the "2 pump value" of 5000 gpm is used it would not appear that the limit would be exceeded as the torus water temperature limit would be - 195 degrees. (drywell sprays could not lower the torus bottom pressure to any lower than - 4 psig due to the weight of the water).
C. Incorrect: At an RPV Pressure of 700 PSIG and a Torus level of 110 inches the HCTL is exceeded when torus water temp exceeds 185 degrees. Plausible in that if the torus water level line of 127 inches is used, the HCTL would not be exceeded until - 195 degrees.
D. Incorrect: At an RPV Pressure of 700 PSIG and a Torus level of 110 inches the HCTL is exceeded when torus water temp exceeds 1185 degr,ees. Plausible in that if the torus water level line of 127 inches is used, the HCTL would not be exceeded until - 195 degrees.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-11 Figures, Cautions and (Attach if not previously provided)
Icons Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modi'fied Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 295019 2.4.4 Importance Rating 4.7 Emergency Procedures I Plan: Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures. (Partial or Total Loss of Inst. Air)
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 81 Given the following:
- The reactor is at 100% power
- Annunciator C904LC-F3, AIRlN2 TO DRYWELL TROUBLE, alarms
- A Control Room operator reports that PI-4348, NITROGEN SUPPLY DRYWELL EQUIP SUPPLY PRESSURE, on Panel C7 reads 60 psig and continuing to lower
- Drywell pressure is 2.0 psig and continuing to rise.
Which one of the following is required?
A. Direct that instrument air be aligned to supply drywell pneumatics and isolate the nitrogen supply.
B. Direct that the reactor be scrammed in accordance with PNPS 2.1.6, Reactor Scram and isolate drywell pneumatics.
C. Direct that the torus be vented to maintain pressure less than 2.2 psig and align instrument air to augment the nitrogen supply to the drywell pneumatics.
D. Direct that the drywell be vented to maintain pressure less than 2.2 psig and initiate a shutdown in accordance with PNPS 2.1.5, Controlled Shutdown From Power.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect - There is indication of a leak and aligning instrument air will just continue to pressurize the containment.
B. Correct. Symptoms indicate a drywell pneumatic supply line break in the drywell. 2.4.21 requires a reactor scram when pressure approaches 2.2.
C. Incorrect - Incorrect - there is no direction to vent the containment.
D. Incorrect - there is no direction to vent the containment. Loss of pneumatics will not support a controlled shutdown from power (MSIVs will close)
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.4.21, DOUBLE ENDED BREAK OF THE 3-II\lCH INSTRUMENT PNEUMATIC LINE (Attach if not previously provided)
IN THE DRYWELL, page 3 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # WTS # 3674 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: 2009 Audit Last NRC Exam:
Exam, question 90 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1
--_.- .. -~.-
KIA # 700000 2.4.30
-- - -------
... ..
Importance Rating 4.1 Emergency Procedures I Plan; Knowledge of events related to system operation I status that must be reported to internal organizations or external agencies, such as the state, the NRC, or the transmission system operator. (Generator Voltage and E.lectric Grid Disturbances)
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 82 Given the following:
- The plant is at 100% power
- The Shutdown Transformer is out of service
- A grid disturbance results in momentary LINE 342 and 355 UNDERVOLTAGE alarms, C3R-A7 and C3R-A8
- The Main Generator Voltage Regulator trips to manual
- Main Generator voltage and MVAR loading is stabilized using the Manual Voltage Regulator
- ISO New Engiand/NSTAR notifies PNPS that voltage cannot be maintained ~ 343.5 KV if Pilgrim were to trip.
Which one of the following is correct regarding offsite notifications lAW PNPS 2.4.144, Degraded Voltage?
Notify:
A. ISO New England within 30 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification is not required.
B. ISO New England within 60 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification is not required.
C. ISO New England within 60 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification of plant status is required.
D. ISO New England within 30 minutes that the Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in Manual. NRC notification of plant status is required.
Proposed Answer: D
Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: NRC notification is required lAW 10CFR50.72(b)(3)(v),
B. Incorrect: lAW the immediate action of PNPS 2.4.144, PNPS is to notify the ISO within 30 minutes that the regulator is in manual - not 60 minutes. Additionally, NRC notification is required lAW 10CFR50.72(b)(3)(v).
C. Incorrect: lAW the immediate action of PNPS 2.4.144, PNPS is to notify the ISO within 30 minutes that the regulator is in manual - not 60 minutes.
D. Correct: lAW the immediate action of PNPS 2.4.144, PNPS is to notify the ISO within 30 minutes that the regulator is in manual. The Startup Transformer is also required to be declared inoperable when PNPS is notified that proper voltage cannot be maintained post trip. Therefore both the Shutdown Transformer and the Startup Transformer are now inoperable. The note on page 14 of PNPS 13.12 directs that a 10CFR50.72(b)(3)(v), should be made in this situation. This is also specified in the subsequent actions of PNPS 2.4.144.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 1.3.12, Attachment 12, (Attach if not previously provided) sheets 2 through 10 PNPS 2.4.144, Immediate Action Tech Spec 3.9.B.2 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1 ,2 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295032 EA2.02 Importance Rating 3.5 Ability to determine andlor interpret the following as they apply to HIGH SECONDARY CONTAINMENT AREA TEMPERATURE: Equipment operability KIA Justification: Determination of equipment operability is an SRO function at PNPS.
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 83 Given the following conditions:
- A HPCI steam leak has occurred in the reactor building.
- Efforts to isolate the leak are unsuccessful.
- HPCI Turbine area is 182 degrees F.
- HPCI Piping area-Torus Compartment is 275 degrees F.
Emergency Depressurization:
EOP-04, Table L MAXIMUM SAFE OPERATING VALUES - Selected Portion (Temperature areas are separated by dashed lines)
- ~ - - - - -,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - - - - - -
RCIC Piping Area -Torus Compt :, TS-1340-8A :, 258 RCIC Turbine Area -Stairwell : TS-1340-88 ' 175 HPCI Piping Area -Torus Compt , TS-2340-8A 258 U.
<:> HPCI Turbine Area -17 ft EI. TS-2340-88 e::::J RWCU Piping Area -36 ft EI. Mezzanine E ----------- --- ----- --- -- ----- ------------------------,,- TS-1290-26H ----- --- -
- 8. RCIC Tip Roo,:,:,_:~_~_~_ ~!~__ ____ __ __ ____ _____ __ ' TS-1340-8C __ Y
- , 224
_.- F ----
E Main Steam Tunnel -23 ft EI. ,: TS-260-18A :, 289
~ ----~ ----~--------------------------- ------- .--- ---- ---- ----~I- ------ --- ----------r- -- -- -----
HPCI Piping Area -23 ft EI. (liB" RHR Valve Room) : TS-2340-8C : 309
-- ----------- --------.-----------. ------------ ------ ---- -,----
RHR "8" & "0" Pump Area -Stairwell : TS-1040-16A 200
.----------- .---------------------------------------- --------.
RHR "A" & "c" Pump Area -6 ft EI. TS-1040-168 A. is currently required because the integrity of the secondary containment is threatened.
- 8. is currently required because the continued operability of safety related equipment is threatened.
C. will be required if the water level in the HPCI compartment rises to 8 inches because the integrity of the secondary containment is threatened.
D. will be required if HPCI Piping Area-23 ft Elevation (8 RHR Valve Room) exceeds 309 degrees F because the continued operability of safety related equipment is threatened.
Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Emergency depressurization (ED) is not currently required. Plausible in that both temperatures are above their Max Safe Operating Values but they are within the same area. ED is performed if Max Safe values are exceeded in 2 different areas.
B. Incorrect: Emergency depressurization (ED) is not currently required. Plausible in that both temperatures are above their Max Safe Operating Values but they are within the same area. ED is performed if Max Safe values are exceeded in 2 different areas.
C. Incorrect: ED is required when the same parameter exceeds the Max Safe Values in 2 or more areas. Plausible in that the 8 inches of water is above the Max Safe value but a different parameter.
D. Correct: When the B RHR valve room temperature exceeds 309 degrees, Max Safe Values are now exceeded in two different areas and ED is required. The ED is required to maintain secondary containment integrity but also because the operability of safety related equipment is threatened.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-04, Secondary Containment (Attach if not previously provided)
Control.
BWR OG EPGs Appendix B page B-8-14.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # Western Tech Bank 2104 Modified Bank #
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: Pilgrim 2002
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1,5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2
KIA # 500000 2.4.6 Importance Rating 4.7 Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies. (High CTMT Hydrogen Conc)
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 84 Given the following:
- One hour later, an increase in hydrogen concentration is detected on both analyzers.
At what point are EOP-01 and EOP-03 exited and Primary Containment Flooding commenced?
Not until Hydrogen concentration cannot be maintained below ..........
A. 1%, regardless of Oxygen concentration B. 4%, regardless of Oxygen concentration C. 6%, regardless of Oxygen concentration D. 6%, AND Oxygen concentration exceeds 5%
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: EOP-03 specifies that the EOPs and Containment Flooding (SAGs) be entered when [H2] exceeds 4%. Plausible in that this is the value where containment venting is commenced.
B. Correct: When [H2] is above 4%, step G-5 requires that Primary Containment Flooding be executed. EOP-03 override C-1 directs that EOP-03 be exited and SAGs entered when Primary Containment Flooding is required. EOP-01 override R-1 directs that EOP-01 be exited and SAGs entered when Primary Containment Flooding is required.
C. Incorrect: EOP-03 specifies that the EOPs and Containment Flooding (SAGs) be entered when [H2] exceeds 4%. Plausible in that the is the [H2] associated with a deflagration.
D. Incorrect: SAGS are entered when [H2] exceeds 4%. Plausible in that these are the deflagration limits.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-03, Primary Containment (Attach if not previously provided)
Control Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1,5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 295015 2.4.18 Importance Rating Proposed Question: SRO Question # 85 Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs. (Incomplete SCRAM)
Given the following:
- The reactor had been operating at 100% power for an extended period when a rising drywell pressure resulted in an automatic scram;
- Several control rods failed to insert;
- EOP-02, Failure to Scram has been entered and the RO is inserting rods manually;
- Reactor Power is on range 2 of the IRMs and lowering;
- RPV Level is being maintained +12 inches to +45 inches utilizing the feed system.
- No boron has been injected;
- An RPV cooldown has commenced utilizing turbine bypass valves.
With these conditions, the reactor operator reports that power has now risen to range 6 of the IRMs and is continuing to slowly rise.
Which one of the following is required and the bases for that action?
A. Terminate injection lAW PNPS 5.3.35.1 ATTACHMENT 35 - STOP AND PREVENT INJECTION CHECKLIST and lower level to below -25 inches in order to decrease the amount of inlet subcooling and thereby reduce power.
B. Stop reducing pressure and stabilize pressure below 1060 psig lAW EOP-02 Step P-5 to allow the negative temperature coefficient and the reactor operator to insert additional rods to shutdown the reactor.
C. Stop reducing pressure and inject Boron lAW PNPS 5.3.35.1 ATTACHMENT 44 INITIATION OF STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL. Once boron injection has commenced continue reducing pressure because the boron injection can overcome any positive reactivity addition by the cooldown.
D. Terminate injection lAW PNPS 5.3.35., 1 ATTACHMENT 35 - STOP AND PREVENT INJECTION CHECKLIST and lower level as required until power lowers to range 6 of the IRMs in order to reduce the amount of natural circulation in the core. Do not intentionally lower level below -125".
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Injection is not terminated and prevented and level lowered to <-25" unless power is above 3%.
B. Correct: Per EOP-02, step P-7, the direction is to stabilize pressure below 1060 psig when the reactor is not shutdown. PNPS 5.3.35 defines reactor shutdown as being on IRM range 7 or lower and power continuing to lower. Stopping the pressure reduction adds negative reactivity be allowing the reactor to re-pressurize and the operator time to insert more control rods.
C. Incorrect: Once the decision is made to inject boron, further intentional cool down is not allowed until the cold shutdown boron weight has been injected.
D. Incorrect: Injection is not terminated and prevented and level lowered to control power unless power is above 3% and torus temperature is above the BITT.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-02 step P-7 (Attach if not previously provided)
PNPS 5.3.35, page 13 IG O-RO-03-04-04, page 53 and 54 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during eX;3mination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5
Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 223002 A2.08 Importance Rating 1 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM/NUCLEAR STEAM SUPPLY SHUT-OFF; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Surveillance testing Question Justification: In order to answer this question, candidates must integrate system knowledge with their analysis of the conditions provided and then determine that two separate and different action statements apply. Specifically, the candidate must:
- 1) determine that two of the three instrument trip settings do not meet tech spec requirements;
- 2) review the reference and determine that a minimum of two instruments is required per trip system;
- 3) recall the logic arrangement of the trip systems and determine that only two instruments are available and therefore the minimum number required by tech specs is not met (this information is not contained within the reference provided);
- 4) review the table notes and based on their knowledge of logic arrangement, determine that tripping the trip systems will not cause isolations
- 5) determine that one trip system must be tripped within one hour for one function but that an exception for the other function must be applied and that the other trip system must be tripped within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (vice the previous 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />).
Based on the above, this question is not a "direct lookup".
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 86 Given the following:
- The plant is at 100% power
- Surveillance procedure 8.M.1-32.1 ANALOG TRIP SYSTEM - TRIP UNIT CALIBRATION - CABINET C2228-A1has just been completed.
- While reviewing the surveillance results the following As-Left Trip Settings are noted:
o LlS-263-57A Reactor Water Level Low-Low, tripped at - 48 inches o LS-263-57A-1 Reactor Water Level Low, tripped at +10.5 inches o LS-263-57 A-2 Reactor Water Level High, tripped at + 54.2 inches Based on the above:
(1) Which Channel A-1 PCIS function(s) is(are) inoperable And (2) The required action(s) is(are) to:
Inoperable Function(s) Required Actiones):
A. RPV Water Level Low, Trip the Low-Low and High RPV water level A-1 Low-Low, and High channels within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Trip the Low RPV water Level A-1 channel within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> B. RPV Water Level Low, Trip the Low-Low RPV water level A-1 channel Low-Low only within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Trip the Low RPV water Level Channel within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> C. RPV Water Level High only Trip the High RPV water level A-1 channel within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> D. RPV Water Level Low, and Trip the Low and Low-Low RPV water Level Low-Low only Channel within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: The RPV High Function is still operable as the Tech Spec requirement is that it be set :S 55.4 inches. Plausible in that if it were Inop the required action would be to trip the channel within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
B. Correct; The RPV Low level function is required to trip ~ 11.6 inches. If not, then the required action is to trip the RPV low level channel within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />. The RPV Low-Low level function is required to trip ~ 46.4 inches. If not then the required action is to trip the RPV low level channel within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
C. Incorrect: The RPV High Function is still operable as the Tech Spec requirement is that it be set:S 55.4 inches. Plausible in that if it were Inop the required action would be to trip the channel within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. Additionally the Low and Low-Low functions are inoperable.
D. Incorrect: Although both are inoperable the Low-Low channel must be tripped within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
Technical Reference(s): 8.M.1-32.1, section 4.0 step [1] (Attach if not previously provided)
(b), Plant Impact TS Table 3.2.A, Note 1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: TS Table 3.2.A and
associated notes Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New x Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 215005 A2.02 Importance Rating
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR/LOCAL POWER RANGE MONITOR SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Upscale or downscale trips Proposed Question: SRO Question # 87 Given the following:
- The plant is at 100%
- APRM "A" has failed upscale and is bypassed
0 12-45-A OK 0 36-37-88ypassed 0 04-21-0 OK 0 28-13-C OK 0 28-45-C8ypassed 0 12-29-C OK 0 20-21-8 OK 0 44-13-A OK 0 04-37-8 OK 0 28-29-A OK 0 36-21-08ypassed 0 20-05-0 OK 0 20-37-0 OK 0 44-29-C OK 0 12-13-A OK 0 36-05-88ypassed With these initial conditions, LPRM 04-37-8 fails downscale.
(1) Prior to any operator action, what will be the impact of the LPRM failure on APRM "C" (assume all LPRMs were reading the same at the time of the failure)
ANO (2) Which of the below actions are required for this condition?
A. (1 ) APRM "Cs output will lower.
(2) Enter PNPS 2.4.38, LPRM Failure, bypass LPRM 04-37-8, verify / adjust AGAFs and continue operation without any additional restrictions.
B. (1 ) APRM "Cs output will remain the same.
(2) Enter PNPS 2.4.38, LPRM Failure, bypass LPRM 04-37-8, verify / adjust AGAFs and continue operation without any additional restrictions.
C. (1 ) APRM "C"'s output will lower.
(2) Enter Tech Spec LCO 3.1.1. If APRM "A" or "G" is not restored within the next 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />, trip RPS "An or take other equivalent action authorized by Tech Specs.
D. (1 ) APRM "C"'s output will remain the same.
(2) Enter Tech Spec LCO 3.1.1. If APRM "A" or "c" is not restored within the next 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />, trip RPS "A" or take other equivalent action authorized by Tech Specs.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: Per TS Table 3.1.1, note 13, an APRM is considered operable if it has two LPRMs per level. That is no longer the case in that there is only one remaining "B" level detector. Plausible in that if this is not recognized, PNPS 2.4.38, would have you bypass the LPRM and verify AGAFs since there are still more than 10 LPRMs available
<< 10 will generate an INOP trip)
B. Incorrect: The APRM output will lower. Plausible in that unlike the RBM, the APRM does not use downscale trip units which would automatically remove the LPRM from the averaging circuit.
C. Correct: With the additional failure there are too few LPRM inputs for level B (minimum is 2 and only 1 is available) and APRM "c" is inop. With two APRMs INOP associated with RPS "A", Tech Spec Table 3.1.1 condition "a" specifies that RPS "An must be tripped within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> or actions A or B initiated D. Incorrect: The APRM output will lower. Plausible in that unlike the RBM, the APRM does not use downscale trip units which would automatically remove the LPRM from the averaging circuit.
Technical Reference(s): TS Table 3.1.1 and associated (Attach if not previously provided) note 13.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank #
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2,5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1
KIA # 203000 2.2.42 Importance Rating Equipment Control: Ability to recognize system parameters that are entry-level conditions Technical Specifications. (RHRlLPCI: Injection Mode)
Question Justification: In order to answer this question, candidates must apply previous PNPS system Operating Experience (LER) to the condition presented. This information is not documented in the PNPS Tech Specs or its associated bases but captured in plant procedures that are not provided as references to the candidates. Integrating their knowledge of the operating experience, candidates must recognize that the LPCI function is inoperable and then apply this condition to the existing HPCI LCO. Other distracters are based on a common misunderstanding that the operating experience requires that a Suppression Pool Cooling subsystem of RHR is to be declared inoperable since that is the existing RHR lineup.
Therefore this question is not a "direct lookup".
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 88 Given the following:
- The plant is at 100% power
- HPCI has been declared inoperable and is on day 2 of a 14 day LCO
- RHR Loop "A" is placed into torus cooling to support post work testing of the HPCI system (1) The SRO is required to declare:
AND (2) The most limiting LCO is:
Required Declaration Most Limiting LCO A. LPClinop 7 Day LCO B. LPClinop 24hr Cold SID LCO C. "A" Suppression Pool Cooling 7 Day LCO Subsystem Inop D. "An Suppression Pool Cooling 24hr Cold SID LCO Subsystem Inop
Proposed Answer: B.
Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: LPCI is required to be declared INOP. With HPCI already inoperable TS 3.5.C.3 requires that a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> cold SID LCO be entered.
B. Correct: Whenever the LPCI System is in the Torus Cooling mode of operation LPCI is to be declared inop <<Tech Spec 3.5.A). This is based on a postulated accident scenario that involves a LOOP-LOCA while in Torus Cooling and a single failure of an EDG. With the loss of the EDG, the Torus Cooling valves will lose power and remain open, diverting flow to the Torus during the subsequent LPCI injection with the remaining two LPCI pumps. With HPCI already inoperable TS 3.5.C.3 requires that a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> cold SID LCO be entered.
C. Incorrect: LPCI is required to be declared Inop D. Incorrect: LPCI is required to be declared Inop Technical Reference(s): TS 3.5.C.3 (Attach if not previously provided)
PNPS 2.2.19, RHR, page 15 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: TS 3.5.C Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 2
Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 262002 2.1 .20 Importance Rating 4.6 Conduct of Operations: Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. [UPS (AC/DC)]
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 89 Given the following:
- Power has been reduced to 40% with a plant shutdown in progress
- A momentary loss of 120VAC Vital Bus Y-2 occurs when the Vital MG set trips
- Y -2 is now re-energized
A. PNPS 5.3.6, LOSS OF VITAL AC (Y2) and direct resetting the Feed Reg Valves lockups, the Recirc runback, and scoop tube locks.
B. PNPS 5.3.6, LOSS OF VITAL AC (Y2) and direct resetting the Recirc runback and scoop tube locks. Direct Recirc pump speed be increased to stabilize level until the Feed Reg Valves are locked in the condenser compartment.
C. Enter PNPS 2.4.49, FEEDWATER MALFUNCTIONS and direct that the Feed Reg Valves be locked in the Condenser Compartment. Enter PNPS 2.4.36, DECREASING CONDENSER VACUUM and direct re-opening AO-3751, Off Gas Isolation Valve.
D. Enter PNPS 2.4.49, FEEDWATER MALFUNCTIONS and direct that the Feed Reg Valves be locked in the Condenser Compartment. Enter PNPS 2.4.20, REACTOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEM SPEED OR FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION and direct resetting the scoop tube locks.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct: PNPS 5.3.6, LOSS OF VITAL AC (Y2) provides direction on how to stabilize the plant after a momentary loss of Y-2. Resetting the FRV lockups will stabilize level.
Resetting the run backs and then the scoop tube locks will restore speed control.
B. Incorrect: RPV level is stabilized by resetting the FRV lockups. Plausible in that raising reactor power would help stabilize the level rise.
C. Incorrect: The Feed Reg Valves can be reset on C905 following a momentary loss of Y
- 2. Plausible in that PNPS 2.4.49, Feedwater Malfunctions, directs that if the FRVs are locked and the valves are drifting open or closed, that the valves should be locked in the condenser compartment. Procedure 2.4.36 is plausible in that the off-gas isolation valve did go close during the Y-2 loss and would have re-opened once power was restored.
D. Incorrect: PNPS 2.4.49 is plausible for the reason discussed above. PNPS 2.4.20 is also plausible in that the Recirc pumps locked up following the loss of Y-2.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 5.3.6, Attachment 1 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X Question History: Last !'JRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:
Q ~tekcl pe-l- NfCC fe.sc,{".rron. of +~l~ CO(l\#ill~nf v l fi s.~
mination Outline Cross-reference: Level J {JO!ll RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 259002 Importance Rating Ability to use plant omputers to evaluate system or component status. (Reacto Control System)
SRO Level Justification: he Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) a NPS is a subset of the overall PNPS process omputer also known as EPIC. Whereas all erators utilize the general process computer f ctions to monitor plant status, the SPD unction is the purview of the SRO. This is stated e licitly in PI\IPS 2.6.1 EMERGENCY 0 PLANT INFORMATION COMPUTER ( IC) SYSTEM DISPLAY, on pag 6, when it states that "The Shift Control Room Engineer (S E) is designated as the prim SPDS user". The procedure goes on to state that th rimary location for the S S displays is to be on one of the Control Room Supervisor (CRS) omputer displays. B the SCRE and CRS positions are only filled by SROs at PNPS.
ed by all operators are similar to those within the SPDS there are significant, addi' nal SP features that are not used within the process computing functions. For example, PIC isplays alarms and instrument readings using three general colors - green (normal), y I (approaching an alarm setting), and red (exceeding an alarm setting). SPDS uses the ame colors plus, white, cyan, dark blue, and magenta. Additionally for some common co rs s ch as yellow, the color means different things depending on the particular SPDS . play. r example, unlike EPIC in general, the displays for critical plant parameters utili inputs fro multiple instruments and go through extensive validation. If the validation orithms deter ine that there are insufficient inputs or the inputs are suspect, the SPDS w s the SRO that t display has not been validated and its value is suspect by outlining the alue in yellow. A ye w display on EPIC means that the value is approaching an alarm se oint. In summary, if the RO candidates based their response to this question on th r knowledge of EPIC color nventions they would arrive at an incorrect response.
Proposed Question: o Question # 90
- React level is +30" on the feedwater range level indication and s ady.
- On t SPDS Critical Plant Variables Display, the digital readout for PV "ACTUAL LE L" is displayed in YELLOW numbers reading +32" and surround by a YELLOW b rder.
OS display means that the SPDS calculated RPV water level ...... .
A. has exceeded the allowable difference between the calculated value and the output of the feedwater level control instruments.
B. has reached the high level alarm setpoint.
C. has insufficient data to validate the calculation D. is using at least one bad data input in its calculation.
Proposed Answer: C Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: The SPDS value for level is calculated via inputs from several instruments.
Instruments are compared to one another to determine whether any single instrument has failed but not to the calculated SPDS value.
B. Incorrect: The yellow border means that the calculation has not been validated.
Plausible, in that Operational Limit tags will change to yellow when they are approaching an alarm limit. +32 inches is the alarm setting for the feedwater level control system high level alarm.
C. Correct: The yellow border means that the value has not been satisfied. Plausible in that some displays such as SPDS Alarms and parameters plotted on graphs will turn yellow if the measured value is approaching a limit.
D. Incorrect: Bad data would result in a magenta display.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.6.1 EMERGENCY AND PLANT INFORMATION COMPUTER (EPIC) SYSTEM (Attach if not previously provided)
DISPLAYS, page 27.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TADS 5723 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New
Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2
~ .. - .. -
KIA # 214000 A2.02 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the ROD POSITION INFORMATION SYSTEM; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Reactor SCRAM Proposed Question: SRO Question # 91 Given the following:
- The reactor scrammed 2 minutes ago due to low RPV water level.
- RPV water level is currently +5 inches and slowly recovering
- All but six control rods can be verified as having fully inserted.
- The RO reports the following indications for the six rods:
o Neither the Full In or Full Out lights are illuminated on the full core display.
o The four rod display for these rods indicate "black-black" o EPIC and SPDS Rod Position Displays indicate magenta *** for these six rods o CALLRODS indicates "YES" Which one of the following is correct?
A. Reactor shutdown status has been confirmed. Rema.in in EOP-01 and direct normal scram recovery actions.
B. Reactor shutdown status cannot be determined. Exit EOP-01 and Enter EOP-02 and attempt to insert the control rods.
C. CALLRODS has determined that the rods did NOT insert. Exit EOP-01 and Enter EOP 02 and attempt to insert the control rods.
D. CALLRODS has been triggered but has not yet confirmed rod insertion. Remain in EOP-01 for an additional minute before making a determination of rod position.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct: These are the RPIS indications for rods that have gone beyond full-in following the scram. The CALL RODS program detected that the six rods have passed through the 04 position (Max Subcritical Bank Withdrawn Position) as indicated by the word "YES". All rods have been inserted beyond the Max Subcritical Bank Withdrawn Position and stabilization efforts are governed by EOP-01 B. Incorrect: These are the RPIS indications for rods that have gone beyond full-in following the scram. The CALL RODS program detected that the six rods have passed through the 04 position (Max Subcritical Bank Withdrawn Position) as indicated by the word YES. Plausible in that if the rod position could not be confirmed, this would be the required action.
C. Incorrect: The six rods did insert. Plausible if the candidate does not understand the meaning of CALLRODS indications.
D. Incorrect: Call rods has determined that the rods have inserted as described above.
Plausible in that Scram procedure 2.1.6 discusses that it may take up to three minutes for the CALL RODS program to determine control rod status.
Technical Reference(s): Scram Procedure 2.1.6, (Attach if not previously provided)
Discussion Section, page 4 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # x Modified Bank #
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 233000 2.4.9 Importance Rating Emergency Procedures / Plan: Knowledge of low power / shutdown implications in accident (e.g., loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies. (Fuel Pool Cooling/Cleanup)
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 92 Given the following:
- An RFO is in progress; refueling is complete
- The fuel pool is isolated from the reactor basin and reactor basin draindown has commenced.
- The 'B' Fuel Pool Cooling heat exchanger has developed a major tube leak and is isolated.
- Fuel Pool Cooling temperature is 115 degrees F and rising In accordance with PNPS 2.2.85, FUEL POOL COOLING AND FILTERING SYSTEM, the fuel pool temperature limit will be exceeded when pool temperature reaches and exceeds
_ _ (1) _ _. To control Fuel Pool water temperature, Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling _ _
(2) _ _ may be used.
Temperature Limit Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling Mode A. 140 degrees F With Shutdown Cooling B. 140 degrees F Without Shutdown Cooling C. 125 degrees F With Shutdown Cooling D. 125 degrees F Without Shutdown Cooling Proposed Answer: D Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: 140 is the temperature limit for the fuel pool cooling demineralizer.
B. Incorrect: 140 is the temperature limit for the fuel pool cooling demineralizer.
C. Incorrect: Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling with Shutdown Cooling Mode 1 can be utilized when the RHR System is performing Shutdown Cooling, the Reactor basin is flooded, and the fuel pool gate is removed.
D. Correct: The deSign limit is 125 degrees F. With the fuel pool gate installed, Augmented Fuel Pool Without Shutdown Cooling is the only lineup to provide additional cooling.
Technical Reference(s): 2.2.85.2, Augmented Fuel Pool Cooling Mode 2 pages 6 and 7 (Attach if not previously provided)
PNPS 2.2.85, FUEL POOL COOLING AND FILTERING SYSTEM, page 10 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # WTS Bank #2094 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam: 2003 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KIA # 234000 A2.01 Importance Rating 3.7 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the FUEL HANDLING EQUIPMENT; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Interlock failure Proposed Question: SRO Question # 93 Given the following:
- The plant is in Refuel Mode with a core offload in progress
- Two cells were previously emptied and their control rod blades removed and mechanisms withdrawn
- Jumpers have been installed for these control rods to simulate a "Full In" indication in accordance with PNPS 2.2.87.4 JUMPER FOR CONTROL ROD "FULL IN" TO ALLOW MULTIPLE CONTROL ROD REMOVAL DURING AN RFO
- The bridge is currently over the core with the Fuel Grapple in the Normal Up Position.
With these initial conditions the following occurs:
- When the Fuel Grapple is lowered below the Normal Up pOSition, the operator notes that the bridge display does not indicate that a rod block has actuated.
- When questioned, the Control Room reports that the Rod Block Alarm has not annunciated.
(1) What is the significance of these indications AND (2) What is the impact on continued refueling activities?
A. (1) The refueling interlocks are inoperable.
(2) Fuel offloading activities must be suspended immediately.
B. (1) The refueling interlocks are inoperable.
(2) Fuel offloading activities can continue for an additional hour while a control rod block is inserted. If the control rod block is not inserted within the hour, fuel offloading activities must be suspended immediately.
C. (1) The refueling interlocks remain operable provided the interlock light illuminates when the Grapple is loaded.
(2) Fuel offloading activities can continue provided that the most recent PNPS 8.10.1 ,
REFUELING PLATFORM INTERLOCKS FUNCTIONAL TEST, is reviewed and the Grapple Loaded Rod Block was demonstrated operable.
D. (1) The refueling interlocks remain operable. The light will not illuminate unless a rod is withdrawn with the bridge over the core and the Grapple is not in the Normal Up Position.
(2) Fuel offloading activities can continue without additional restrictions.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct Per PNPS 2.2.75, page 65, this is one of the refuel interlocks and is verified via procedure 8.10.1 prior to commencing refuel activities and weekly thereafter. Per TS 3.1 O.A, fuel offloading must be suspended.
B. Incorrect: Per TS 3.1 O.A, If one or more required refueling equipment interlocks are inoperable (a) Suspend in-vessel fuel movement with equipment associated with the inoperable interlock(s) immediately.
OR (b) Insert a control rod withdrawal block AND verify all control rods are fully inserted.
Because two rods are withdrawn, option (b) is not a viable option. Additionally there is no allowance for continuing the fuel offload for an hour while the specified action is being performed.
C. Incorrect: This is a required interlock.
D. Incorrect: When the Grapple left the Normal-Up position a rod block should have been generated.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 2.2.75 FUEL HANDLING (Attach if not previously provided)
AND SERVICING EQUIPMENT, Page 74 Tech Spec Section, 3.10.A PNPS 2.2.75 FUEL HANDLING AND SERVICING EQUIPMENT, Page 65 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: TS 3.1 O.A Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New X
Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 3 Group #
KIA # G 2.1.23 Importance Rating Ability to pertorm specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes plant operation.
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 94 Given the following conditions:
A failure to scram has occurred and the following plant conditions exist:
- The boron injection initiation temperature curve has been exceeded
- RPV water level is +5 inches and lowering.
- Drywell pressure is 2.9 psig
- Drywell temperature is 145 degrees
- Injection has been terminated and prevented from Condensate and Feedwater, HPCI, RHR and Core Spray.
- MSIVs are closed Based on the above ....
A. lAW EOP-02, RPV Control Failure to Scram, injection from the Condensate and Feedwater systems may be resumed once the APRM downscale lights come in.
B. lAW EOP-03, Primary Containment Control, when Drywell pressure lowers below 2.2 psig reset the scram lAW PNPS 5.3.23, Alternate Rod Insertion.
C. lAW EOP-03, Primary Containment Control, immediately initiate Drywell Spray D. lAW EOP-02, RPV Control Failure to Scram, injection from the Condensate and Feedwater systems may be resumed once reactor power is reduced to below the boron injection initiation temperature curve.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct-lAW EOP-2, step L-18, injection can be commenced when power is < 3%
which correspond to the APRM downscales.
B. Incorrect - resetting the scram is NOT performed lAW EOP-03 C. Incorrect - Conditions have not been met to initiate drywell spray.
D. Incorrect: Level is lowered until the conditions of L-18 are met. Plausible in that it is expected that parameters drop below the curve as power is lowered.
Technical Reference(s): EOP-02, level leg (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New x Question History: Previous Audit Last NRC Exam:
Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # G 2.2.19 Importance Rating Knowledge of maintenance work order requirements.
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 95 Given the following:
- The plant is at rated conditions
- "A" LPCI pump has just tripped during a routine surveillance.
- The cause of the pump trip cannot be immediately determined and corrected.
- All other systems are operable.
Which one of the following is correct regarding the prioritization of the associated work order?
The Shift Manager should characterize the work order as:
A. Priority 1 and direct immediate start of repair efforts in parallel with the initiation and planning of a work order.
B. Priority 1 and direct repair efforts be conducted around the clock following the planning of the work order.
C. Priority 2 and direct repair efforts be conducted around the clock following the planning of the work.
D. Priority 2 and the work week schedule adjusted to accommodate repair. If repairs cannot be completed before exceeding 50% of the allowable LCO time, the priority shall be upgraded to Priority 1.
Proposed Answer: B Explanation (Optional):
A. Incorrect: This action is ONLY authorized if the maintenance is characterized as Emergency Maintenance .. lAW EN-WM-100, the Shift Manager can then authorize the immediate start of repair efforts, in parallel with initiation and planning of a Priority 1 Work RequestIWork Order. The definition of Emergency Maintenance is:
The correction of a condition or deficiency that:
- Constitutes an immediate and direct threat to the health and safety of the public.
- Requires immediate attention to prevent deterioration of plant conditions to a possible unsafe or unstable level, which would then constitute an immediate and direct threat to the health and safety of the public.
- Poses a significant industrial hazard that must be corrected immediately to prevent or mitigate actual serious injury or death.
The pump failure requires entry into an LCD but does not meet the criteria for Emergency Maintenance.
B. Correct: Tech Spec 3.5.A.4 and associated bases requires that LPCI be declared inoperable as all active components are required to operable in order for LPCI to be operable. Per EN-WM-100, Attachment 9.1, a failure or significant degradation with a system that requires entry into a Tech Spec AOT, a Priority 1 work order is required.
Per page 7 of EN-WM-100, Priority 1 work orders are to be worked around the clock following the planning of the work order.
C. Incorrect: Per EN-WM-100, Attachment 9.1, a failure or significant degradation with a system that requires entry into a Tech Spec AOT, a Priority 1 work order is required.
D. Incorrect: Per EN-WM-100, Attachment 9.1, a failure or significant degradation with a system that requires entry into a Tech Spec AOT, a Priority 1 work order is required.
Technical Reference(s): EN-WM-100, Work Request (WR) (Attach if not previously provided)
Generation, Attachment 9.1 Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank #
Modified Bank #
New x Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 1,5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # G2.3.6 Importance Rating Ability to approve release permits.
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 96 Following a reactor shutdown the following conditions exist:
- The "A" Miscellaneous Tank is being prepared for overboard discharge
- The Prerelease Permit listed the following Seawater and Salt Service Water Pump Lineup:
o "An and "8" Seawater pumps in service o "A" and "D" Salt Service Water pumps in service.
While reviewing the Release Permit, the Shift Manager notes that the above lineup has changed to:
- "A" Seawater Pump in service and "8" Seawater Pump secured
- "N' and "En Salt Service Water pumps in service Which one of the following is correct regarding the discharge?
The discharge:
A. Is NOT permitted because the "8" Seawater Pump is secured.
- 8. Is NOT permitted because the Salt Service Water pump configuration has changed.
C. Is permitted because the minimum criterion of at least one Seawater pump in service is satisfied.
D. Is permitted because the minimum criterion of at least one Seawater Pump and two Salt Service Water Pumps is satisfied.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation {Optional}:
A. Correct: The Shift manager is required to verify that the dilution pump combination is the same as on the prerelease report prior to authorizing the discharge. The dilution pump combination is based on the number of SW and SSW pumps running. With the "8" seawater pump secured, the dilution flow used in the prerelease calculations is now less than the existing dilution flow.
- 8. Incorrect: The release cannot be authorized because the dilution flow assumed has changed in that the "8" Seawater pump is not running. The combination of dilution pumps is based on the number of SSW pumps running and not the specific pumps in service.
C. Incorrect: The release cannot be authorized because the dilution flow assumed has changed in that the "B" Seawater pump is not runnin!~.
D. Incorrect: The release cannot be authorized because the dilution flow assumed has changed in that the "8" Seawater pump is not running.
Technical Reference(s): PNPS 7.9.12, LIQUID EFFLUENT RELEASES WITH RETDAS, Attachment 1, sheet 2 of 2. (Attach if not previously provided)
Attachment 2 describes how dilution 'flow is calculated.
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available)
Question Source: Bank # TADS 6287 Modified Bank #
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 4 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2
~~--
Group # 1 KIA # G 2.4.11 Importance Rating 3.5 4.2 Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 97 With the unit at 55% power, a high Stator Water Cooling temperature condition results in a Turbine Generator run back. The plant is now stable with the following conditions:
- Reactor level and pressure are within their normal ranges
- One Turbine Bypass Valve is OPEN Which one of the following is required by PNPS 2.4.156, Stator Cooling Water Malfunctions and what is the reason for this action?
A. Lower power using PNPS 2.1.14 Station Power Changes to close the bypass valve.
B. SCRAM the Reactor AND ENTER PNPS 2.1.6, Reactor Scram to close the bypass valve.
C. Raise the Load Limit using PNPS 2.2.99, Main Turbine Generator to restore feedwater temperature to within the limits of 2.4.150, Loss of Feedwater Heating.
D. Raise the Speed Load Changer using 2.1.14 to restore feedwater temperature to within the limits of 2.4.150, Loss of Feedwater Heating.
Proposed Answer: A Explanation (Optional):
A. Correct - Procedure specifies a power reduction to close the bypass valve B. Incorrect - Procedure directs that a power reduction be conducted to close the bypass valve
C. Incorrect - Procedure directs that a power reduction be conducted to close the bypass valve. Plausible in that the bypass valve being open is resulting in a partial loss of feedwater heating. If the candidate believes that the load limit is the device that is actuated during a runback, then this action would close the bypass.
D. Incorrect - Procedure specifies a power reduction to close the valve. Raising speed load changer would close the valve but also re-initiate the runback Technical Reference(s): 2.4.156, Sect. 3.0 & 4.0 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed References to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: (As available) 2009 audit exam Question Source: Bank #
number 80 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History: Last NRC Exam:
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments:
Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2
-_.._ .
Group # 1 KIA # G 2.3.5 Importance Rating . __ .
Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.
Proposed Question: SRO Question # 98 The plant was at rated conditions when a major LOCA inside the drywell resulted in fuel damage.
The following indications were noted on the Containment Radiation Monitors:
- At time 00:00 o Both Torus Monitors, RIT 1001-607A and B, indicate 3 R/hr o Both Drywell Monitors, RIT 1001-606A and B indicate 30 Rlhr
- At Time 00:15 o Both Torus Monitors, RIT 1001-607A and B, indicate 7 R/hr o Both Drywell Monitors, RIT 1001-606A and B indicate 540 R/hr
- At Time 00:45 o Both Torus Monitors, RIT 1001-607A and B, indicate 95 R/hr o Both Drywell Monitors, RIT 1001-606A and B indicate 3600 Rlhr lAW EP-IP-100.1, EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALs). a Site Area Emergency EAL was first exceeded at time __ (1) and a General Emergency EAL was first exceeded at time __ (2) _ __
(1) Site Area Emergency (2) General Emergency A. 00:00 00:45 B. 00:00 00:15 C. 00:15 00:45 D. 00:45 00:45
Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 5 Comments: